7/9/10                            FY10 FOURTH QUARTER EDITORIAL UPDATES                           8900.1 CHG 0

Volume 1 GENERAL INSPECTOR GUIDANCE AND INFORMATION

chapter 1  HANDBOOK ORGANIZATION, USE, AND REVISION

Section 1  General Handbook Information

1-1                   PURPOSE. This order directs the activities of aviation safety inspectors (ASI) who are responsible for the certification, technical administration, and surveillance of air carriers, certain other air operators who conduct their operations in accordance with the appropriate part of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR), certificated airmen and other aviation activities. This order also provides direction for tasks related to aircraft accidents and incidents, investigations and compliance, the aviation safety program, administrative areas, and miscellaneous tasks not related to a specific regulation. In addition, it contains regional and district office requirements for the support of ASIs responsible for those activities.

1-2                   CANCELLATION. This handbook cancels the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) orders 8300.10, 8400.10, and 8700.1.

1-3                   STANDARDIZATION AND COORDINATION. A major objective of Flight Standards Service (AFS) is to standardize the functions of the ASI position. For this reason, any change to this order must be in accordance with the approved Aviation Safety (AVS) Quality Management System (QMS) processes.

A.     Direction and Guidance. Should inspectors, supervisors, and managers find the direction and guidance of this order too restrictive or inappropriate for a specific case, a request should be made for permission to deviate from the guidance. Such requests should be forwarded through the applicable Flight Standards regional divisions to the appropriate Flight Standards Service (AFS) headquarters division.

B.     Authority to Change This Document. The Director of Flight Standards Service, AFS-1, must approve all changes to this order.

C.     Conflicts With Other Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Orders. The guidance in this order may be found to be in conflict with that in other FAA orders and directives. This situation may arise inadvertently or because it is impractical to revise all orders simultaneously. In such a case, the order with the most recent date should normally be used. Should the guidance in this order conflict with 14 CFR, 14 CFR takes precedence. Inspectors should refer questions about such conflicts to their immediate supervisors. Supervisors and managers may contact the respective AFS Division through the Regional Office to resolve such questions.

D.     Availability of This Order. This order is available to both FAA personnel and to individuals outside the FAA. Flight Standards inspectors should advise operators of the availability of this order.

1-4                   HANDBOOK REVISIONS. Individuals at all levels of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and individuals in the aviation industry are encouraged to make suggestions for revisions to the order.

A.     Policy Questions or Concerns. Any questions or concern regarding policy must be coordinated with field office management.  If the issue cannot be resolved at the field office level, the office management may email the Flight Standards Information Management System (FSIMS) Librarian with a copy to the field office’s region.

B.     Handbook Revision Process. AFS QMS AFS 100-001, Directives and Advisory Circular Production is the process for revising this order. The need for a revision may become evident when a change occurs in the aviation industry, national and international regulatory bodies, in 14 CFR, or FAA policies.

C.     Review and Notification. All questions, concerns, or suggestions submitted will be reviewed and considered by the appropriate policy division. The FSIMS Librarian will acknowledge receipt of each suggestion.

1-5                   DIRECTIVE AND GUIDANCE INFORMATION.

A.     Directive Information. Directive information is information that is considered directive in nature and will contain terms such as “shall,” or “must,” and means the actions are mandatory. “Shall not” means the action is prohibited. The use of these terms will leave no flexibility, and their direction shall be followed unless otherwise authorized by Headquarters.

B.     Guidance Information. Guidance information is information considered guiding in nature and will contain terms such as “will,” “should,” or “may.” These terms indicate actions that are desirable, permissive, or not mandatory, and allow flexibility.

RESERVED. Paragraphs 1-6 through 1-25.


9/3/10                                                                                                                                      8900.1 CHG 80

Volume 3   GENERAL TECHNICAL ADMINISTRATION

CHAPTER 18  OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS

Section 3  Part A Operations Specifications—General

3-736           DISCUSSION. This section and sections 4, 5, and 6 of Volume 3, Chapter 18 discuss each standard template available for issuance by the automated Operations Safety System (OPSS). These templates are more commonly referred to as “paragraphs.” The standard paragraphs discussed in this order are limited to operations in accordance with Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) parts 91, 91K, 121, 125 (including Letter of Deviation Authority (LODA) 125M), 135, and 145.

A.     Definition of OpSpecs. The standard paragraphs for parts 121, 125, 135, and 145 are called operations specifications (OpSpecs).

B.     Definition of MSpecs. The standard paragraphs for part 91K are called management specifications (MSpecs).

C.     Definition of LOAs. The standard paragraph for part 91 and 125M are called letters of authorization (LOA).

D.    Other Source Documents. References are provided to other sections of this handbook, to advisory circulars, or other applicable documents that discuss detailed requirements for certain standard paragraphs.

E.     Ensure Complete Review. Before issuing a standard paragraph, any specific requirements specified by this order or the referenced material (relative to the paragraph being issued) must be met. Before reading the following sections for the first time, review the applicable paragraphs available in the OPSS for the specific regulation.

F.      Applicability of Paragraphs. There are some standard paragraphs that are required to be issued to all operators for a specific regulation. There are standard paragraphs that are optional and only issued when the operator is specifically authorized to conduct those operations.

3-737      PART A OPERATIONS AND MANAGEMENT SPECIFICATIONS PARAGRAPHS.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A001, ISSUANCE AND APPLICABILITY.

A.     General. A001 identifies the OpSpec/MSpec holder. The name must be the legal name of the operator. A001 also specifies the kinds of operations authorized, the applicable regulatory sections under which the operations are to be conducted, and any other business names under which the operations are being conducted. See the new OPSS user’s manual for additional guidance to issue A001. Figure 3‑4 is a summary of the information required in OpSpec/MSpec A001.

Table 3-4, Summary of Information Required in OpSpec/MSpec A001

Type of Certificate

Any of the following may apply:

Type of Carriage:

Regulation Reference:

Economic Authority

Text to be inserted:

Air Carrier

Domestic

Common

119.21(a)(1)

(Part 121)

and provided, at all times, the certificate holder has written economic authority issued by the Department of Transportation.

Air Carrier

Flag

Common

119.21(a)(2)

(Part 121)

and provided, at all times, the certificate holder has written economic authority issued by the Department of Transportation.

Air Carrier

Supplemental Passenger

(more than 60 pax and/or >18,000# payload)

Common

119.21(a)(3) (i)

(Part 121)

and provided, at all times, the certificate holder has written economic authority issued by the Department of Transportation.

Air Carrier

Supplemental All Cargo

Common

119.21(a)(3) (ii)

(Part 121)

and provided, at all times, the certificate holder has written economic authority issued by the Department of Transportation.

Air Carrier

Commuter

(5+ trips/week)

Common

119.21(a)(4)

(Part 135)

and provided, at all times, the certificate holder has written economic authority issued by the Department of Transportation.

Air Carrier

On Demand

(less than 5 round trips/week)

Common

119.21(a)(5)

(Part 135)

and provided, at all times, the certificate holder has written economic authority issued by the Department of Transportation (DOT).

Air Carrier

Commuter

(flag or domestic)

Common

119.21(b)

(Part 121)

and provided, at all times, the certificate holder has written economic authority issued by the Department of Transportation.

Table 3-4, Summary of Information Required in OpSpec/MSpec A001 (Continued)

Type of Certificate

Any of the following may apply:

Type of Carriage:

Regulation Reference:

Economic Authority

Text to be inserted:

Air Carrier

On Demand

(Supplemental)

Common

119.21(c)

(Part 121)

and provided, at all times, the certificate holder has written economic authority issued by the Department of Transportation.

Operating

Flight

(Part 125)

Private

Non Common

119.23(a)

(Part 125)

and provided the certificate holder does not conduct any operation which results directly or indirectly from the certificate holder or any other person holding out to the public to provide for the carriage of person or property.

Operating

On Demand

(non scheduled)

Private

__________

Non Common

119.23(b)

(Part 135)

Ltd. to holding out to public

________

# of Con tracts

(Definitions)

119.23(b)(3)

and provided the certificate holder does not conduct any operation which results directly or indirectly from the certificate holder or any other person holding out to the public to provide for the carriage of person or property.

None

Fractional

Non Common

Park 91K

None

B.     Authorization. A001 authorizes the conduct of operations under other business names known as “doing business as” (DBA). If no operations are authorized to be conducted under another DBA, the statement selected will state that “the operator is authorized to use only the business name which appears on the certificate to conduct the operations described in subparagraph a.” Other DBAs authorized under 14 CFR parts 215 or 298 must be listed in OpSpecs. Before listing a DBA in an operator’s OpSpecs or entering a DBA in an Air Oper Vital Information Subsystem (VIS) file, inspectors must verify that the DBA is on file with DOT or an appropriate state agency. This verification can be accomplished by one of the following means:

1)      The operator shows that the DBA is listed on a DOT registration (proof of insurance);
2)      The operator shows that the DBA is listed on a DOT certificate of public convenience and necessity;
3)      The operator shows that the DBA is authorized by a DOT order or other DOT document;
4)      When the operator claims the DBA is on file with the DOT, verification must be made by contacting the DOT Office of Aviation Analysis, Air Carrier Fitness Division, (202) 366‑9721; or
5)      When an “operating certificate” is involved, the operator shows that the DBA is authorized and registered by an appropriate state authority.
6)      DBAs can apply to 14 CFR part 91 subpart K, but they do not have economic authority requirements.

C.     Part 145. For part 145 repair stations, A001 lists the:

·        Location,

·        Mailing address (if different from the fixed location),

·        Other DBAs (see subparagraph B above) if authorized, and

·        Any delegated authorities.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A002, DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS. A002 includes definitions of words or phrases used in other paragraphs. These definitions are not found in the regulations and should enhance understandings between the FAA and the aviation industry. Washington headquarters developed definitions must not be changed by regional or district offices. Washington headquarters will add definitions when it becomes apparent that they are needed. Addition of a definition by a certificate‑holding district office (CHDO) makes the whole paragraph nonstandard and must be processed as a nonstandard OpSpec/Mspec request.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A003, AIRPLANE/AIRCRAFT AUTHORIZATION. A003 authorizes an operator to use specific make/model/series of airplanes or aircraft in 14 CFR part 91 subpart K, part 121, or part 135, operations. The following provides direction for the information fields which must be added to this paragraph.

A.     Make/Model/Series, Parts 91K, 121, and 135. Select the authorized make/model/series (M/M/S) from the listing provided in the OPSS. If the appropriate M/M/S cannot be found in the OPSS, inspectors should immediately notify the OPSS help desk so that the aircraft can be updated.

B.     Passenger Seating Capacity or Cargo Only, Part 121.

1)      Enter the passenger seating capacity used by the operator during the emergency evacuation demonstration required by part 121, § 121.291(a) or (b) for each M/M/S listed in the column labeled “Demonstrated.” If the demonstrated passenger seating capacity applies to more than one series of a particular make and model, the seating capacity must be listed for each series to which it applies. It is unnecessary to list seating configurations used by the operator that are less than the demonstrated seating capacity. List the demonstrated seating capacity in the column labeled “Approved.” However, if the operator requests a higher seating capacity than that which was demonstrated by the operator, the principal operations inspector (POI) may approve the higher capacity under the following conditions:
a)      The higher seating capacity does not require another emergency evacuation demonstration to be conducted in accordance with § 121.291(a) or (b). (See paragraph 3‑2463.)
b)      The higher seating capacity does not exceed the maximum approved passenger seating capacities listed in Table 3‑121, paragraph 3‑2966.
c)      The POI lists the higher seating capacity in the column labeled Approved.
2)      If the airplane is configured for cargo only, enter Cargo Only in the column labeled Approved. In some situations, such as combination passenger/cargo configurations, the approved seating capacity and the required number of flight attendants may need elaboration. This elaboration should be accomplished by adding additional text as an extra subparagraph to the paragraph.

C.     Required Number of Flight Attendants, Part 121. Enter the number of flight attendants used during the emergency evacuation demonstration for each M/M/S listed.

D.    Class of Operation. Enter the appropriate class of operation for each make/model/series listed. Enter only one of the five classes of operation for each make/model/series. The five classes of operations are: Single Engine Land (SEL), Single Engine Sea (SES), Multiengine Land (MEL), Multiengine Sea (MES), and Helicopter (HEL). If a particular make/model/series can be operated in more than one class (such as an amphibious airplane) list the make/model/series twice with each listing, showing the appropriate class (such as SES, SEL). When entering the data in the OPSS, enter the total number of aircraft in only one of the two entries.

E.     Type of Operation. Enter the appropriate en route flight rule for each M/M/S. If the M/M/S is approved for instrument flight rules (IFR) operations, enter IFR/VFR in the column labeled En route Flight Rule. If the make/model/series is restricted to visual flight rules (VFR) operations only, select VFR Only. Select the day/night condition for each M/M/S. If the M/M/S is approved for both day and night conditions, select the phrase Day/Night in the column labeled Day/Night Conditions. If the M/M/S is approved for daylight conditions only, select Day Only. Part 121 operations are required to conduct operations IFR.

F.      Flight Attendant or Cargo Only, Part 135. Enter the flight attendant requirement for each M/M/S. If the M/M/S is configured with more than 19 passenger seats, enter the number “1” in the column labeled Flight Attendant Or Cargo Only. If the passenger seating configuration is 19 seats or fewer, enter the word None. If the M/M/S is configured for cargo‑only operations, enter Cargo Only in this column.

G.    Part 145 Repair Stations. A003 must always be issued for part 145 repair stations and lists the authorized class ratings, limited ratings, and limited specialized services ratings held by the certificate holder.

1)      We have revised this paragraph to allow the selection of a capability list when a limited rating has been issued. When either the “Manufacturer” or “Make/Model” cell is selected, it displays a drop-down menu with two choices: “Capability List, as Amended” or “N/A.” When the accepted “Capability List, as Amended” cell is selected, it will automatically fill both cells. The phrase from the accepted “Capability List, as Amended” indicates that the certificate holder will be using a current capability list that is acceptable to the FAA and includes any additions made to the list using the self-evaluation process described in its manual. The principal inspector (PI) will use “N/A” if the ratings meet the criteria of § 145.61(b)(7), (9), (10), or (12).
2)      We have also revised OpSpec A003 to add a “Location” field to accommodate repair stations that qualify for one certificate issued by the certificate management unit (CMU) and identified in OpSpec A101. The airport identifier where the repair station is located, or the airport closest to the repair station, will be identified in the “Location” field.

Note:   Repair stations assigned to a CMU should use the “Location” field in OpSpec A003. No other repair stations should use the “Location” field.

3)      If A003 is issued for a European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) member state with which the United States has a Bilateral Agreement (BA), the paragraph should just reference the issuance of OpSpec A060, which lists the EASA rating.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A004, SUMMARY OF SPECIAL AUTHORIZATIONS AND LIMITATIONS.

A.     Purpose. This paragraph summarizes optional authorizations applicable to a particular operator.

B.     Part 145. For part 145 repair stations, this paragraph summarizes special (optional) authorizations and/or limitations applicable to the certificate holder. The OPSS application extracts the specific paragraphs that authorize a specific activity; it provides a summary of the authorized activity and reference number of the specific paragraph.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A005, EXEMPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS. In order for an operator to conduct operations under the provisions of any exemption or deviation, the exemption or deviation must be listed in A005.

A.     Exemptions. The current exemption number and expiration date must be selected for insertion into A005. List the exemption numbers in numerical order. Enter a brief description of the exemption or, if appropriate, the exempted regulations in the space labeled Remarks and/or References (adjacent to each exemption). If certain conditions or limitations related to the exemption are specified in another paragraph of the OpSpec, the reference number of the other paragraph must also be entered in this space. For example, if a single high frequency (HF) radio is permitted by exemption in certain areas of en route operation, insert a reference to OpSpec B050 ( see paragraph B050). In this example, the appropriate areas of en route operation in B050 should contain a note authorizing the provisions of that exemption for those areas.

B.     Deviations. Enter the applicable 14 CFR sections to which a deviation has been granted in A005b. Select the applicable deviations by 14 CFR section. In the space labeled Remarks and/or References (adjacent to each deviation), briefly describe the provisions of the deviation. For example, if an operator is granted a deviation to permit the same person to serve as director of operations and director of maintenance, list the applicable 14 CFR. In the Remarks and/or Reference space, enter information specific to that operator or NA for “not applicable”. Table 3‑5 explains the standard OpSpecs paragraphs that must be referenced and issued when granting deviations in each subject area (others may also be applicable).

Note:   There are no deviations for part 145 repair stations.

Table 3-5, Standard OpSpecs Paragraphs to Reference When Granting Deviations

SUBJECT

PARAGRAPH NUMBER

APPROPRIATE REGULATION

Management

A006

Various, depends on operating regulation, management position, and qualifications

Extended‑Overwater Operations without liferafts

A013

Sections 121.339(a)(2), (3), and (4)

Basic Part 135 Operator

On‑Demand Operations Only

A038

Sections 119.69(b), 135.21(a), and 135.341(a)

Basic Part 135 Operator

Commuter and On‑Demand

A037

Sections 119.69(b), 135.21(a), and 135.341(a)

Part 135 Single Pilot‑in‑Command Operator

A039

Sections 119.69(b), 135.21(a), and 135.341(a)

Extended‑Range Operations with Two‑Engine Airplanes

B042

Sections 121.161(a)

Special Fuel Reserves in International (Flag) Operations

B043

Sections 121.645(b)(2)

OPSPEC A006, MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL.

A.     Titles. An operator’s management personnel may have titles different from titles of management positions used in 14 CFR. The intent of A006 is to clearly identify the operator’s management personnel who are fulfilling 14 CFR management positions. A006 is also used to approve deviations from required management positions. Direction and guidance for approving deviations from management requirements is in subparagraph C below. Indicate approval of these deviations in A006 as follows:

1)      For deviations which permit less than the required management positions, leave the positions which are not filled blank. Enter NA for “not applicable” for single‑pilot operators and single pilot in command operators.
2)      For deviations that permit the same person to fill two or more positions, enter the name and title of that person in the appropriate positions.
3)      For deviations that permit a person to hold a management position when that person does not meet the regulatory qualification requirements, enter the name and title of that person in the appropriate position.
4)      In all cases list the appropriate regulatory section in OpSpec A005(b) of the OpSpecs.

B.     Required Information. The OPSS must be accurate and contain at least the information required for OpSpecs in order for them to be correct. Additional text may be added to A006 without making it nonstandard, provided the extra paragraph is used to identify additional management positions (such as more than one chief pilot), or to specify conditions of a deviation. If the extra paragraph provides for anything other than the preceding, it must be processed in accordance with Volume 3, Chapter 2, Exemptions, Deviations, Waivers, and Authorizations, paragraph 3‑37B.

C.     Required Management and Technical Personnel Positions.

1)      Part 119, § 119.65 requires management and technical personnel positions for certificate holders operating under part 121 (i.e., director of safety, director of operations, chief pilot, director of maintenance, chief inspector).
2)      Section 119.69 requires management and technical personnel positions for certificate holders operating under part 135 (i.e., director of operations, chief pilot, director of maintenance).
3)      Sections 119.67 and 119.71 specify the airman and experience qualifications for personnel serving in these positions for parts 121 and 135, respectively.
4)      Sections 119.67(e) and 119.71(f) specify airman, managerial, and supervisory experience deviation authority.
5)      The regulations are intended to ensure that persons holding these required management and technical positions have the measure of experience as well as the demonstrated capability needed to effectively manage these types of programs. In addition, persons exercising control over the maintenance and operations programs must have that level of qualification and experience that will allow these persons to carry out their duties and responsibilities with the degree of expertise consistent with the certificate holder’s responsibility to operate with the highest possible degree of safety.
6)      The deviation request element of the regulations is intended to provide the certificate holder a measure of flexibility in order to allow employment of persons who may not possess the exact type or level of experience outlined in the regulations but have other experience that is found to be comparable. Further, the deviation request procedure is not intended to accommodate individuals who do not possess the length of experience required by the regulations.

D.    Management Deviation Request. When a certificate holder requests a management experience deviation, or management positions or numbers of positions other than the requirements of §§ 119.65 through 119.71, it must make such requests through its certificate‑holding district office (CHDO). The request must adhere to the following processes and procedures, and contain a minimum of the following information for evaluation:

1)      Management deviation request contents.
a)      Full certificate name including “doing business as” (DBA) of the requesting entity (i.e., ABC Airlines, Inc. DBA XYZ Air);
b)      Complete address and certificate number of certificate holder;
c)      Full name and airman certificate number of the management applicant;
d)      Number of aircraft by category, class and type;
e)      Number of employees/pilots/other crewmembers;
f)        Areas and kinds of operations (e.g., CONUS, domestic) authorized;
g)      Statement of operations authorized (e.g., single pilot in command (PIC), Basic Part 135 On Demand Only, part 121);
h)      Any other management deviations held by the certificate holder;
i)        Statement of why the certificate holder requires a management deviation, management position(s) involved, and what comparable experience the individual has that would justify the management deviation; and
j)        A resume for the individual which specifically outlines their work experiences and duration of each work experience to include, if appropriate, PIC, certified mechanic, and/or management experience for the kind of operations conducted.

Note:   The information contained in the resume must be verified by the principal operations inspector (POI) or principal maintenance inspector (PMI), as appropriate.

2)      Evaluating management experience deviation requests part 119.
a)      Lack of Airmen Certificates. The regulations do not permit the issuance of an airman certificate requirement deviation for individuals who do not hold the required airmen certificates or ratings. However, they may apply for an exemption under 14 CFR part 11.
b)      Director of Safety Position. Each certificate holder that conducts operations under part 121 must have a director of safety. This person is responsible for keeping the certificate holder’s highest management officials fully informed about the safety status of the company. An independent, full time position is required. However, in a small part 121 operation, the director of safety functions may be an additional function of a current manager. Any request for a management deviation involving a director of safety position must be approved by the Air Transportation Division (AFS‑200).

Note:   Requests for one individual to fill this position for more that one certificate holder concurrently will not be considered.

c)      Comparable Experience. A management position experience deviation may be issued for individuals who lack the precise experience requirements (specified in § 119.67 and/or § 119.71) if acceptable comparable experience is presented and accepted by the Administrator.

1.      Director of Operations/Chief Pilot Positions. Experience in any position where the normal duties and responsibilities included management/supervisory oversight and/or control of the development upkeep, and the performance of one or more elements of an operator’s operational control system, may be considered as comparable experience. Management positions, wherein the applicant exercised management decisionmaking processes, may be considered as comparable experience (e.g., assistant director of operations, assistant chief pilot, general manager). Experience involving operational control may also be acceptable (e.g., supervisory aircraft dispatcher, supervisory flight follower).

2.      For certificate holders with only a single PIC or a basic part 135 operation, the following examples may be considered as comparable experience:

·        Experience as a PIC conducting the same kinds of operations that the applicant would be responsible for managing;

·        Experience as a manager of a corporate flight department with operations similar to an air carrier;

·        Experience in a military PIC position with responsibilities and Experience comparable to a civil aircraft operation PIC; or

·        Experience in a management position with responsibilities for safely transporting passengers and/or military executive charter.

3.      All acceptable, comparable experiences added together must equal the required three years. However, experience as a military fighter pilot flying in combat scenarios, a flight instructor, a crop duster, or a helicopter external load operator, would not be considered comparable experience. A college education or educational experience in aviation or writing manuals does not substitute for actual work experience.

Table 3-6, Example for a Chief Pilot Deviation

POSITION/TITLE

LENGTH OF EMPLOYMENT

COMPARABLE EXPERIENCE

Part 135 PIC

24 months

Acceptable (24 months)

Assistant Chief Pilot

13 months

Acceptable (13 months)

Flight/Ground Instructor

26 months

Unacceptable (0 months)

 

Total: (37 months)

4.      In the example, the applicant would be approved. The applicant had 24 months of actual experience required by the regulation combined with 13 months of comparable experience for a total of 37 months (36 months required). The 26 months as a flight instructor is not comparable experience.

5.      Director of Maintenance Positions. Experience in any position where the normal duties and responsibilities included management oversight and/or control of the development, upkeep, as well as the performance of one or all of the following elements of an aircraft maintenance or inspection program:

·        The maintenance program manual;

·        Responsibility for airworthiness;

·        Maintenance and inspection organization;

·        Performance and approval of maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations;

·        Alterations performed by maintenance providers or contractors;

·        Continuing analysis and surveillance system;

·        Maintenance recordkeeping; and

·        Maintenance personnel training.

6.      Chief Inspector Positions. Experience in any position where the normal duties and responsibilities included management oversight and/or control of the development, upkeep, as well as the performance of one or all of the following elements of an aircraft maintenance inspection, quality control, or quality assurance functions within a maintenance or inspection program:

·        The inspection program policy and procedures;

·        Responsibility for airworthiness;

·        Inspection organization;

·        Quality assurance of the performance and approval of maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations;

·        Alterations performed by maintenance providers or contractors;

·        Maintenance recordkeeping; and

·        Inspection personnel training.

7.      Combined Positions. Any certificate holder who requests approval to combine two or more required management positions into one position must ensure that the person who will serve in that position meets the qualifications for, or receives a deviation for, each management position to be combined (e.g., chief pilot and director of operations), in addition to receiving an approval to combine the management positions. The size, scope, complexity, and work load of the operations that the applicant has been involved with, and will be involved with in the combined management position, must be considered when evaluating this request. Requests to combine the positions of director of maintenance and chief inspector will not be approved.

Note:   Applicants who serve in a combined management position should not be assigned to any additional duties (e.g., check airman, aircraft instructor).

3)      Authority to Approve or Deny Management Requests.
a)      CHDO.

1.      The manager of the CHDO is authorized to approve or deny management experience deviation requests for a certificate holder with only a single PIC, and for Basic Part 135 On‑Demand Only certificate holders conducting on demand passenger and/or cargo operations. This authority includes any combined positions or numbers of management positions other than the management positions specified in § 119.69(a). The CHDO’s evaluation must include the following:

·        Size, scope, any known expansion plans, and safety records of the certificate holder;

·        Accident/enforcement history of the certificate holder and management applicant;

·        Verification of the applicant’s resume, including whether the applicant holds the required certificates and ratings;

·        Any significant justification or personal knowledge of the operator/management candidate; and

·        Reasons for recommending approval or denial of the request.

2.      If the CHDO has the authority, it will approve or deny the request. The CHDO will respond to the operator in writing. If the CHDO does not have the authority, it will make a written recommendation for approval or denial and forward the request to the regional Flight Standards division (RFSD).

b)      RFSD. The RFSD manager is authorized to approve or deny management experience deviations for all other part 135 certificate holders, except part 135 operators conducting commuter operations. This authority includes any combined positions or numbers of management positions other than the management positions specified in § 119.69(a). The RFSD will review the package from the CHDO. If the RFSD has the authority as stated above, it will approve or deny the request. The RFSD will reply in writing to the CHDO with a statement of approval or denial for the request. If the RFSD does not have the authority, the RFSD will attach their memo of recommendation for approval/ denial and forward the request to AFS 200 or Aircraft Maintenance Division (AFS-300), as appropriate.
c)      Air Transportation Division (AFS‑200) and/or Aircraft Maintenance Division. (AFS‑300), as appropriate, will review the package forwarded from the RFSD. AFS‑200 and/or AFS‑300 will reply in writing to the CHDO through the RFSD with a statement of approval or denial of the request. AFS‑200 and/or AFS-300 will not take action on requests received directly from certificate holders or CHDOs without CHDO manager and RFSD manager recommendations.

E.     Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (PTRS) Input. Enter activity code number 1381 or 3381, as appropriate and enter “119DEV” in the “national use” field. POIs/PMIs should record comments of interaction with the operators in the comments section.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A007, OTHER DESIGNATED PERSONS.

A.     Template A007. In the automated Operations Safety System (OPSS), Template A007 is used for identifying each operator’s agent for service, persons designated to apply for and receive applicable authorizations, persons designated to receive Safety Alerts for Operators (SAFO) and/or Information for Operators (InFO), and other designated persons. Each Template A007 is labeled specific to the OPSS 14 CFR database:

1)      Title 14 CFR parts 121, 125, 133, 135, and 145 databases: Template A007 is labeled an operations specification (OpSpec).
2)      Title 14 CFR parts 141 and 142 databases: Template A007 is labeled a training specification (TSpec).
3)      Title 14 CFR part 91 subpart K (part 91K) database: Template A007 is labeled a management specification (MSpec).
4)      Part 91 subpart J and part 125 subpart M databases: Template A007 is labeled a letter of authorization (LOA).
5)      Title 14 CFR part 137 and other databases also have A007 templates to identify designated persons.

B.     Agent for Service. An agent for service is a person or company designated by the operator upon whom all legal notices, processes and orders, decisions, and requirements of the Department of Transportation (DOT), FAA, and National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) shall be served. Once any of these documents has been served upon the operator’s agent for service, the certificate holder cannot claim (legally) that it did not receive the documents. Title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C) § 46103 requires air carriers to designate an agent for service. The name, title, and address of the agent for service must be obtained from the operator and correctly entered into the OPSS Certificate Holder’s Personnel tab. This information will load into the A007 template.

C.     Persons Designated to Apply for and Receive OpSpecs/TSpecs/MSpecs/LOAs. Names and titles of persons designated by the operator as authorized to apply for and receive OpSpecs/TSpecs/MSpecs/LOAs must be entered in Template A007. The “Parts” of the operator’s authorizations for which the designated person is responsible must also be entered. Principal inspectors (PI) may determine that it is appropriate to have signatures of these designated persons recorded in this subparagraph.

D.    Persons Designated to Receive SAFOs and/or InFOs. All A007 templates (with the exception of part 141 and 142 databases in the OPSS) are used to collect the name, e‑mail address, telephone number, and type of SAFO/InFO information that person should be sent (i.e., Operations, Airworthiness, or both). Part 141 pilot schools and part 142 training centers will not have a person designated to receive SAFOs or InFOs in Template A007. Part 145 repair stations will have a person designated to receive InFOs in Template A007. A reply message signifying receipt of the SAFO/InFO information by a designated person is not required. (Refer to the current editions of FAA Orders 8000.87, Safety Alerts for Operators, and 8000.91, Information for Operators (INFO).)

Note:   If an operator does not have an e‑mail address, a facsimile number may be entered in the e‑mail address block.

1)      A SAFO contains important safety information, often of an urgent nature, and may include recommended action. SAFO content is valuable to air carriers and other air operators in meeting their statutory duty to provide service with the highest possible degree of safety in the public interest.
2)      Much like a SAFO, which contains critical safety information, an InFO contains valuable information for operators that should help them meet administrative requirements or certain regulatory requirements with relatively low urgency or impact on safety.
3)      Government and industry have agreed on the importance of having a prompt, reliable delivery system for SAFOs and InFOs and taking advantage of e-mail and postings at FAA public Web sites. Accordingly, they have ratified that a recipient of SAFOs and InFOs must be identified in Template A007 so that the FAA may notify an operator of a new SAFO or InFO and recommended action to be taken by the respective operators identified in each SAFO/InFO.

E.     Part 91K. Part 91K fractional ownership operations must identify the specific persons in MSpec A007 as follows:

1)      Agent for service for the program manager.
2)      Personnel designated to apply for and receive management specifications for the program manager.
3)      Point(s) of contact (POC) and required positions for those authorized a Continuous Airworthiness Maintenance Program (CAMP).
4)      Voluntary Disclosure Program Personnel for part 91K only. Reference Advisory Circular (AC) 00-58, Voluntary Disclosure Reporting Program, current edition, and Volume 11, Chapter 1, Section 1.
5)      Personnel designated to receive SAFOs/InFOs for the program manager.

F.      Part 145 Repair Stations. List the authorized person(s) by name, title, and the paragraph of the OpSpec he/she is authorized to sign.

Note:   Individuals’ titles listed in Template A007 should match the title in the Vital Information Subsystem (VIS).

OPSPEC A008, OPERATIONAL CONTROL; MSPEC A008, FLIGHT MANAGEMENT.

A.     General. Each 14 CFR part 121 and part 135 operator must have a system and/or procedures for the control of flight movements. The intent of A008 is to promote a mutual understanding between an operator and the FAA concerning the system and/or procedures used by that operator. Volume 3, Chapter 25, Operational Control for Air Carriers details the three basic systems and/or procedures required by parts 121 and 135. The three systems and/or procedures are as follows:

1)      Part 121 domestic and flag operations must have dispatch systems. See Volume 3, Chapter 25, Section 2, Flight Dispatch Systems and Domestic Operating Rules.
2)      Part 121 supplemental operations must have flight following systems when the operator does not have an established dispatch system. See Volume 3, Chapter 25, Section 3, Part 121 Flight Release Systems and Supplemental Operating Rules.
3)      Part 135 operators use flight locating procedures. See Volume 3, Chapter 25, Section 5, Title 14 CFR Part 135 Flight Locating Systems and Operating Rules.
4)      MSpec A008 must describe the flight management used by the program manager to provide program control for flight operations and other procedures and policy instructions regarding program operations. This information may also be notated by reference to the appropriate manual (part 91, § 91.1029). In addition, MSpec A008 requires the program manager to give the location of the current list of fractional aircraft owners (part 91, § 91.1027).

B.     Referencing With Paragraph A008. Describe or reference the system and/or procedures used by an operator in A008. It is preferable to complete A008 with references to an operator’s manual or sections of an operator’s manual which describe the system and/or procedures used by that operator. It is not necessary to control these references by date. Change the references only when a revision to the operator’s manual makes the reference in the OpSpecs incorrect. When an operator’s manual does not adequately describe the system and/or procedures used, a narrative description combined with references may be necessary. Often, it may not be appropriate to use references in this paragraph, (especially with smaller part 135 operators). In these cases narrative description may be necessary. When a narrative description is used, it should be brief but provide sufficient information so that the FAA and the operator have the same understanding about the system and/or procedures used by the operator.

C.     Necessary Information for Description of Systems/Procedures. The description of the systems and/or procedures for controlling flight movement as described in the operator’s manual and referenced in the OpSpecs, or as narratively described in the OpSpecs, should include the following information, as appropriate, to the kind of operation:

·        Methods and procedures for initiating, diverting, and terminating flights;

·        Persons or duty positions authorized to, and responsible for, exercise of operational control;

·        Facilities and location of facilities used by the operator in the exercise of operational control;

·        Communication systems and procedures used by the operator;

·        Special coordination methods and/or procedures used by the operator to assure the aircraft is airworthy; and

·        Emergency notification procedures.

OPSPEC A009, AIRPORT AERONAUTICAL DATA; MSPEC A009, AERONAUTICAL DATA.

A.     General. Part 121, §§ 121.97 and 121.117 require part 121 operators to have an approved system for obtaining, maintaining, and distributing airport aeronautical data. A009 provides the method for approving airport aeronautical data systems for part 121 operators. Title 14 CFR part 91, § 91.103 and 14 CFR part 135 subpart I, § 135.83 require part 135 operators to obtain, maintain, and distribute essentially the same types of airport aeronautical data. Although a part 135 operator is not required to obtain FAA approval of the system used, A009 provides a method of promoting the same understanding between the operator and FAA concerning the system used to comply with the regulations pertinent to airport aeronautical data. Volume 4, Chapter 3, Section 4, Airport Data Acquisition Systems provides direction and guidance concerning airport aeronautical data systems.

B.     Referencing Systems Used for A009. Describe or reference the system approved for part 121 operators or used by part 135 operators in A009. When possible, the paragraph should be completed by referencing pertinent sections of the operator’s manual or other documents which describe the system used by the operator. When the airport aeronautical data system is not described in a manual or another document, a narrative description of the system must be used to complete A009. When a narrative description (or outline) is used, it should be brief but provide sufficient information to describe the system used to obtain, maintain, and distribute required airport aeronautical data.

C.     Description of Aeronautical Data System. The program manager’s description of the aeronautical data system in MSpec A009 should be brief but provide sufficient information describing the system used to obtain, maintain, and distribute required aeronautical data.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A010, AERONAUTICAL WEATHER DATA.

A.     General. OpSpec A010 is intended to promote understanding between the operator and the FAA concerning the system used for obtaining and disseminating required weather data and other aeronautical data. Numerous regulatory requirements in 14 CFR parts 121 and 135 require operators to have or use a system for obtaining and disseminating aeronautical weather data.

·        Part 91 subpart K program managers are expected to maintain an equivalent level of safety as a part 135 certificate holder.

·        Part 121, § 121.97 requires operators who conduct domestic and flag operations to use an FAA‑approved system for obtaining, maintaining, and distributing current aeronautical data.

·        Part 121, § 121.101 requires operators who conduct domestic and flag operations to use an FAA approved system for obtaining forecasts and reports of adverse weather phenomena.

·        Part 121, § 121.117 requires operators who conduct supplemental operations to use an FAA‑approved system for obtaining, maintaining, and distributing current aeronautical data.

·        Part 121, § 121.119 requires operators who conduct supplemental operations to use an FAA‑approved system for obtaining forecasts and weather reports.

·        Part 125 has no requirement for using an FAA‑approved system for weather or aeronautical data.

·        Part 135, § 135.213 requires operators who conduct instrument flight rules (IFR) operations under that part to use the U.S. National Weather Service or a source approved by the Administrator.

B.     Approving Weather Collection and Dissemination System. OpSpec A010 provides the method for approving this adverse weather phenomena collection and dissemination system. Volume 3, Chapter 26, Aviation Weather Information Systems for Air Carriers, provides additional direction and guidance on aeronautical weather data systems.

C.     Approval to Use Enhanced Weather Information Systems. Enhanced Weather Information Systems (EWINS) are approved by OpSpec/MSpec A010. Approval for an operator to use EWINS must be accomplished by referencing the EWINS Policy and Procedures Manual in OpSpec/MSpec A010. The original date of the EWINS manual and the last revision must also be referenced in OpSpec/MSpec A010. See Volume 3, Chapter 26, Section 4, Sources of Weather Information.

D.    Approval for Adverse Weather Phenomena Reporting and Forecasting System. Part 121 operators (domestic and flag operations) who are not approved to use EWINS must obtain approval of an Adverse Weather Phenomena Reporting and Forecasting System. For these operators, OpSpec/MSpec A010 must be completed as follows:

1)      Reference sections of the operator’s manual or other documents that describe the operator’s Adverse Weather Phenomena Reporting and Forecasting System. If such manual sections or other documents do not clearly describe the Adverse Weather Phenomena Reporting and Forecasting System, a narrative description (combined with references where available) of the approved system must be added to OpSpec/MSpec A010. See Volume 3, Chapter 26, Section 3, Parts 121/135 Weather Information Systems, paragraphs 3‑2096 and 3‑2097.
2)      Reference or describe the methods used for obtaining and disseminating other types of weather data (not related to the approved Adverse Weather Phenomena Reporting and Forecasting System) in OpSpec/MSpec A010.

E.     Requirement to Use Qualified Internet Communications Provider. For Internet communications of aviation weather and Notices to Airmen (NOTAM) used in flight operations, all part 121 and 135 operators are required to use an approved Qualified Internet Communications Provider (QICP).

1)      List the QICPs used by the operator in OpSpec/MSpec A010 subparagraph a, Table 1.
2)      The QICP used must be obtained from the approved list provided by the FAA.
3)      For more detailed information in regard to QICPs, refer to AC 00‑62, Internet Communications of Aviation Weather and NOTAMs, and Volume 3, Chapter 26, Aviation Weather Information Systems for Air Carriers.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A011, APPROVED CARRY‑ON BAGGAGE PROGRAM.

A.     General. Part 121, § 121.589 requires part 121 operators to have an approved carry‑on baggage program. This regulation also requires FAA approval to be in the operator’s OpSpecs. When the FAA issues OpSpec/MSpec A011, the operator is authorized to either allow passengers to stow carry on bags in the aircraft cabin or restrict the items brought inside the aircraft cabin to passenger personal items. Operators that do not allow carry on bags in the cabin of the aircraft are considered to have a no‑carry-on baggage program. Advisory Circular (AC) 120‑27, Aircraft Weight and Balance Control, current edition, provides further details regarding the definitions of carry‑on baggage and personal items. OpSpec/MSpec A011 must describe or reference the carry on baggage program or the no‑carry‑on baggage program. It is permissible for OpSpec/MSpec A011 to reference a separate carry‑on baggage document developed by the operator that describes the program. However, the operator may elect to implement the carry‑on baggage program by describing the requirements of the program in various sections of its manuals, such as the passenger services manual and the flight attendant manual. In this case, template A011 should reference specific sections of the pertinent manuals. Reference to the approved program in the template must be controlled by revision number and/or date, as appropriate. When an operator’s manual or separate carry‑on baggage document does not adequately describe the approved carry‑on baggage program, a combination of references and narrative description may be necessary. The description of the approved carry‑on baggage program must address the items discussed in the current editions of AC 121‑29, Carry‑On Baggage, and AC 120‑27. Additionally, one or more of templates A096, A097, A098, and/or A099 must be issued to track the approved carry‑on bag/personal item actual or average weights.

B.     Accounting for Carry‑On Baggage Weight. Parts 91, 91 subpart K, and 135 operators requesting authorization to use average or segmented passenger weights that meet the requirements specified in AC 120‑27, current edition, must either have a letter of authorization or been issued OpSpec/MSpec A011 to account for the actual or average weights used to account for carry‑on baggage. Additionally, one or more of OpSpecs/MSpecs A096, A097, A098, and/or A099 must be issued to track the approved carry‑on bag/personal item actual or average weights.

C.     No Carry‑On Baggage Program. Operators of small- and medium‑cabin aircraft, as referenced in AC 120‑27, current edition, may elect to only allow personal items onboard the aircraft. Operators with no‑carry‑on baggage programs must have procedures in place that ensure carry on bags are either checked at the ticket counter, the gate, or plane side. Training programs should include the recognition of carry on bags and procedures for removing such bags if they are inadvertently brought onboard the aircraft.

OPSPEC A012, DOMESTIC OPERATIONS TO CERTAIN AIRPORTS OUTSIDE THE 48 CONTIGUOUS UNITED STATES.

A.     General. OpSpec A012 is the method the Administrator uses to authorize a certificate holder that conducts domestic operations to comply with all regulations applicable to domestic operations to and from specific airports outside the 48 contiguous United States instead of the part 121 regulations applicable to flag operations. Part 119, § 119.3, under the definition “domestic operation,” provides the authority for the Administrator to permit this authorization and may be granted only when the following conditions and limitations can be met:

1)      The destination airport outside the contiguous United States is within 2 hours’ average flying time of the border of the contiguous United States. The determination of the 2‑hour distance is based on the average cruise true airspeed for the fleet type. Actual daily flight plan speed, routing or weather patterns (en route winds) do not affect this authorization.
2)      This domestic operation authorization applies only to operations conducted as follows:
a)      From airports located in the contiguous United States (listed in the certificate holder’s OpSpec C070);
b)      To the airports listed in Table 1, provided those airports are outside the contiguous United States and are within 2 hours’ average flying time of the territorial limits of the 48 contiguous United States; and
c)      From the airports listed in Table 1 to the airports located in the contiguous United States (listed in the certificate holder’s OpSpec C070).
3)      The flight operations have rapid and reliable communications capability in accordance with part 121, § 121.99.
4)      The operator can show compliance with the weather reporting services requirements of part 121, § 121.101 (see AC 00‑45, Aviation Weather Services, current edition, for further guidance).
5)      No special training or procedural requirements need be accomplished before granting this authorization unless there are procedural requirements which are new to the operator or its crewmembers.
6)      The certificate holder must obtain written economic authority from Department of Transportation (DOT) and have that authority documented in its OpSpec A001.

B.     Conditions Cannot Be Met. If the conditions and limitations above cannot be met, the airports may not be authorized on OpSpec A012 for operations under domestic rules and the flights must be operated under flag rules.

C.     Flights That Exceed the Two‑Hour Limitation.

1)      The Administrator may grant this authorization for flights that exceed 2 hours beyond the territorial limits of the 48 contiguous United States only with the concurrence of the manager of the Air Transportation Division, AFS‑200, in accordance with the guidance for requesting a nonstandard OpSpec authorization. In addition to the requirements described above, the following items must be addressed and expanded upon for this nonstandard request to be considered.

Note:   Economy of flight is not an applicable condition.

a)      Unique weather environments;
b)      Runway availability (is more than one runway available?);
c)      Alternate airport(s) within the fuel range of the flight’s planned fuel supply (these must be listed in the dispatch release if this authorization is granted); and
d)      For most aircraft, the fuel reserve requirements for domestic and flag operations become approximately equivalent for flights of about 2 to 2 1/2 hours total flight time. For flight times in excess of 2 to 2 1/2 hours, the request must address fuel requirements mitigation.
2)      If AFS‑200 concurs with the request, the approved International Civil Aviation Organization identifier for the airport outside the contiguous United States must be listed in Table 1 of OpSpec A012. An asterisk (*) may be placed next to the identifier in the column. Note this specific concurrence along with any appropriate conditions and limitations in the nonstandard text provision of OpSpec A012. For example, *Nonstandard authorized by AFS‑200 memo dated January 25, 2001.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A013, OPERATIONS WITHOUT CERTAIN EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT.

A.     General. Use OpSpec/MSpecs A013 and A005 to approve deviations from the requirements for certain emergency equipment for extended over water operations for turbojet‑powered airplanes.

1)      Authorization for issuance requires the concurrence of the principal operations inspector (POI), the appropriate region, and the Air Transportation Division, AFS‑200.
2)      Approval is indicated by listing in OpSpec/MSpec A013 the make and model of the aircraft and the routes and/or areas to which the deviation applies.

B.     Applicability of OpSpec/MSpec A013 and Associated Deviations.

1)      Part 91 subpart K fractional ownership program managers may apply for a deviation from part 91, § 91.509 to permit extended over water operations without carrying certain emergency ditching equipment.
2)      Part 121 certificate holders may apply for a deviation from part 121, § 121.339 to permit extended over water operations without carrying certain emergency ditching equipment.
3)      Part 135 certificate holders may apply for a deviation from part 135, § 135.167 to permit extended over water operations without carrying certain emergency ditching equipment.

C.     Granting Deviations. If the FAA grants a deviation and issues OpSpec/MSpec A013:

1)      Part 91K, fractional ownership program managers must list part 91, §§ 91.509(b)(2), (3), (4), and (5) in MSpec paragraph A005 with the reference to A013.
2)      Part 121 certificate holders must list part 121, § 121.339(a)(2), (3), and (4) in OpSpec A005 with the reference to OpSpec A013.
3)      Part 135 certificate holders must list part 135, § 135.167(a)(2) in OpSpec A005 with the reference to A013.

D.    Life Preserver Deviation. It is FAA policy that deviations from the requirement to carry life preservers (§§ 121.339(a)(1)), 135.167 (a)(1), or 91.509(b)(1), as applicable) will not be approved.

E.     Deviations From Carrying Liferafts. Deviations from the requirements for carrying liferafts and the liferaft’s required attached equipment may be approved. There is no individual deviation provision or requirement for a deviation for the following required items:

·        Survival kits (§§ 91.509(e), 121.339(c)), and, 135.167(c), as applicable);

·        Pyrotechnic signaling devices (§§ 91.509(b)(3), 121.339(a)(3), and 135.167(b), as applicable); and

·        Emergency locator transmitters (§§ 91.509(b)(3), 121.339(a)(4), and 135.167(b), as applicable).

F.      Permitted Areas of Operation. The area(s) of operation permitted is any offshore area adjoining the 48 contiguous states of the United States, the Gulf of Mexico, and the Caribbean Islands, as follows:

1)      The south and east coasts of the United States, below 35 degrees North latitude, the Gulf of Mexico, and the Caribbean Islands, not to exceed 30 minutes’ flying time in still air with one-engine inoperative, or 162 nautical miles (NM) from the nearest shoreline, whichever is less.
2)      The east coast of the United States, 35 degrees North latitude and above, not to exceed 30 minutes’ flying time in still air with 1 engine inoperative or 100 NM from the nearest shoreline, whichever is less.
3)      The west coast of the United States, not to exceed 30 minutes’ flying time in still air with one-engine inoperative or 100 NM from the nearest shoreline, whichever is less.

G.    Requirements for Supporting Documentation for Deviation Request. The operator must submit an application with supporting documentation for the deviation request with at least the following information about the conditions that must be met for the approval:

1)      Aircraft operational capabilities for diversion due to an engine failure. This information must include drift down profiles, engine out cruise performance for two‑ and three‑engine aircraft, and two‑engine cruise performance for four‑engine aircraft.
2)      A graphical presentation of the areas and routes of en route operation and/or routes over which provisions of the deviation will apply, including proposed minimum en route altitudes and airports which could be used if diversion is necessary. The A013 authorization contains a limitation that in flight operations must not exceed the distance allowed under subparagraph F, as applicable, from a shoreline at any time. An exception is allowed for temporary maneuvering for weather avoidance.
3)      Navigation and communication equipment requirements and capabilities for normal flight conditions and for engine inoperative flight conditions in the proposed areas of en route operation.
4)      Existing and/or proposed procedures for diversion contingency planning and training curricula for flight and cabin crewmembers concerning ditching without liferafts.
5)      A description of search and rescue facilities and capabilities for the proposed areas of en route operations.

H.    Reviewing the Application.

1)      The principal operations inspector (POI), in coordination with the principal maintenance inspector (PMI) and principal avionics inspector (PAI), must evaluate and substantiate submitted information. If a POI does not concur with the operator’s proposal, the POI will forward a letter to the operator denying the application for a deviation with an explanation of the reasons for denial. If a POI concurs that the deviations should be approved, the POI will prepare and forward a recommendation along with the operator’s application and supporting information to the Air Transportation Division, AFS‑200, through the regional Flight Standards division.
2)      AFS‑200 will review the application, the supporting information, and the POI’s recommendation. If AFS‑200 does not concur with the POI’s recommendation, AFS‑200 will forward a letter to the POI, with a copy to the region, indicating nonconcurrence with an explanation of the reasons. If AFS‑200 agrees with the POI’s recommendation, AFS‑200 will advise the POI by letter of the concurrence. With AFS‑200 concurrence, the POI may approve the deviation by issuing A013 and A005.

OPSPEC A014, IFR EN ROUTE OPERATIONS IN CLASS G AIRSPACE.

A.     General.

1)      A014 provides the initial authorization for instrument flight rules (IFR) en route operations in Class G airspace. Other IFR en route authorizations may be found in OpSpecs B031, B034, B035, and B036, as applicable and appropriate.
2)      OpSpec B032 prohibits special IFR en route operations in Class G airspace unless the POI approves such operations by issuing A014. IFR operations in Class G airspace are not provided any air traffic control (ATC) separation services. The certificate holder and the pilot in command (PIC) are responsible for avoiding obstacles and other air traffic.

B.     Prerequisites for Authorizing En Route IFR Operations. Before authorizing en route IFR operations in Class G airspace to part 121, 121/135, 125, or 135 certificate holders:

1)      The POI must confirm that the operator has a method or procedure for assuring that any facilities and services that this type of operation depends upon are operational during the periods in which flights are to occur.
2)      The POI must also confirm that the operator has developed procedures and guidance for crewmember use while operating in areas of en route operations in Class G airspace. Aeronautical Information Publications (AIP) or flight information region (FIR) publications have broadcast in the blind procedures and other guidance for crewmember use when large areas of Class G airspace are within the area covered by the AIP or FIR.

Note:   See Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 1, General Navigation Concepts, Policies, and Guidance, and Section 4, Class II Navigation, for further discussion on en route operations in Class G airspace.

3)      The reference to OpSpec B051 is to provide for part 121 reciprocating and turbo propeller powered aircraft operations only.

C.     Special Terminal Area IFR Operations. OpSpecs C064, C080, and/or C081 now authorize special terminal area IFR operations in Class G airspace or at airports without an operating control tower. One or both types of these operations may be authorized.

D.    Program Manager Authorizations. MSpec A014 authorizes the program manager to conduct IFR operations in Class G airspace and at airports without an operating control tower. Part 91 subpart K program managers will not have a separate MSpec C064 or C080.

OPSPEC A015, AUTOPILOT IN LIEU OF REQUIRED SECOND IN COMMAND.

A.     General. In accordance with part 135, § 135.105(b), a part 135 operator may apply for authorization to use an autopilot in place of a second in command. The principal operations inspector (POI) must coordinate with an avionics inspector to ensure each particular aircraft/autopilot combination is installed in accordance with FAA‑approved data, is airworthy, and is operationally capable of maintaining control of the aircraft to the degree specified in § 135.105(c).

B.     Making Note of Conditions and Limitations. List the aircraft make and model and the autopilot manufacturer and model identification in A015. Any conditions or limitations which the POI determines necessary for a particular aircraft/autopilot combination must also be listed. It is not necessary to repeat conditions or limitations already specified in an Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) or AFM supplement. If no conditions or limitations apply, enter the word “none” in that part of the listing.

OPSPEC A016. Reserved. It was split into four separate authorizations: A037, A038, A039, and A040.

OPSPEC A017, APPROVED SECURITY PROGRAM FOR HELICOPTERS.

A.     General. Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations part 1,500 does not include provisions for helicopter security programs. Helicopter operators who wish to enplane or deplane passengers or checked luggage into “sterile areas” must apply for, and receive authorization to use, an approved security program. A017 conveys the authority for helicopter operators to use an approved security program. Principal operations inspectors will not issue A017 without concurrence of the Civil Aviation Security Field Office.

B.     Using References. Describe or reference the security program used by the operator in A017a. Reference sections of the operator’s manual that describe the program used by that operator. It is not necessary to control these references by date. Change the references only when a revision to the operator’s manual makes the reference in the OpSpecs incorrect. When the operator’s manual does not adequately describe the system and/or procedures used, a narrative description combined with references may be needed.

C.     Listing Airports and/or Heliports. List the airports and/or heliports where operators must comply with the approved security program in A017b.

OPSPEC A018, SCHEDULED HELICOPTER OPERATIONS. A018 is issued to helicopter operators who operate scheduled passenger or cargo carrying operations.

A.     Completing Approach and Landing With Powerplant Failure. Subparagraph A018a(2) authorizes scheduled helicopter operations along “Restricted Helicopter Routes” with helicopters which do not have Transport Category “A” one engine inoperative performance capabilities. The operator must show that helicopters using these routes can, at any point along the route and while at the minimum authorized altitude, complete a safe approach and landing if powerplant failure occurs. Determining compliance with these conditions will almost always be a controversial and difficult inspector task. For this reason, only currently qualified and highly experienced helicopter specialists should be used to evaluate these types of routes. In controversial cases, a team of helicopter specialists should be employed for this task.

B.     Defining Restricted Helicopter Routes. OpSpec B050 must precisely define “Restricted Helicopter Routes.” This may be accomplished in accordance with instructions in Volume 3, Chapter 18, Section 4, Part B Operations Specifications—En Route Authorizations and Limitations, paragraph B050, subparagraph B(2)(e). In certain situations, detailed descriptions (including maps, charts, ATC letters of agreement, special provisions, and limitations) of “Restricted Helicopter Routes” may be lengthy and complex. Therefore, it is permissible to incorporate these documents in B050 by reference.

OPSPEC A019, AUTOMOTIVE GASOLINE AS AIRCRAFT FUEL. A certificate holder may request authorization to use automotive gasoline as fuel in reciprocating engine aircraft used in 14 CFR part 135 cargo operations. When an inspector receives a request for this authorization, he must take all of the following actions before issuing A019:

A.     Approval to Use Automotive Gasoline. In coordination with an Airworthiness inspector, determine that the specific aircraft is approved to use automotive gasoline as fuel.

B.     Inspect the List of Aircraft. Inspect the proposed list of aircraft the certificate holder must maintain under 14 CFR part 119, § 119.59(b) for compliance with the provision of A019b(2).

C.     Inspect Certificate Holder Procedures. In coordination with an Airworthiness inspector, determine that the certificate holder has written procedures which provide compliance with the requirements of OpSpec paragraphs A019b(3) and (4).

D.    Necessary Entry in Aircraft and Powerplant Historical Record. The certificate holder must enter, in each appropriate aircraft and powerplant historical record, the following entry:

“This aircraft/powerplant has been operated using automotive gasoline as fuel and is prohibited for use in part 135 passenger carrying operations until the following events have been completed and documented by a person authorized to perform an annual inspection of this aircraft:

1)      Remove all automotive fuel and fuel residue from the aircraft and powerplant fuel systems.
2)      Inspect all components of the aircraft fuel system and appropriate components of the powerplants to determine that those components are airworthy and conform to the appropriate type design.
3)      Record events (1) and (2) in the aircraft and/or powerplant records.”

OPSPEC A020, AIRPLANE OPERATIONS WITHOUT INSTRUMENT RATED PILOTS. A certificate holder who applies for this authorization may be issued A020 after each of the following considerations are satisfied.

A.     Criteria for an Isolated Area. The area to be approved must be isolated. In determining whether an area is an “isolated area,” consider the following criteria:

1)      Isolated areas may include small settlements or villages. Commercial transportation, such as bus or train, is not available. Major highways do not transit or penetrate isolated areas although secondary and unimproved roads (suitable for cars and trucks) may be available. In many cases, the destinations are so isolated that air travel is the primary means of transportation.
2)      Landing areas may be unimproved strips or water sites depending on the kinds of airplanes used and the time of year. Ski equipped airplane operations would be appropriate to frozen lakes or rivers and to suitable, snow covered land areas.
3)      The size of isolated areas may vary considerably, depending on the needs of a particular certificate holder. However, part 135, § 135.243(d) states that flights may not exceed 250 nautical miles (NM) from the operator’s base of operations. The point of departure, en route portion of flight, and landing site all must be within the boundaries of the approved isolated area.
4)      Within isolated areas flight planning and navigational requirements are normally performed by pilotage only. Radio navigational signal coverage (very-high frequency omnidirectional range or nondirectional radio beacon facilities) is usually limited, or largely ineffective, in these areas. However, a radio facility may be located at or near a landing site without changing the classification of the isolated area.
5)      Weather hazards that may be encountered in the proposed area and planning strategies that may reduce risk. (e.g., valleys may produce heavy fog in morning hours. Should a destination airport become fogged in while en route, consider using ABC airport as an alternate.)

B.     Application for Isolated‑Area Operations Using a PIC Without an Instrument Rating. Applicants requesting approval for these operations must hold an Air Carrier Certificate or an Operating Certificate and OpSpecs authorizing part 135 on‑demand visual flight rules (VFR) day‑only operations using single‑engine land or seaplanes. Isolated‑area operations using a pilot in command (PIC) without an instrument rating must not be authorized for commuter operations. Application for this authorization must be made by letter requesting amended OpSpecs. A map or current aeronautical chart identifying the area involved must be attached to the letter of application. This chart must clearly show the boundaries of the isolated area, the principal landing sites, and the distances from the operator’s operations base.

C.     Review of the Application for Compliance. Inspectors must review the application to confirm compliance with § 135.243(d)(3) (that the area is isolated) and § 135.243(d)(6) (flight distances do not exceed 250 NM). Inspectors must determine whether the certificate holder has a manual that incorporates instructions concerning operations in isolated areas. This manual must include a procedure that guarantees that noninstrument-rated PICs will not be used outside of the approved isolated areas. The principal operations inspector must determine that the following requirements are met before issuing A020.

1)      All aircraft to be used are single, reciprocating engine powered, nine or fewer passenger airplanes equipped for at least day VFR operations.
2)      Operations are limited to on demand, day VFR flights within the boundaries of the approved isolated area and not more than 250 NM distance from the base of operation.
3)      Flight locating procedures are adequate.
4)      The regional Flight Standards division concurs with the approval of the isolated area operation.

OPSPEC A021, HELICOPTER EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES (HEMS)/AIR AMBULANCE OPERATIONS—HELICOPTER.

A.     General. OpSpec A021 authorizes a certificate holder operating under part 135 to conduct air ambulance visual flight rules (VFR) emergency medical service operations in helicopters. The terms air ambulance, helicopter emergency medical services (HEMS), and helicopter emergency medical evacuation services (HEMES) are used interchangeably in regard to this authorization.

1)      This HEMS/air ambulance authorization requires that the intended takeoff and landing site be adequate for the proposed operation considering the size of the site, type of surface, surrounding obstructions, and lighting.
2)      If the HEMS operation is to be conducted at night, the takeoff and landing site must be clearly illuminated by a lighting source that will provide adequate lighting for the site itself and for any obstructions that could create potential hazards during approach, hovering, taxiing, and departure operations.

B.     Provisions and Limitations. OpSpec A021 specifies that the certificate holder may not use a pilot in command (PIC) in HEMS operations unless that PIC has satisfactorily completed the certificate holder’s FAA-approved training program for such operations. Because HEMS operations often involve flights during periods of inclement weather, the training program for HEMS operations must include a segment that covers the recovery from inadvertent instrument meteorological conditions encountered because of unforecasted weather conditions.

1)      OpSpec A021 specifies the conditions (day/night), area (local/cross country), ceiling, and visibility the certificate holder is authorized to use for HEMS operations in Class G (uncontrolled) airspace. Night conditions are further defined by identifying different minimums for high and low lighting conditions. In addition, OpSpec A021 specifies different ceiling and visibility minimums for these considerations and areas when operating in mountainous and nonmountainous areas. Each specific combination of conditions and areas are listed in OpSpec A021.
a)      The possible combinations of conditions and area include time of day (night or day), level of light available at night (low and high lighting conditions), area of operation (local or cross country), and the kind of area (mountainous or non‑mountainous). Each of these combinations is specified along with ceiling and visibility authorizations.
b)      Instrument flight rules (IFR) operators authorized to fly point-in-space special instrument approach procedures (IAP) with a “Proceed VFR” transition to the heliport must apply their visual flight rules (VFR) weather minimums in determining their landing minimums.

1.      Since these operations require that the aircrew be specifically qualified for the use of these approaches, the visual segment area may be considered “local” in nature.

2.      Because the pilot and aircraft are trained, equipped, and authorized as fully IFR capable under Part H authorizations, the area may be considered the equivalent of a “high lighting conditions” area at night.

3.      The effect of precipitous terrain has been accounted for in the development of the minimum descent altitude (MDA) so, for purposes of applying VFR minimums in determining IFR landing visibility minimums, the area may be considered “nonmountainous.” For planning purposes, this consideration applies when the distance from the missed approach point to the landing area is less than 3 NM.

4.      Therefore, when applying the VFR weather minimums of OpSpec A021 in determining the minimums for all Special PinS approaches, with a “Proceed VFR” transition to the heliport, apply the local, nonmountainous, day, or night high lighting conditions (as appropriate) minimums in Table 1 of OpSpec A021 in determining the landing minimum if the distance from the missed approach point to the heliport is 3 NM or less. However, if the distance from the missed approach point to the heliport exceeds 3 NM, the certificate holder must apply the VFR minimums prescribed in Table 1 of OpSpec A021 appropriate to the actual existing conditions (local, mountainous, day or nonmountainous, cross country, night, etc.).

Note:   For instrument approaches with a “Proceed visually” visual segment, the minimums provided in OpSpec A021 do not apply; the minimums specified in the instrument approach procedure apply.

c)      Requests for lower weather minimums for operations in uncontrolled airspace must be coordinated with and approved by AFS‑200 through the regional Flight Standards division (RFSD). These requests must follow the nonstandard OpSpec approval process outlined in Volume 3, Chapter 18, Section 2, Automated Operations Safety System (OPSS), paragraph 3‑713, Procedures for Requesting Nonstandard Authorizations.

C.     Local Area. OpSpec A021 contains a description of the “local area.” The local area is an area designated by the certificate holder which generally may not exceed 50 NM from the dispatch location, taking into account man made and natural geographic terrain features that are easily identifiable by the PIC, and from which the PIC may visually determine a position at all times.

1)      The local area may be the same for night and day operations unless the terrain features used for the day local area would not be discernible at night. In such a case, both a day and night local area must be described.
2)      For example, in mountainous or desert locations, geographical features may facilitate day operations but because of the lack of such features and/or lighted landmarks, night operations would not be authorized.
3)      Additional information on local flying areas is provided in Volume 4, Chapter 5, Section 3, Air Ambulance Service Operational Procedures, paragraph 4‑947, Local Flying Area for HEMS Operations.

D.    Additional Information. For more information, see OpSpec A024, Air Ambulance Operations—Airplane, and OpSpec A050, Helicopter Night Vision Goggle Operations, in this section.

OPSPEC A022, APPROVED EXIT ROW SEAT PROGRAM. Reserved.

OPSPEC A023, USE A PROGRAM DURING GROUND ICING CONDITIONS.

A.     Part 121. Part 121, § 121.629(c) requires part 121 certificate holders to have an approved ground deicing/anti‑icing program, unless the certificate holder complies with § 121.629(d), which requires an outside the aircraft pretakeoff contamination check. Principal inspectors (PI) will issue OpSpec A023 to authorize the use of an approved ground deicing/anti-icing program or the use of an outside the aircraft pretakeoff contamination check. See Volume 3, Chapter 27, Ground Deicing/Anti icing Programs, for guidance on approving a ground deicing/anti-icing program.

B.     Parts 125 and 135. Part 125, § 125.221 and part 135, § 135.227 require parts 125 and 135 certificate holders who operate during ground icing conditions to have approved aircraft pretakeoff contamination check procedures. PIs will issue OpSpec A041 to authorize a pre takeoff contamination check (not necessarily outside the aircraft). A part 125 or 135 certificate holder may choose to comply with § 121.629(c) by having an approved ground deicing/anti icing program, in which case the PI will issue OpSpec A023. If a part 125 or 135 operator chooses to operate without a pre takeoff contamination check or without a § 121.629(c) program, then PIs may only authorize them to operate when ground icing conditions do not exist by issuing OpSpec A042. See Volume 3, Chapter 27 for guidance on approving a ground deicing/anti-icing program.

OPSPEC A024, AIR AMBULANCE OPERATIONS—AIRPLANE.

A.     General. Airplane air ambulance operations do not differ significantly from other types of airplane air carrier operations. A024 authorizes a certificate holder operating in accordance with parts 121 or 135 to conduct EMS operations in airplanes.

B.     Requirement for Aircraft Used in Air Ambulance Operations. The aircraft used in air ambulance operations must be equipped with at least medical oxygen, suction, and a stretcher, isolette, or other approved patient restraint/containment device. The aircraft need not be used exclusively as an air ambulance aircraft, and the equipment need not be permanently installed.

C.     Air Ambulance Operations Definition.

1)      Air transportation of a person with a health condition that requires medical personnel as determined by a health care provider; or
2)      Holding out to the public as willing to provide air transportation to a person with a health condition that requires medical personnel including, but not limited to, advertising, solicitation, association with a hospital or medical care provider.

D.    Complete the Training Program Before Starting Air Ambulance Flights. A024 specifies that the flightcrew must satisfactorily complete the certificate holder’s approved training program prior to commencement of air ambulance flights.

E.     Additional Information. For further guidance see Volume 4, Chapter 5, Air Ambulance Operations, and OpSpec A021, Air Ambulance Operations—Helicopter.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A025, ELECTRONIC RECORDKEEPING SYSTEM AND/OR ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG.

A.     General. A025 is required for part 121 air carriers in accordance with part 121, § 121.683. It is an optional paragraph for 14 CFR part 91 subpart K program managers, 14 CFR part 135 air carriers, and 14 CFR part 145 repair stations. Recordkeeping for part 121 air carriers is covered in part 121 subpart V, Records and Reports.

1)      The full description of the electronic recordkeeping system may be kept in the operator’s General Operations Manual (GOM). Reference the GOM appropriately in A025.
2)      Volume 3, Chapter 31, Operator Recordkeeping for 14 CFR Part 121 and 135 Certificate Holders, sections 1–4, give details of the requirements for approving an air carrier’s recordkeeping system.
3)      A025 is also used to approve an electronic flight bag. See AC 120‑76, Guidelines for the Certification, Airworthiness, and Operational Approval of Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) Computing Devices (current edition), for more information.
4)      Volume 6, Chapter 2, Section 24, Station Facilities Inspections for Part 121 and 135 Air Carriers (PTRS Code 1635), provides guidance for inspections that include the review of required records.

B.     Additional Information. See A025 Job Aid in the OPSS for other current information.

C.     Part 145. For part 145 repair stations, A025 identifies the electronic/digital recordkeeping system acceptable to the administrator. It also identifies the certificate holder and their electronic signature procedures.

OPSPEC A026, RESTRICTED OPERATION OF CERTAIN STAGE 2 AIRPLANES. Reserved.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A027, LAND AND HOLD SHORT OPERATIONS. (OPTIONAL)

A.     General. OpSpec A027 authorizes Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO) for part 121, 125, and 135 certificate holders, and part 91 subpart K program managers. Certificate holders must meet certain requirements for operational policies, procedures, and training for LAHSO before the principal operations inspector (POI) may issue this OpSpec. No operator may participate in LAHSO unless it has accomplished flightcrew training. FAA Air Traffic Order 7110.118, Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO), must be used in conjunction with the information provided in this paragraph.

Note:   Waivers will not be issued to any LAHSO procedures.

B.     Requirement for Participating in LAHSO. Operators may not participate in LAHSO and the FAA will not issue OpSpec A027 until the following are met:

1)      Local Flight Standards District Office (FSDO) managers and local and regional Air Traffic managers must coordinate, (in accordance with FAA Order 7210.3, Facility Operation and Administration and Order 7110.118) the following for airports in their district conducting LAHSO:

·        Participation of Flight Standards Service (AFS) representatives in local LAHSO development teams;

·        Review of air traffic control (ATC) procedures to ensure that procedures are consistent with aircraft/aircrew performance capabilities according to the type of aircraft operations involved;

·        Assisting in the identification of eligible aircraft that may operate on each runway, based on the available landing distance (ALD); and

·        Ensuring that no air carrier is approved to operate aircraft to a runway, for the purpose of conducting LAHSO, with less than that specified on Order 7110.118, appendix 1, Aircraft Group/Distance Minima.

Note:   Aircraft not identified in Order 7110.118, appendix 1 do not participate in LAHSO. Aircraft additions to Appendix 1 may be requested through the local ATC facility manager to Air Traffic Service (AAT) and AFS at FAA Headquarters.

2)      POI.
a)      Each POI must review the following:

·        FAA Order 7110.118, in order to identify AFS roles and responsibilities to support joint development of procedures for conducting LAHSO at specific airports. FAA Order 7110.118 may be found at http://ato.faa.gov.

Note:   If Internet access is unavailable, contact ATP 120 at (202) 267‑7265 for the most current guidance document.

·        Regulatory requirements, as applicable: parts 125 and 135 subpart I; and §§ 91.1037, 23.75; 25.125; and 121.195.

b)      Each POI must ensure the following actions have been accomplished before issuing or re‑issuing, as appropriate, OpSpec A027:

·        The air carrier has instituted flight crewmember training on LAHSO;

·        The air carrier has a system that accurately determines the landing distance or maximum landing weight required for LAHSO and that ensures no aircrew accepts a landing clearance to a runway with a landing distance less than the distance identified in FAA Order 7110.118, appendix 1;

·        The air carrier has provided flight crewmembers with all necessary information needed to conduct LAHSO; and

·        Paragraph A027c describes the location of the air carrier’s LAHSO procedures. These procedures may be contained in any flight crewmember manual or document readily available to flight crewmembers for reference.

Note:   The FAA strongly recommends that all carriers provide aircrews with in flight single source documentation on LAHSO procedures. See Volume 4, Chapter 3, Section 5, Selected Practices, paragraph 600, Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO), for additional information.

OPSPEC A028—AIRCRAFT WET LEASE ARRANGEMENTS. In FAA use, the term “wet lease” is any leasing arrangement whereby a person agrees to provide an entire aircraft and at least one crewmember (part 119, § 119.3). This OpSpec authorizes certificate holders who conduct common carriage operations under parts 121 and 135 to enter into wet lease arrangements with other part 119 certificate holders. See Volume 12, Chapter 2, Section 9, Lease, Interchange, and Charter Arrangements, for the wet lease of any aircraft by a U.S. air carrier to a foreign air carrier or foreign person engaged in common carriage wholly outside the United States. Volume 3, Chapter 13, Section 4, Wet Lease Agreements, provides direction and guidance for processing and authorizing wet lease arrangements.

A.     Reviewing Wet Lease Arrangements. When reviewing proposed § 119.53 wet lease arrangements between U.S. certificate holders authorized to conduct common carriage operations, there are two critical factors to consider: (1) whether or not the lessee has exclusive legal possession and use of the entire aircraft, and (2) whether or not the lessor retains actual possession and operational control of the aircraft by virtue of providing and controlling the crewmembers.

1)      Possession. In an FAA‑defined wet lease, the lessor surrenders legal possession of specific aircraft to the lessee, but in general retains actual possession of the aircraft by virtue of providing and controlling the crewmember(s). This form of lease implies that the lessee has possession or custody, not ownership, of the aircraft for a specified period of time or a defined number of flights.
a)      The lessor is the certificate holder who grants legal possession and use of specific aircraft to another certificate holder.
b)      The lessee is the certificate holder who obtains legal possession and use of specific aircraft from another certificate holder.
c)      If the lessor/grantor never transfers legal possession or custody of the entire aircraft, the arrangement is not a § 119.53 wet lease. Likewise, if the arrangement makes it clear that actual possession of the entire aircraft is never transferred; the arrangement is not a § 119.53 wet lease. In this case the arrangement might actually be a charter. An example of such an arrangement is a provision of “aircraft with crew” agreement where no legal or actual transfer of the possessory rights to the aircraft occurs. Such an arrangement is a services agreement for provision of a flight service to a customer even if characterized as a wet lease by the parties to the agreement.
2)      Operational Control. As defined in 14 CFR part 1, operational control is the exercise of authority over initiating, conducting, or terminating a flight. The certificate holder exercising operational control—generally the lessor—is responsible for the safety and regulatory compliance of the flights. The FAA rarely has allowed operational control to be exercised by the lessee certificate holder. An example of such a case entails a lessee certificate holder who obtains legal possession of the lessor certificate holder’s aircraft and, as part of the arrangement, the lessor agrees to furnish two flight attendants with the aircraft. In addition, the lessee furnishes the pilot crewmembers to operate the aircraft. In this case, the lessee certificate holder obtains both actual and legal possession of the aircraft and operational control by virtue of providing and controlling the pilot crewmembers. If there is a question that the lessee may have operational control, the lease must also be reviewed by AFS‑200 and AGC‑300. In this case, both must concur in the issuance of OpSpec A028.
3)      Wet Lease Types. Operational control under an FAA‑defined wet lease will be one of two types.
a)      The lessor certificate holder will have operational control of the listed aircraft. If the lessor certificate holder will have operational control, that certificate holder is authorized to conduct operations in accordance with each applicable wet lease arrangement identified in Table 1 of the OpSpec.

1.      The certificate holder issued this authorization must at all times be responsible for and maintain the operational control and airworthiness of each aircraft identified in each lease arrangement. The lease arrangement(s) must be listed in Table 1 of the OpSpec.

2.      The nationality, registration, and serial number of each aircraft to be used under the terms of the wet lease arrangement will be identified in paragraph D080 or D087, as applicable, and D085 of the certificate holder’s OpSpecs.

3.      While conducting operations under this authorization, the lessor may use the call sign and flight number(s) of the lessee, provided that, for all flights the lessor certificate holder explains in the remarks section of the applicable flight plan that the flight is actually being conducted under the call sign and flight number(s) of the lessee.

4.      Both lessor and lessee certificate holders will have their role and information of the wet lease arrangement documented in OpSpec A028 of their respective OpSpecs.

b)      The lessor certificate holder will not have operational control of the listed aircraft. This type of arrangement is rare. For the FAA to approve such an arrangement, the parties to it will have to establish to the FAA’s satisfaction how the lessee will exercise operational control of the aircraft. For the party to each applicable wet lease who will not have operational control, that determination must be stated in Table 2, of the respective certificate holders’ OpSpecs. Under this example, the lessor certificate holder not having operational control will exercise the wet lease arrangement(s) listed in Table 2 with the following limitations and provisions:

1.      The lessee, as the party exercising operational control, is singularly responsible for the safety and regulatory compliance of the flights.

2.      The lessee, as the party having operational control in the wet lease arrangement listed in Table 2, must at all times be responsible for, and maintain the operational control and airworthiness of the aircraft identified in each wet lease arrangement listed.

3.      The lessor certificate holder is not authorized to have, and may not have, operational control of any operation conducted by the lessee certificate holder under this subparagraph of the OpSpec.

4.      Both lessor and lessee certificate holders will have their role and information of the wet lease arrangement documented in OpSpec A028 of their respective OpSpecs.

B.     Wet Leasing Prohibitions. Section 119.53(b) prohibits part 119 certificate holders’ wet leasing from a foreign air carrier or any other foreign person or any person not authorized to engage in common carriage. This prohibition is to prevent confusion as to which carrier would be held accountable for the safety of the flight, which country’s air carrier safety rules would be followed, and which civil aviation authority would have primary oversight responsibilities.

1)      It is common practice among commercial operators to enter into agreements which the two parties characterize as wet leases but which actually are charters when compared to the FAA definition of wet lease. The term “charter” is not defined in FAA regulations. However, in operational terms, a charter is an agreement whereby a person provides lift capacity (cargo or passengers) to another person for a defined period of time or number of flights. In other words, a charter is a services agreement for the provision of a flight service—not transfer of possession or custody of an aircraft and the FAA expects the charter operator providing an aircraft with crew to have operational control over all flights conducted pursuant to the agreement.
2)      A U.S. air carrier that enters into an agreement with a foreign air carrier for both an aircraft and crew to perform part of the U.S. air carrier’s international operations may not be entering into a wet lease as defined by the FAA if certain conditions (described below) are met. Note that, for commercial reasons both U.S. and foreign air carriers may characterize such arrangements as wet leases even though they are more in the nature of a charter. These agreements, even if characterized by the parties as wet leases, are a type of charter and are subject to the requirements of 14 CFR part 212.
3)      In some commercial arrangements, the term provision of aircraft with crew (or similar phrasing) rather than charter may be used. The provision of aircraft with crew arrangement does not involve any legal or actual transfer of the possessory rights to the aircraft; it is a services agreement or arrangement for a lessor to provide a flight service and does not transfer possession of the aircraft to the lessee.
4)      Charter or provision of aircraft with crew arrangements are commercial arrangements between carriers that require a statement of authorization from the Office of the Secretary of Transportation (OST); they are not documented by OpSpec. The OST authorization process includes a determination that the requirements of part 212 are met and the proposed operation is in the public interest. Such determinations are made in coordination with the FAA, which will review the arrangements and make determinations relating to operational control, possession of the aircraft, the safety oversight of the operation, and the safety audit of the foreign air carrier. Where a foreign air carrier will be involved in such a lease or provision of aircraft with crew arrangement to a U.S. air carrier, approval will be subject to the following requirements:
a)      The foreign air carrier involved holds a foreign air carrier permit or exemption authority from OST to conduct charter operations;
b)      The country that issued the foreign air carrier’s air operator certificate has been rated as Category 1 under the FAA’s International Aviation Safety Assessment program.
c)      The operations to be conducted represent foreign air transportation and not prohibited cabotage, in accordance with Title 49 of the United States Code, § 41703;
d)      The foreign air carrier would be conducting a flight or series of flights. The U.S. air carrier has the economic authority for the flight or series of flights that will be conducted with the foreign air carrier’s aircraft and crew;
e)      The foreign air carrier files an application for a statement of authorization for any such operation proposed;
f)        The foreign air carrier demonstrates that it would be in operational control of the proposed operation, for example, by providing with its application, for review by the FAA, copies of the lease arrangement for the aircraft with crew, that it has entered into with the U.S. certificated air carrier;
g)      The foreign air carrier demonstrates that it will retain legal and actual possession of the aircraft;
h)      The foreign air carrier provides evidence, for example, that the U.S.‑certificated air carrier involved has conducted a safety audit of the foreign carrier, consistent with an FAA‑approved safety audit program, and has submitted a report of that audit to the FAA for review; and
i)        The FAA notifies the OST that it has determined that operational control of the proposed flights rest with the foreign air carrier applicant, that the oversight of the operation will remain with the country that issued the foreign air carrier’s air operator certificate, and that the safety audit meets the standards of the U.S.‑certificated air carrier’s safety audit program.

OPSPEC A029, AIRCRAFT INTERCHANGE ARRANGEMENTS. Volume 3, Chapter 13, Section 5, Interchange Agreements, provides direction and guidance for processing and authorizing interchange arrangements. When an interchange arrangement is authorized, A029 must be issued to both parties of the interchange agreement by each responsible principal operations inspector. All interchange arrangements authorized for an operator must be listed in A029. Enter the name of the operator who would normally operate the aircraft if an interchange agreement were not in effect in the column labeled Primary Operator. List the name of the other party to the interchange agreement in the column labeled Interchange Operator. List the aircraft make/model/series of the aircraft used and all specified interchange points for each agreement in the appropriate columns. If it is necessary to specify other conditions or limitations such as expiration dates, they should be specified by adding text to A029.

OPSPEC A030, PART 121 SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATIONS.

A.     General.

1)      A030 is optional for issuance to operators who conduct domestic operations or domestic and flag operations. If a part 121 domestic or a domestic/flag carrier wishes to be authorized to conduct supplemental operations using domestic/flag rules, it can be authorized to do so only between the city pairs listed in C070. This authorization is given by issuance of A030.
2)      If a part 121 air carrier conducts only supplemental operations, A030 will not be issued. The supplemental operations are authorized by listing supplemental only in A001. OpSpec A030 would not apply because OpSpec C070 would not be issued since the air carrier has no scheduled city pairs or approved stations. Thus, the carrier would be required to operate under supplemental regulations at all times.

B.     When to List Supplemental on A001. Since the publication of part 119, it is necessary to include supplemental when issuing A001 to a domestic or flag carrier. In other words, if a carrier is a flag carrier and also does domestic flights, it will be necessary to have both flag and domestic listed on A001. If that same carrier does flag, domestic, and supplemental, all three must be listed on A001. Due to the nature of the aviation industry, if a carrier does primarily domestic operations, the Department of Transportation has determined that it has economic authority for supplemental operations.

OPSPEC A031, ARRANGEMENTS WITH TRAINING CENTER(S) OR OTHER ORGANIZATION(S) FOR CERTIFICATE HOLDER TRAINING; MSPEC A031, ARRANGEMENTS WITH TRAINING CENTERS, AIR AGENCIES, AND/OR OTHER ORGANIZATIONS FOR PERSONNEL TRAINING. This paragraph is used to document the approval of the operator’s/certificate holder’s training program.

OPSPEC A032, ADOPTION OF FLIGHT CREWMEMBER FLIGHT TIME LIMITATION RULES TO ESTABLISH FLIGHT ATTENDANT DUTY AND FLIGHT TIME LIMITATIONS AND REST RESTRICTIONS; MSPEC A032, FLIGHT ATTENDANT FLIGHT, DUTY, AND REST RULES. The program manager may be authorized to adopt the flight crewmember’s flight, duty, and rest requirements for its flight attendants in accordance with written approved procedures as provided in part 91, § 91.1062(b) and described or referenced in MSpec A032.

OPSPEC A033, TITLE 14 CFR PART 135 FLIGHT AND REST TIME LIMITATIONS FOR CERTAIN PART 121 AND CERTAIN 135 OPERATIONS.

A.     General. A033 is issued to authorize the certificate holder to conduct:

1)      Certain part 121 operations with airplanes having a passenger seat configuration of 30 seats or fewer and a payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less in accordance with part 121, §§ 121.470(a), 121.480, and/or 121.500, using flight and rest time limitations under part 135, §§ 135.261 through 135.273, and/or
2)      Certain 14 CFR part 135 operations using flight and rest time limitations under § 135.265, in lieu of any other §§ 135.261 through 135.273.

B.     Compliance With Applicable 14 CFR Sections. Part 119 establishes that all certificate holders conducting scheduled passenger‑carrying operations with turbine‑powered airplanes and/or airplanes having 10 or more passenger seats must operate under part 121, § 121.470(a), Flight Time Limitations, Domestic Operations; § 121.480, Flight Time Limitations, Flag Operations; and § 121.500, Flight Time Limitations, Supplemental Operations. These sections contain, in pertinent part, the provisions that a certificate holder conducting operations with airplanes having a passenger seat configuration of 30 seats or fewer, excluding each crewmember seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less may comply with the applicable requirements of §§ 135.261 through 135.273. Section 135.261(a)(2) allows certain part 135 certificate holders to comply with the requirements of § 135.265, when OpSpec A033 is issued.

MSPEC A033, FLIGHT AND REST TIME REQUIREMENTS. As allowed by part 91, § 91.1057(j), the program manager may be authorized to conduct program operations using the applicable unscheduled flight time limitations, duty period limitations, and rest requirements of part 121 or 135, instead of the flight time limitations, duty period limitations, and rest requirements of part 91 subpart K, as described in MSpec A033.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A034, ADVANCED QUALIFICATION PROGRAM (AQP).

A.     When to Issue OpSpec A034. Following initial/Phase IV approval, all Advanced Qualification Program (AQP) air carriers must be issued OpSpec paragraph A034. For all AQP documents and phases for which the Extended Review Team (ERT) is designated as the approval authority, the FAA manager AQP and the principal operations inspector (POI) or training center program manager (TCPM) will cosign the approval letters. Following approval for continuing operation (Phase V), the POI will manage and sign approved curriculum outline changes.

B.     About AQP. AQP is a voluntary program; Flight Standards Service encourages air carriers to participate. AQP provides for enhanced curriculum development and a data driven approach to quality assurance along with the flexibility to target critical tasks during aircrew training. The AQP methodology directly supports the FAA’s safety enhancement goals. The Voluntary Safety Programs Branch, AFS‑230, will provide assistance to the Flight Standards District Office (FSDO), certificate management office (CMO), or Certificate Management Unit (CMU) from initial application through the final fleet approval as a collaborative effort. An accepted air carrier AQP application will initiate the AFS‑230/FSDO/CMO/CMU partnership. AFS‑230 will assist in the development, implementation, and review as well as follow on reviews for the air carrier’s AQP. AFS‑230 and the FSDO/CMO/CMU will manage program approvals and revisions through an ERT process.

C.     Additional Information. More detailed information on AQP can be found in Volume 3, Chapter 21, The Advanced Qualification Program, Sections 1 through 5.

OPSPEC A035, U.S. REGISTERED AIRCRAFT—FOR PART 129 ONLY.

OPSPEC A036. Reserved.

OPSPEC A037, BASIC 14 CFR PART 135 OPERATOR—COMMUTER AND ON DEMAND OPERATIONS. A016 was comprised of four different authorizations. Because of the new OPSS, the four authorizations were split into OpSpecs A037, A038, A039, and A040. The four types of operations authorized are: Single‑Pilot Operators, Single Pilot-in-Command Operators, Basic Part 135 Operators (On‑Demand Operations Only), and Basic Part 135 Operators (Commuter and On-Demand Operations). Further direction and guidance for certification of these types of operators are in Volume 2, Chapter 4, The Certification Process—Title 14 CFR Part 135, sections 1 through 6. Deviations are required to authorize a single pilot in command or a basic part 135 operator. The appropriate regulatory sections that an operator is authorized deviations from will also be listed in OpSpec A005.

OPSPEC A038, BASIC TITLE 14 CFR PART 135 OPERATOR—ON DEMAND OPERATIONS ONLY. A016 was comprised of four different authorizations. Because of the new OPSS, the four authorizations were split into OpSpecs A037, A038, A039, and A040. The four types of operations authorized are: Single‑Pilot Operators, Single Pilot-in-Command Operators, Basic Part 135 Operators (On-Demand Operations Only), and Basic Part 135 Operators (Commuter and On-Demand Operations). Further direction and guidance for certification of these types of operators are in Volume 2, Chapter 4, The Certification Process—Title 14 CFR Part 135, sections 1 and 2. Deviations are required to authorize a Single Pilot in Command or a Basic Part 135 Operator. The appropriate regulatory sections that an operator is authorized deviations from will also be listed in OpSpec A005.

OPSPEC A039, SINGLE PILOT IN COMMAND OPERATOR (PART 135). A016 was comprised of four different authorizations. Because of the new OPSS, the four authorizations were split into paragraphs A037, A038, A039, and A040. The four types of operations authorized are: Single‑Pilot Operators, Single Pilot-in-Command Operators, Basic Part 135 Operators (On‑Demand Operations Only), and Basic Part 135 Operators (Commuter and On-Demand Operations). Further direction and guidance for certification of these types of operators are in Volume 2, Chapter 4, Section 2, Phase 2—Formal Application. Deviations are required to authorize a single pilot in command or a basic part 135 operator. Therefore, the appropriate regulatory sections that the operator is authorized deviations from must also be listed in OpSpec A005.

OPSPEC A040, (PART 135 AND 135/121 DATABASES ONLY) SINGLE PILOT OPERATOR (PART 135). A016 was comprised of four different paragraphs. Because of the new Operations Safety System, the four authorizations were split into paragraphs A037, A038, A039, and A040. The four types of operations authorized are: Single Pilot Operators, Single Pilot-in-Command Operators, Basic Part 135 Operators (On-Demand Operations Only), and Basic Part 135 Operators (Commuter and On-Demand Operations). Further direction and guidance for certification of these types of operators are in Volume 2, Chapter 4, Section 1. It is not required to issue an A005 for the single pilot operator for deviations from the requirements for an operations manual, management personnel and positions, and an approved pilot training program. However, OpSpec A005 must list other appropriate regulatory sections from which the operator is authorized deviations.

OPSPEC A041, PRETAKEOFF CONTAMINATION CHECK OR APPROVED ALTERNATE GROUND DEICING/ANTI-ICING PROCEDURE FOR TITLE 14 CFR PART 125/135 AIRPLANE OPERATIONS.

A.     Part 125, § 125.221 and Part 135, § 135.227. These sections require part 125 and 135 certificate holders who operate in ground icing conditions to have approved aircraft pretakeoff contamination check procedures or an approved alternate ground deicing/anti-icing procedure to determine the airplane is free of frost, ice, or snow. Principal inspectors (PI) will issue OpSpec A041 to authorize a pretakeoff contamination check (not necessarily outside the aircraft) or the approved alternate procedure. A part 125 or 135 certificate holder may choose to comply with part 121, § 121.629(c) by having an approved ground deicing/anti‑icing program, in which case the PI will issue OpSpec A023. See Volume 4, Chapter 8, Low Visibility Taxi Operations, for guidance on approving a ground deicing/anti icing program.

B.     OpSpec Paragraph A041. This paragraph will be used to authorize the use of the alternative procedure using the services of a provider with an approved § 121.629 program and thereby authorizing the use of the holdover times (HOT) as limiting values instead of as advisory information only. The conditions specified in this OpSpec must be complied with in order for the operator to use this alternate procedure. Before issuing the OpSpec the operator’s General Operations Manual (GOM) and training program must be updated to include the elements contained in this guidance. The flightcrew, and, if appropriate, other ground personnel (example: persons charged with prearranging ground deicing services) must be trained as per the approved training program as updated to address the elements contained in this guidance. For an operator choosing to implement this alternate procedure, OpSpec A041 allows the operator to chose for each takeoff between conducting a pretakeoff contamination check in accordance with the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) or certificate holder’s approved program within five minutes of takeoff, or, if authorized, and all the conditions of their approved alternate procedure and the OpSpec can be met, to use the holdover time/allowance times as limiting values. OpSpec A023 should not be issued for the purpose of authorizing this alternate procedure. This is an alternate procedure to conducting a pretakeoff contamination check and not in full compliance with the requirements of an approved § 121.629 program.

C.     Approved Alternate Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Procedure. By providing this guidance for the development of an alternate ground deicing plan the FAA anticipates an improvement in the level of safety in winter operations by encouraging part 125 and 135 operators to develop aircraft ground de/anti-icing plans similar to an approved § 121.629 program. By incorporating the procedures outlined in this guidance and by incorporating and conducting the training specified, the operator will have available for use quality assured de/anti‑icing fluids, applied with equipment meeting the proper specifications, and applied by qualified ground personnel under the quality assurances built into a § 121.629 approved ground deicing program. An operator under part 125 or 135 may choose to implement the alternate procedures for ground de/anti-icing as outlined in this guidance or continue to operate in ground icing conditions by conducting a pretakeoff contamination check within five minutes of takeoff using procedures in their approved ground deicing plan, and AFM limitations. Under these alternate procedure guidelines the operator is restricted to using the ground deicing services of an air carrier or an air carrier contract service provider conducting ground deicing service under an approved § 121.629 ground deicing program. Since the quality control requirements for the fluids and application equipment along with the activation of the program/plan as it relates to the ground service readiness is under the control of the holder of the § 121.629 approved program, the operator under these alternate procedures need not have policies and procedures for these elements in their alternate plan. Likewise, all ground deicing personnel are required to have been trained and qualified by the holder of the § 121.629 approved program being used, therefore the holder of these alternate ground deicing procedures must conduct only aircraft-specific training. In lieu of prior training of the ground deicing personnel on the specific aircraft, the flightcrew may, in person, supervise the de- /anti-icing process. This supervision must be supplemented by pictorial description (provided to the application personnel) of the aircrafts critical and sensitive surfaces indicating those areas that must be checked as part of the post deicing and anti-icing inspections. In order to use this flightcrew supervision provision the flightcrew must be trained on all fluid application procedure requirements except for actual hands on practice. In essence, the operator’s ground de/anti-icing alternate procedures plan must contain all other elements of an approved § 121.629 program as detailed in the current edition of AC 120‑60, Ground Deicing and Anti-icing Program, except as indicated above. The required elements of the operator’s alternate procedure plan and required training is provided below. This guidance is extracted from AC 120-60 with limited additional guidance from other FAA ground deicing guidance material. In addition, inspectors and certificate holders should consult the AFS‑200 Web site for current guidance.

1)      Required Ground De/Anti-Icing Elements. This paragraph describes ground de/anti icing elements required to be contained in a part 125 and 135 alternate procedures in-lieu of a pretakeoff contamination check in order to be authorized the use of the current FAA‑published fluid HOT as limiting time values rather than advisory times when utilizing the ground de/anti-icing service provider with an approved part 121, § 121.629 program.
a)      Management Plan. In order to properly exercise operational control (when conditions are such that frost, ice, snow, or slush may reasonably be expected to adhere to an aircraft), the certificate holder should develop, coordinate with other affected parties, implement, and use a management plan for proper execution of its alternative de/anti-icing plan. A plan encompassing the following elements is acceptable:

1.      Responsibility. Where operations are expected to be conducted in conditions conducive to ground icing, determine who is responsible for deciding when ground deicing/anti-icing procedures are in effect and the ambient conditions for implementing ground deicing procedures.

2.      Manuals Requirements. The certificate holder should incorporate a detailed description of the deicing/anti-icing plan in its manuals for flight crewmembers, flight followers, ground operations personnel, and management personnel to use when conducting operations under ground icing conditions. This description should include the functions, duties, responsibilities, instructions, and procedures to be used.

3.      Coordination. The certificate holder should develop a winter operations plan to include procedures for coordination with the deicing service provider, air traffic control (ATC), and airport authorities as appropriate.

b)      De/Anti-icing Fluid Application Procedures. In an appropriate manual, certificate holders must specify the deicing and anti-icing fluid procedures for each type of aircraft operated. Thickened anti-icing fluids (Type II, III, and IV), may only be used on aircraft that the aircraft manufacturer has provided documentation that these fluids are safe to be used on that make and model aircraft. Type I deicing fluid may be used on any aircraft with a takeoff rotation speed of 65 knots or greater with an outside air temperature of -19 C or warmer. In order to use the HOT as limiting time values the de/anti-icing service must be provided by an operator with an approved de/anti-icing program approved under § 121.629 or a contract provider to that operator under the operators approved § 121.629 approved program. Ground personnel trained and qualified to apply deicing and anti-icing fluid, in accordance with a certificate holder’s approved § 121.629 program, do not require additional training and qualification to deice and anti-ice similar aircraft operated by another certificate holder. If the deicing service provider has been trained by another part 125 or 135 air carrier using an alternate deicing procedures in accordance with this guidance for the same type of aircraft additional training under the provisions of this guidance is not required. However, specific training and/or direct flightcrew supervision, supplemented with pictorial descriptions of the de/anti-icing procedures to be used identifying the critical aircraft surfaces, sensitive areas, and areas to be checked in the post deicing and post anti-icing inspections is needed for deicing personnel to deice different types of aircraft or aircraft with different configurations.
c)      HOT Tables and Procedures for Their Use. The operator’s alternate ground de/anti-icing procedures must include HOT tables and the procedures for the use of these tables by the certificate holder’s personnel. The following elements must be included in the operator’s alternate plan:

1.      Responsibilities and Procedures. The certificate holder’s program must define operational responsibilities and contain procedures for the flightcrew, ground personnel, and maintenance personnel that apply to the use of HOTs and resultant actions if the determined HOT is exceeded.

i.         Procedures to address deicing operations at specific deicing locations (e.g., gate, remote, or centralized facilities, engines running/not running, auxiliary power unit (APU), etc.), including how to determine radio frequencies to be utilized for communications between the flightcrew and the ground personnel.

ii.       Procedures for ground crew and flightcrew to communicate:

·        During aircraft positioning, (if required),

·        Other pertinent information regarding the deicing/anti-icing process,

·        Start of the HOT (start time of final fluid application),

·        The aircraft departure process from the deicing area, and

·        Equipment clear/job done (post de/anti-icing inspections completed)—safe to start taxiing.

iii.      In addition, procedures must be developed for the flightcrew’s use of the pertinent HOT tables, coordination with flight followers and ATC as appropriate.

2.      FAA HOT Tables. An operator’s alternate procedure must implement HOT tables for use by its personnel. The FAA develops HOT tables for Type I deice/anti-ice fluid and manufacturer specific and generic Type II, III, and IV anti-ice fluid in accordance with SAE ARP 4737, Aircraft Deicing/Anti-Icing Methods, and ISO 11076, Aerospace Aircraft Deicing/Anti-Icing Methods with Fluids. HOTs that exceed those specified in the current edition of the FAA specific HOT of approved fluids are not acceptable. However, the certificate holder may require the use of more conservative times than those specified in the FAA tables.

3.      Use of HOT Tables. HOT ranges are an estimate of the time that deicing/anti-icing fluid will prevent the formation of frost or ice and the accumulation of snow on the unprotected surfaces of an aircraft. HOT begins when the start of the final application of deicing/anti-icing fluid commences and expires when the deicing/anti‑icing fluid applied to the aircraft loses its effectiveness (e.g., when ice begins to form on or in the fluid). HOTs vary with weather conditions. The effectiveness of deicing/anti-icing fluids is based on a number of variables (e.g., temperature, moisture content of the precipitation, wind, and the aircraft skin temperature). The HOT tables are to be used for departure planning and in conjunction with pretakeoff check procedures.

d)      Frozen Contaminants on the Aircraft. The operators must have procedures that insure the aircraft is free of all frozen contaminants adhering to the wings, control surfaces, propellers, engine inlets, or other critical surfaces before takeoff.

1.      Identification of Critical Aircraft Surfaces. The critical aircraft surfaces, which must be clear of contaminants before takeoff should be described in the aircraft manufacturer's maintenance manual or other manufacturer-developed documents, such as service or operations bulletins.

i.         Generally, the following should be considered to be critical aircraft surfaces, if the aircraft manufacturer’s information is not available:

·        Pitot heads, static ports, ram-air intakes for engine control and flight instruments, other kinds of instrument sensor pickup points, fuel vents, propellers, and engine inlets. These are both critical areas for flight safety and classified as sensitive surfaces because they may be adversely affected by direct de/anti-icing fluid application and therefore require special attention during cold weather preflight and fluid application.

·        Wings, empennage, and control surfaces.

·        Fuselage upper surfaces on aircraft with center mounted engine(s).

ii.       Certificate holders must list in the general operations manual, for each type of aircraft used in their operations, the critical and sensitive surfaces that should be checked on flight-crewmember preflight inspections, pretakeoff checks, and pretakeoff contamination checks.

iii.      Critical surfaces must be defined for the use of ground personnel for conducting the check following the deicing/anti-icing process and for any pretakeoff contamination checks that may be accomplished by ground personnel.

2.      Identification of Representative Aircraft Surfaces (if used in place of critical surfaces). Representative aircraft surfaces are for use in conducting pretakeoff checks only; this is not to be confused with pretakeoff contamination check requirements. For each type of aircraft operated, certificate holders should list, in the general operations manual, the representative surfaces that may be checked while conducting pretakeoff checks. Some aircraft manufacturers have identified certain aircraft surfaces that the flightcrew can readily observe to determine whether or not frozen contaminants are accumulating or forming on that surface and, by using it as a representative surface, can make a reasoned judgment regarding whether or not frozen contaminants are adhering to other aircraft surfaces. When identifying a representative aircraft surface, the following guidelines should be considered:

i.         The surface can be seen clearly to determine whether or not frozen contaminants are forming or accumulating on the surface and if the estimated HOT is valid considering the precipitation conditions actually present.

ii.       The surface must be unheated.

iii.      If using a treated surface during the deicing/anti-icing procedure, the representative surface should be one of the first surfaces treated with deicing/anti-icing fluid. However, the designation of representative surfaces is not limited to treated surfaces.

3.      Recognition Techniques. Certificate holders must have aircraft specific guidance for the recognition of contamination on aircraft surfaces. The flightcrew and other personnel should use these type-specific techniques while conducting preflight aircraft icing checks, pretakeoff checks, and pretakeoff contamination checks. Frozen contaminants can take the form of ice, frost, snow, or slush. Initial, Transition, Recurrent, Upgrade, or Advanced Qualification Program and Continuing Qualification training curricula should include aircraft type-specific techniques for use by the flightcrew and other personnel for recognizing contamination on aircraft surfaces. The flightcrew and other personnel should use these type‑specific techniques while conducting preflight aircraft icing checks, pretakeoff checks, and pretakeoff contamination checks. Frozen contaminants can take the form of ice, frost, snow, or slush. The formation of clear ice may be difficult to detect visually. Therefore, specific techniques for identification of clear ice should be included.

e)      Types of Icing Checks. The operator’s alternate ground deicing/anti-icing plan must include procedures for pretakeoff and pretakeoff contamination checks that, when applicable, are required to be accomplished. The aircraft deicing/anti-icing procedure must also include a post deicing/anti icing check of all aircraft critical surfaces.

1.      Pretakeoff Check (within the HOT, not to be confused with a pretakeoff contamination check that is applied after the expiration of the HOT). This check is required anytime HOT are used. The flightcrew must accomplish the check within the HOT. The flightcrew should check the aircraft’s wings or representative aircraft surfaces for frozen contamination. The surfaces to be checked are determined by manufacturer’s data or guidance contained in AC 120‑60, current edition. The pretakeoff check is integral to the use of HOTs. Because of the limitations and cautions associated with the use of HOTs, the flightcrew must assess the current weather and other situational conditions that affect the aircraft’s condition and not rely on the use of HOTs as the sole determinant that the aircraft is free of contaminants. Several pretakeoff checks may be required during the HOT period based on factors that include the length of the HOT range, weather, or other conditions. The flightcrew must maintain a continued awareness of the condition of the aircraft and accomplish, as a minimum, a pretakeoff check just before taking the active runway for departure. When conducting the pretakeoff check, the flightcrew must factor in the application sequence (i.e., where on the aircraft the de/anti-icing process began).

2.      Pretakeoff Contamination Check (when HOT has been exceeded). Completing a pretakeoff contamination check is one of the conditions that allows a takeoff after a HOT has been exceeded. When a HOT has been exceeded, certificate holders must have appropriate pretakeoff contamination check procedures for the flightcrew’s and/or other qualified ground personnel’s use to ensure that the aircraft’s critical surfaces remain free of frozen contaminants. Flightcrews and/or other qualified ground personnel must complete the pretakeoff contamination check within 5 minutes before beginning takeoff. This check must be accomplished from outside the aircraft unless the certificate holder’s program specifies otherwise. If any doubt exists concerning the aircraft’s condition after completing this check, the aircraft cannot takeoff unless it is deiced again and a new HOT is determined. The following should be considered while developing procedures for this check:

i.         For all hard wing aircraft (those without leading edge devices) this check must be an outside the aircraft tactile check (feel). For all high wing aircraft this check must also be an outside the aircraft check and maybe visual or tactile based on the aircraft manufacturers procedures or as approved by the FAA. Also aircraft with aft, fuselage-mounted, turbine-powered engines must conduct pretakeoff contamination checks from outside the airplane.

ii.       Operators of aircraft other than those addressed in paragraph a) above, should conduct this check from outside the aircraft unless they can show that the check can be adequately accomplished from inside the aircraft. The operators plan must detail procedures and requirements for this check. When developing a procedure—not described in the AFM—for conducting the pretakeoff contamination check from inside the aircraft, certificate holders should consider if crewmembers are able to see enough of the wings, control surfaces, and other surfaces to determine whether or not they are free of contaminants. When making this determination, consider the aircraft type, the method of conducting the check (from the cockpit or cabin), and other factors, such as aircraft lighting and ambient conditions.

3.      Post‑Deicing/Anti-Icing Check. The operator must have procedures outlining these check procedure for each aircraft. This multi-part check is an integral part of the deicing/anti-icing process. The check ensures that:

i.         All critical surfaces are free of adhering frozen contaminants after deicing.

ii.       If anti-icing fluid is to be applied it assures that all critical surfaces are free of frozen contaminants before the application of any anti-icing fluid.

iii.      All critical surfaces are free of frozen contaminants before pushback or taxi. And if anti-icing fluid has been applied that all critical surface have been treated with an even coating of the applicable fluid.

Note:   Certificate holders must have procedures that require that qualified ground personnel or flightcrew personnel conduct this check. If conducted by qualified ground personnel, certificate holders should establish communication procedures to relay pertinent deicing/anti‑icing information and the results of this check to the pilot in command (PIC).

f)        Communications. The operator must have standardized communication procedures for communications between the flightcrew and ground deicing personnel. Communication between ground personnel and the flightcrew before commencing deicing/anti‑icing operations is critical. Upon completion of deicing/anti‑icing operations, ground personnel should communicate with the flightcrew to determine the start time of the final fluid application procedure and therefore the start of the HOT. The particular HOT the flightcrew uses is extremely critical. Because many deicers service multiple carriers, the FAA recommends that all operators include the following flow sequence and information to provide standardization:

1.      Before commencing deicing/anti-icing operations, ground personnel and the flightcrew should review the following (as applicable):

i.         Deicing/anti-icing prior to crew arrival.

ii.       Gate or remote deicing/anti-icing procedures.

iii.      Aircraft-specific procedures.

iv.     Communications between ground personnel and the flightcrew.

2.      Just before commencing the application of deicing/anti-icing fluid, ground personnel should confirm with the flightcrew that the aircraft is properly configured for deicing, as the following example states: “N90FAA, is your aircraft ready for deicing/anti-icing?” Response from N90FAA, “Learjet N90FAA, parking brake is set, engines are running, APU is off, aircraft is configured for deicing, and anti-icing with Type IV fluid.” Response from deicing crew, “Roger N90FAA commencing deicing.”

3.      Upon completion of deicing/anti-icing, the flightcrew must be provided the following elements:

i.         Fluid type (e.g., Type I, Type II, Type III or Type IV), the fluid product name is optional for each type of fluid if the fluid meets product on-wing viscosity requirements.

ii.       Fluid/water mix ratio by volume of Types II, III, and IV. (Reporting the concentration of Type I fluid is not required.)

iii.      Specify, in local time (hours and minutes) the beginning of the final fluid application (e.g., 1330).

iv.     Post application check accomplished. Specify date (day, written month, year).

Note:   The element listed in subparagraph 3d is required for recordkeeping; it is optional for crew notification.

Note:   Transmission of elements listed in subparagraphs a through c, to the flightcrew, confirms that a post deicing/anti-icing check was completed and the aircraft is clean.

4.      Below are two examples of the ground/flightcrew communication sequence.

i.         One Step Process with Type I or other approved deicing fluid: “N90FAA are you ready for your deicing report?” “N90FAA is ready to copy deicing report.” “N90FAA your aircraft has been deiced with Type I fluid. Your fluid application began at 1430.”

ii.       Two Step Process with Types II, III, or IV: “N90FAA are you ready for your deicing report?” “N90FAA is ready to copy deicing report.” “N90FAA your aircraft has been deiced with Type I fluid and anti-iced with Type IV. An anti-ice fluid mixture of 75/25 was used. Your anti-ice fluid application began at 1645.”

2)      Training Requirements Required for the Authorization of the Alternate Procedures Allowing the Use of HOT as Limiting Values. Training for flight followers is only required if that person plays a role in the planning, execution, or recording of aircraft ground de/anti-icing. Training for ground deicing personnel is only required if each de/anti-icing fluid application is not to be supervised by flightcrew personnel.
a)      Initial/Recurrent Ground Training and Qualification. Only trained and qualified personnel may carry out deicing/anti-icing procedures. A flightcrew member trained on fluid application procedures for the applicable aircraft and operator may, in person, supervise the de/anti-icing of the aircraft in lieu of the fluid application personnel being trained on the specific aircraft, provided the application personnel have been appropriately trained and currently qualified under a § 121.629 approved program and the application personnel are provided pictorial diagrams indicating the critical and sensitive areas of the aircraft, and areas to be inspected as part of the post deicing and post anti-icing inspection, and instructed on the proper methods for treatment of the critical and sensitive areas.

1.      Each certificate holder’s approved program must consist of the following:

i.         Certificate holders must conduct initial and annual recurrent training for flightcrews, and, as applicable, flight followers, and ground personnel and must ensure that all such crews obtain and retain a thorough knowledge of aircraft ground deicing/anti-icing policies and procedures, including required procedures and lessons learned.

ii.       Flightcrew, and, as applicable, flight follower, and ground personnel training programs must include a detailed description of initial and annual recurrent ground training and qualification concerning the specific requirements of the alternate plan and the duties, responsibilities, and functions detailed in the plan.

iii.      Flightcrew, and, as applicable, flight follower, and ground personnel training programs must have a Quality Assurance Program to monitor and maintain a high level of competence. An ongoing review plan is advisable to evaluate the effectiveness of the deicing/anti-icing training received.

iv.     The program must have a tracking system that records all required personnel have been satisfactorily trained. Certificate holders must maintain records of personnel training and qualification for proof of qualification.

v.       Personnel must be able to adequately read, speak, and understand English in order to follow written and oral procedures applicable to the deicing/anti-icing program.

2.      Certificate holders must train and qualify flightcrew, and as applicable flight followers, and ground personnel on at least the following subjects, identified as All personnel (no identification) Flightcrew (F), Flight Followers (FF) (persons charged with pre‑arranging of ground deicing services), if applicable to the operators operation, or Ground Personnel (G) if applicable, all pilots that supervise the application of de/anti-icing fluids need to be trained on the subjects for Ground personnel (G) except for hands on training of fluid application techniques:

i.         Effects of Frozen Contaminants on Aircraft Surfaces. Provide an understanding of the critical effect the presence of minute amounts of frost, ice, or snow has on flight surfaces. This discussion should include, but is not limited to:

·        Loss of lift (F),

·        Increased drag and weight (F),

·        Decreased control (F),

·        Tendency for rapid pitch-up and roll-off during rotation (F),

·        Stall occurs at lower-than-normal angle of attack (F),

·        Buffet or stall occurs before activation of stall warning (F),

·        Aircraft specific areas: (F/G),

·        Engine foreign object damage potential,

·        Ram air intakes,

·        Instrument pickup points,

·        Leading edge device (LED) aircraft (aircraft that have slats or leading edge flaps) and non-LED aircraft,

·        Airworthiness Directives (AD)/specific inspections, and

·        Winglets.

ii.       Aircraft Ground Icing Conditions. Describe conditions that cause implementation of deicing/anti-icing procedures (F).

·        In-Flight Ice Accumulation. Certificate holders should have procedures for flightcrews on arriving flights to report occurrences of in-flight icing to the personnel responsible for executing the certificate holder’s deicing/anti-icing program. In-flight ice accumulation could result in a ground-deicing situation when flights are scheduled for short turnaround times (e.g., for 30 minutes or less and when ambient temperatures on the ground are at or below freezing).

·        Frost, including hoarfrost (F).

·        Freezing precipitation (snow, freezing rain, freezing drizzle, or hail, which could adhere to aircraft surfaces) (F).

·        Freezing fog (F).

·        Rain or high humidity on cold soaked wing (F).

·        Rain or high humidity on cold soaked wing fuel tanks (F).

·        Under-wing frost (may not require deicing/anti-icing within certain limits) (F/G).

·        Fluid failure identification (F/G).

iii.      Location specific deicing/anti-icing procedures (F/G, as appropriate).

iv.     Communications procedures between the flightcrew, ground personnel, ATC, and company station personnel (F/FF/G).

Note:   Communication procedures must include ground crew confirmation to the flightcrew after the deicing and anti-icing process is completed that all personnel and equipment are clear before reconfiguring or moving the aircraft.

v.       Means for obtaining most current weather information (F/FF).

vi.     Characteristics and capabilities of fluids used (F/D/G).

·        General fluid descriptions (F/G),

·        Composition and appearance (F/G),

·        Differences between Type I and Type II/IV deicing/anti-icing

·        fluids(F/G),

·        Purpose for each type (F/G),

·        Deicing fluids (F/G),

·        Anti-icing fluids (F/G),

·        De/anti-icing fluids capabilities (F/G),

·        Approved deicing/anti-icing fluids for use (SAE, ISO, etc.) (F/G),

·        Fluid-specific information provided by fluid or aircraft manufacturer (F/G),

·        Fluid temperature requirements (hot vs. cold) (F/G),

·        Properties associated with infrared deicing/anti-icing (F/G),

·        Health, safety, and first aid (F/G),

·        Environmental considerations (G),

·        Fluid selection (F/G), and

·        Unusual flying qualities, such as the need for additional takeoff rotation stick-force (F).

vii.    Methods/Procedures (F/G).

·        Inspection of critical surfaces,

·        Clear ice precautions,

·        Flightcrew/groundcrew preflight check requirement,

·        Deicing/anti-ice determination,

·        Deicing/anti-ice location,

·        Communication before deicing/anti-icing,

·        General deicing/anti-ice precautions,

·        Aircraft specific requirements,

·        Deicing:

·        Requirements,

·        Effective removal of frost, snow, and ice.

·        Anti-icing:

·        Requirements

·        Preventative anti-icing,

·        Application,

·        Deicing/anti-icing:

·        One step,

·        Two step,

·        Guidelines for the application of deicing/anti-icing fluids,

·        Post deicing/anti-icing checks requirement,

·        Flight control check, and

·        Communications after deicing/anti-icing.

viii.  Use of HOTs (F/G).

·        Definition of HOT;

·        When HOT begins and ends;

·        Limitations and cautions associated with the use of HOTs;

·        Source of HOT data;

·        Relationship of HOT to particular fluid concentrations and for different types of fluids;

·        Precipitation category (e.g., fog, drizzle, rain, or snow);

·        Precipitation intensity;

·        How to determine a specific HOT from the HOT range that accounts for moderate or light weather conditions; and

·        Adjusting HOT for changing weather conditions.

ix.     Pretakeoff Check Requirement (F/G). Identification of representative surfaces.

x.       Pretakeoff Contamination Check Requirement (F/G). Communications.

xi.     Aircraft Surface Contamination Recognition (F/G).

3)      Confirmation of Service Provider Qualification. The operator must have procedures for the flightcrew to determine that ground de/anti-icing service providers are providing their service under a current approved § 121.629 aircraft ground deicing program. These procedures must include a regular check, by the operator, to ensure the currency of the service providers continued approval status under § 121.629. The flightcrew instructions must be clear that if the service provider’s approval under § 121.629 cannot be assured that the HOT tables revert to being advisory information only and a pretakeoff contamination check per the applicable procedures must be performed.
4)      Recording Requirements. The operator’s plan must include procedures for the recording of the location that de/anti-icing was performed, the name of the provider, the type of fluid and mixture used, the final fluid application start time, and the takeoff time. This record may be included as part of an existing record requirement (example: aircraft discrepancy log). This record must be retained and made available to the FAA upon request for a period of at least 12 calendar-months.

OPSPEC A042, TITLE 14 CFR PART 125/135 AIRPLANE OPERATIONS WITHOUT A DEICING/ANTI ICING PROCEDURE WHEN GROUND ICING CONDITIONS DO NOT EXIST. If a part 125 or 135 operator chooses to operate without a pre takeoff contamination check as required by part 125, § 125.221 and part 135, § 135.227, or without a part 121, § 121.629(c) program, then principal inspectors may only authorize them to operate when ground icing conditions do not exist by issuing OpSpec A042. See Volume 3, Chapter 27, Ground Deicing/Anti-Icing Programs, for guidance on approving a ground deicing/anti icing program.

MSPEC A043—AFFILIATE PROGRAM MANAGERS. MSpec A043 allows fractional owners to use program aircraft operated by the program manager’s affiliate’s program. The program manager certifies to the Administrator that the affiliate program manager listed in MSpec A043 meets the requirements of part 91 subpart K.

OPSPEC A044, (PART 133 DATABASE ONLY) CLASS D OPERATIONS INVOLVING CARRIAGE OF PERSONS. (TBD)

OPSPEC A045, SUBSTITUTE SCHEDULED SERVICE AS A SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATOR. (TBD) (See the non standard, A345 job aid for information.)

OPSPEC A046, SINGLE‑ENGINE IFR PASSENGER CARRYING OPERATIONS UNDER 14 CFR PART 135. A046 is issued to authorize single‑engine instrument flight rules (SEIFR) passenger‑carrying operations under part 135. Additional Maintenance Requirements OpSpec paragraphs D100–104, must be issued as applicable. The operator must meet the conditions part 135, § 135.163 and other appropriate sections, to be issued the authority to operate under IFR with passengers or a combination of passengers and cargo. A046 provides the operational limitations and provisions necessary to operate under IFR while carrying passengers in a single‑engine aircraft. The principal operations inspector, principal maintenance inspector, and principal avionics inspector must coordinate the issuance of A046 and the applicable Part D paragraphs (by the authority of 119, § 119.51(b)). Once the operator has met the requirements to conduct SEIFR operations, all the applicable OpSpec paragraphs must be issued for SEIFR authorization.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A047, REPLACED BY OPSPEC A447.

OPSPEC A048, FLIGHT DECK ACCESS AUTHORIZATION PROCEDURES.

A.     General. Operations specification (OpSpec) A048 is provided for a 14 CFR part 119 certificate holder that elects to have an approved program to allow persons eligible under part 121, § 121.547(a)(3) access to the flight deck using the Cockpit Access Security System (CASS) program and/or the Flight Standards Service (AFS) Flight Deck Access Restriction (FDAR) program in accordance with the limitations and provisions of the OpSpec. It is important to note that the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) may restrict flight deck access through the issuance of Security Directives (SD). The TSA also evaluates and approves (or denies) use of any system that is used to vet persons requesting flight deck access, such as CASS.

B.     CASS Participation. CASS is a voluntary program. It is acceptable if an individual operator does not elect to participate. If they do decide to use the CASS, they must meet all of its criteria.

1)      An airman certificate is not specifically required for CASS, as not all persons eligible for flight deck access need one (e.g., flight followers).
2)      CASS is not an FAA program. However, it is available to air carriers for use in determining identification and eligibility of individuals seeking access to flight deck jump seats. CASS accommodates most positions that are eligible for flight deck access, such as flightcrew members and flight followers. An air carrier should contact ARINC’s CASS representative directly with questions about program accommodation for specific position(s) that are eligible for flight deck access.
3)      If the Director of Operations (DO) elects to delegate the task of auditing the database, the DO retains full responsibility for its accuracy, completeness, currency, etc.

C.     Background. In the past, the TSA, industry, and FAA agreed upon the use of a valid passport when using this system.

1)      Since that agreement, technology has advanced to the point that an individual’s photograph is now a required element of that person’s electronic record in the CASS system.
2)      A passport is no longer specifically required for CASS participation.
3)      TSA has issued a SD that requires an air carrier to include digitized pictures of persons participating in CASS before that air carrier is approved for participation by the TSA.
4)      Also, as the guidance states, TSA may impose further restrictions on flight deck access through issuance of SDs.

D.    Table 3-6D, Operations Specification A048 Manual Procedures Checklist. The checklist in Table 3-6D should be used to ensure the part 119 certificate holder’s manual procedures for the required verification and access procedures for accessing the flight deck jump seat meets requirements. The appropriate sections of this checklist should be completed by the operator and provided to that operator’s FAA principal operations inspector (POI) along with their request for amendment of their OpSpecs to include OpSpec A048.

1)      The certificate holder may elect to include procedures for one or both of the following verification programs in its manual procedures:
a)      CASS.
b)      FDAR.
2)      The checklist should be completed using the following methodology:
a)      Number (item and sub item number).
b)      Item description (provide a description of the item).
c)      Response (circle “Yes” or “No” to indicate whether or not the item is adequately addressed in the program).
d)      Manual page reference (enter the manual page number where the item is addressed).

Table 3-6D, Operations Specification A048 Manual Procedures Checklist

NO.

ITEM DESCRIPTION

RESPONSE

MANUAL PAGE REFERENCE

1.

Do the certificate holder’s procedures include a requirement to obtain the requester’s employer‑issued photo identification card?

Yes/No

 

2.

Does the certificate holder’s procedures include a requirement to verify at the time of check‑in the information obtained from the person requesting flight deck jump seat access using one of the following methods (the certificate holder may select one or more of the following methods):

 

 

2.a.

CASS?

Yes/No

 

2.b.

FDAR - Electronic Database?

Yes/No

 

2.c.

FDAR - Telephone?

Yes/No

 

2.c‑i.

If yes, do the certificate holder’s procedures contain a list of part 119 certificate holders with which flight deck jump seat agreements are in place and the respective contact numbers and/or e‑mail addresses for use in employee flight deck jump seat eligibility and employment status verification?

Yes/No

 

2.d.

FDAR - E‑mail?

Yes/No

 

2.d‑i.

If yes, do the certificate holder’s procedures contain a list of part 119 certificate holders with which flight deck jump seat agreements are in place and the respective contact numbers and/or e‑mail addresses for use in employee flight deck jump seat eligibility and employment status verification?

Yes/No

 

2.e.

FDAR - Facsimile?

Yes/No

 

 

Table 3-6D, Operations Specification A048 Manual Procedures Checklist (continued)

2.e-i.

If yes, do the certificate holder’s procedures contain a list of part 119 certificate holders with which flight deck jump seat agreements are in place and the respective contact numbers and/or e‑mail addresses for use in employee flight deck jump seat eligibility and employment status verification?

Yes/No

 

3.

Does the certificate holder’s procedures assign responsibility to the Director of Operations for:

 

 

3.a.

Completion of an initial audit to confirm accuracy of employee records used under this operations specification authorization?

Yes/No

 

3.b.

Completion of recurring audits to confirm accuracy of employee records used under this operations specification authorization at least once every 12 months?

Yes/No

 

3.c.

Updating any and all employee status changes of the employee records used in accordance with this authorization within 24 hours of the time that the change(s) occurred?

Yes/No

 

4.a.

Has the certificate holder satisfactorily demonstrated their software and procedures to the principal operations inspector?

Yes/No

N/A

4.b.

Did the demonstration reveal any instances where flight deck jump seat access was granted when it should have been denied?

Yes/No

N/A

5.

Did the initial audit (see item 3.a. above) reveal any records representing former employees as current employees?

Yes/No

N/A

6.

Is the certificate holder in receipt of an applicable TSA authorization to use a vetting system for persons requesting flight deck access (e.g., CASS)?

Yes/No

 

OPSPEC/MSPEC A049, REPLACED BY OPSPEC/MSPEC A449.

LOA A049, LETTER OF AUTHORIZATION FOR COMMERCIAL AIR TOUR OPERATIONS AND ANTIDRUG AND ALCOHOL MISUSE PREVENTION PROGRAM REGISTRATION.

A.     Applicability. LOA A049 applies to part 91 operators and part 119 certificate holders operating under part 121 or part 135 who conduct commercial air tour operations for compensation or hire under § 91.147.

1)      If a part 91 operator is not already identified in OPSS, general instructions for putting an operator into the OPSS, in order to issue the automated part 91 LOA A049 is associated with all OpSpec/MSpec A001 templates in the part 91 database of the OPSS. If you need further assistance, please contact Aviation Safety (AVS) Support Central at 405-954-7272.
a)      Because of programmatic limitations, we are unable to provide any other title than POI, PMI, or PAI for the signature block in the OPSS for part 91 LOAs. Thus, the office manager or applicable supervisor who chooses to sign the part 91 authorizations will be identified as a POI, PMI, or PAI instead of manager or supervisor.
b)      When issuing a part 91 authorization from the OPSS, at a minimum the A001, Issuance and Applicability; and A004, Summary of Special Authorizations and Limitations templates must be included in the operator’s package.
2)      Operators who are uncomfortable with the limitations in § 91.146 and wish to continue flights supporting charities, nonprofit organizations, and community events may also use § 91.147 and must be issued A049. Part 91 operators using § 91.147 also have the option of becoming certificated operators in order to conduct commercial air tour operations under part 135 or part 121.

B.     Air Carriers Operating Under Section 91.147. Part 121 or 135 certificate holders that conduct commercial air tour operations under § 91.147 must be issued a separate LOA from the part 91 database and issued a separate four character identifier. Certificate holders must implement a second drug and alcohol testing program to conduct operations under § 91.147. Even though the same company may be conducting operations under part 135 or 121 and air tour operations under § 91.147, the FAA’s regulations consider the two operations to be separate entities for drug and alcohol purposes.

C.     Commercial Air Tours (defined in 14 CFR part 136, § 136.1). These operations are passenger-carrying flights conducted in accordance with § 91.147. As of September 11, 2007, all operators or certificate holders must have applied for and have been operating in accordance with LOA A049, issued by the FSDO nearest to its principal place of business. The seven items listed in § 91.147(c) represent the minimum amount of information required for the national database and the issuance of LOA A049 to the part 91 operators. Certificate holders comply with most of these requirements through the issuance of other applicable OpSpecs:

1)      Name of operator, agent, and any DBA under which that operator does business (template/OpSpec A001);
2)      Principal business address and mailing address (template/OpSpec A001);
3)      Principal place of business (if different from business address) (template/OpSpec A001);
4)      Name of person responsible for management of the business (LOA A049);
5)      Name of person responsible for aircraft maintenance (LOA A049);
6)      Type of aircraft, registration numbers(s), and make/model/series (LOA A049); and
7)      A copy of the Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program registration (LOA A049). This information will be used to populate Table 3 (Location of Records for Inspection) in LOA A049. The population of this table “activates/registers” the drug abatement program for future inspection by AAM‑800.

Note:   The operator must implement its drug and alcohol testing programs in accordance with part 121 appendices I and J.

D.    Special Agreements. Some operators may have agreements with other parts of the FAA, such as air traffic, directly or through outside industry associations to conduct flights in a certain way or airspace. These special agreements need to be documented in the LOA A049. The documentation of these agreements in LOA A049 does not imply nor require that the agreements are approved by the Flight Standards PI.

Note:   Section 136.3 now allows amendment and reconsideration of LOAs through § 119.51.

E.     Hawaiian Air Tour Operators. The Hawaii air tour operators conducting these commercial air tour operations under § 91.147 must be issued LOA A049. The Hawaiian air tour operators may be issued a deviation (previously under SFAR 71) using LOA/OpSpec B048. The deviation authorizes the operator/certificate holder to conduct § 91.147 commercial air tour operations below an altitude of 1,500 feet above the surface in accordance with the appropriate requirements of part 136 and part 136 appendix A, and the limitations and provisions of B048.

F.      Air Tour Operations Under § 91.147 and § 136.37. The requirements of § 91.147 and those of § 136.37 are two separate requirements. Some commercial air tour operators conduct overflights of national parks and fall under the exception in § 136.37. OpSpec/LOA B057 is required for national parks and is issued in addition to LOA A049. OpSpec/LOA B057 authorizes a certificate holder or operator to conduct commercial air tour operations over national park(s) and tribal lands within or abutting the national park in accordance with part 136. See OpSpec/LOA B057 for guidance regarding air tour operations under § 136.37.

G.    The National Air Tour Safety Standards Final Rule (72 FR 6911). Final Rule 72 FR 6911 published on February 13, 2007, and effective March 15, 2007, set safety and oversight rules for a broad variety of sightseeing and commercial air tour flights with changes in parts 61, 91, 119, 121, 135, and 136. Intended effects of this rule are to identify the air tour operators in a national database, standardize requirements for commercial air tour operators, and consolidate air tour safety standards within part 136. The rule change responded to NTSB recommendations, Government Accountability Office (GAO) reports, and DOT General Reports that recommend better oversight of the sightseeing (commercial air tour) industry. The preamble and final rule are posted on the DOT Web site at URL: http://dms.dot.gov/search/document.cfm?documentid=452251&docketid=4521.

Note:   Exemptions to this rule are outlined in § 91.146.

OPSPEC A050, HELICOPTER NIGHT VISION GOGGLE OPERATIONS (HNVGO). (TBD).

OPSPEC A051. Reserved.

OPSPEC/MSPEC/LOA A052, AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE BROADCAST (ADS‑B). ADS‑B systems will provide many applications for air traffic and air operators.

A.     Separation of Aircraft. One of the near term applications using ADS‑B is separation of aircraft by air traffic services in a non‑radar environment. Since this application will not require pilots to share separation responsibility (maintain separation on other air traffic using a Cockpit Display of Traffic (CDTI)), the issuance of A052 is not required. However, other OpSpec authorizations, as described below, may need to be issued or amended.

B.     When to Issue A052. Issue A052 to authorize operations if an air carrier or commercial operator intends for the pilots to use ADS‑B for any one or more of the following CDTI applications:

·        Visual acquisition of proximate aircraft,

·        In‑trail climbing/descending/passing maneuvers,

·        Stationkeeping,

·        Enhanced see and avoid,

·        Reduced separation standards,

·        Long‑range conflict management, or

·        Conflict detection and avoidance.

C.     Determining Appropriate Authorization for ADS‑B Use. It is important for the principal operations inspector (POI) to coordinate with the principal maintenance inspector (PMI) and principal avionics inspector (PAI) on the following activities in order to determine the appropriate authorizations necessary for each application using ADS‑B. PIs will complete the following tasks before authorizing the air carrier or commercial operator to conduct any operations using cockpit avionics displays that generate information or data from an ADS‑B signal.

1)      The POI will determine which operational applications of ADS‑B will be used by the pilots of the air carrier or commercial operator. This includes determining that the operator understands and complies with all limitations and conditions associated with applicable Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) requirements, Parts Manufacturer Approvals, and appropriate Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) supplements.
2)      The POI will verify with the PMI and PAI that the ADS‑B system is installed in compliance with the applicable STC or other appropriate aircraft certification requirements and that the operator’s maintenance program includes continuing airworthiness and maintenance personnel training requirements.
3)      All of the operator’s pilots must be trained, qualified, and tested in the use, conditions, and limitations of the installed ADS‑B system and components. There are no deviations allowed from this training requirement. If the operator out sources or contracts the ADS‑B training to another entity, OpSpec A031 must be issued.
4)      The POI will review the operator’s procedures for deferral of inoperative equipment and coordinate with the PMI and PAI during the evaluation and approval of the operator’s minimum equipment list (MEL). The POI will also provide the operator with guidance for revising the existing airplane MEL and procedures that will allow the operator to defer inoperative ADS‑B equipment. ADS‑B equipment may not be listed as “Administrative Control Items” in the MEL. OpSpec D095, Minimum Equipment List, may need to be issued or amended, as appropriate.
5)      If the operator requests approval to use ADS‑B for flight following or operational control, the POI must evaluate and validate this capability prior to approval. OpSpec A008, Operational Control, may need to be issued or amended as appropriate.
6)      The PIs must verify that the operator is able to conduct the proposed operations, and validate that appropriate training manuals, operations manuals, checklists, and operating procedures address ADS‑B operations. Validation test(s) must be conducted if operational approval via the issuance of A052 is required.
7)      If the air carrier or commercial operator requests operational approval for any of the applications listed in subparagraph B above, A052 must be issued with the appropriate authorizations indicated. Until test and evaluation results are analyzed, only operations in visual meteorological conditions (VMC) are authorized. A052 also requires the listing of the aircraft make and model, the aircraft registration number, and the make and model of the approved ADS‑B equipment.

OPSPEC A053. Reserved for Emergency Charter Operations. (TBD.)

OPSPEC A054, (PART 133 DATABASE ONLY) INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES OPERATIONS (FOR PART 133, EXTERNAL LOAD OPERATIONS ONLY). (Guidance is found in Volume 2, Chapter 7, Initial Certification/Renewal of a Part 133 Operator.)

OPSPEC A055—CARRIAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

A.     Authorization. Operations specification (OpSpec) A055 is an optional authorization applicable to certificate holders conducting operations under 14 CFR parts 121 or 135 that choose to comply with the applicable regulations to carry hazardous materials (hazmat).

B.     Regulatory Changes. With the publication of Federal Register (FR) 58796, Vol. 70, No. 194, Friday, October 7, 2005, a change to part 119, § 119.49(a)(13) was effective November 7, 2005, as follows:

1)      Section 119.49(a)(13) requires all certificate holders conducting operations under parts 121 or 135 to indicate in their operations specification that they “will-carry” or “will-not-carry” hazmat. OpSpec A055 is issued for those that “will-carry” hazmat. OpSpec A004 must contain the statement in subparagraph b that the certificate holder “will-not-carry” hazmat.
2)      This FR also required that after February 7, 2007, these certificate holders must comply with the manual requirements of parts 121 and 135, §§ 121.135(b)(23) or 135.23(p) and with the hazmat training program requirements of §§ 121.1003 through 121.1007 or §§ 135.503 through 135.507, as applicable.
3)      These changes align U.S. implementation with International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standards for the carriage of hazmat, which recommend initial and biennial recurrent training programs. Additionally, ICAO recommends the certificate holder be specifically authorized by its state of authority to carry hazmat.

C.      Part 91 Subpart K (Part 91K) Program Managers and Part 125 Operators. There is no OpSpec A055 for part 125 operators or management specification (MSpec) A055 for part 91K. Section 91.1085 requires hazardous material (hazmat) recognition training. No program manager may use any person to perform any assigned duty/responsibility for handling or carriage of hazmat unless that person has received training in the recognitions of hazmat.

1)      Therefore, any program manager who delegates such an assignment would be a “hazmat employer” in accordance with Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations (49 CFR) part 172, § 172.702(d).
2)      Any person so assigned, must be trained in accordance with § 172.704(a).
3)      If the part 91K program manager makes a business decision not to accept hazmat and does not assign any person to perform a duty or responsibility to handle or carry hazmat, then recognition training is not required.

D.    Certificate Holders That Choose to Carry Hazmat (Will-Carry).

1)      A certificate holder conducting operations under part 121 or 135 that chooses to carry hazmat (and Company Materials (COMAT) identified as hazardous) must provide to its principal operations inspector (POI) a general outline of the aspects of the proposed training program as presented in Table 1, Operators That Transport Hazardous Material – Will‑Carry Certificate Holders, of part 121, appendix O and the manual with the procedures and information to be used to assist the flight crewmembers. The POI will forward this material to the appropriate regional hazmat branch manager’s office (see Volume 2, Chapter 2, Section 6 for references). Generally, air carriers must only submit an outline sufficient to provide an overview of the training program in regard to the aspects and functions covered in Tables 1 and 2, Operators That Do Not Transport Hazardous Materials – Will‑Not‑Carry Certificate Holders, of part 121 appendix O. The hazmat branch manager will review the submission to determine that it includes the relevant training aspects for the cited job functions.
2)      Provided the following conditions are met, the certificate holder may be authorized to accept, handle, and transport materials, including COMAT (regulated as hazmat in transport under 49 CFR parts 171 through 180 (part 175 in particular)).
a)      Packages containing hazmat are properly offered and accepted in compliance with parts 171 through 180;
b)      Packages containing hazmat are properly handled, stored, packaged, loaded, and carried onboard the certificate holder’s aircraft in compliance with parts 171 through 180;
c)      The requirements for the notification to the PIC (part 175, § 175.33) are complied with; and
d)      Aircraft replacement parts, consumable materials or other items regulated by parts 171 through 180 are properly handled, packaged, and transported.
3)      Additionally, for each crewmember and person performing or directly supervising the following job functions involving items for transport on an aircraft, the certificate holder’s manual required by §§ 121.133 or 135.21 shall contain those procedures and information necessary to assist the crewmember or other person in identifying packages marked or labeled as containing hazmat or show signs of containing undeclared hazmat, including procedures and information on the following:

·        Acceptance.

·        Rejection.

·        Handling.

·        Storage incidental to transport.

·        Packaging of company material.

·        Loading.

4)      The manual required by §§ 121.133 or 135.21, as appropriate, shall contain the certificate holder’s procedures for rejecting packages that do not conform to the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR) in parts 171 through 180, or that appear to contain undeclared hazmat.
5)      The manual required by §§ 121.133 or 135.21, as appropriate, shall contain the certificate holder’s procedures for complying with the hazmat incident reporting requirements of part 171, §§ 171.15 and 171.16 and discrepancy reporting requirements of § 175.31.
6)      The certificate holder is responsible for maintaining the records in initial and recurrent hazmat training within the three preceding years of all direct employees, contractors, and subcontractors directly supervising or performing an applicable job function as described in part 121 subpart Z for or on behalf of the certificate holder. The training records may be electronic or paper and must be made available to the FAA upon request at the location the trained person performs or directly supervises the covered job function.
7)      The following recordkeeping requirements are identical to those required by § 172.700, the International Air Transport Association (IATA), and the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO):

·        Individual’s name.

·        Most recent training completion date.

·        A description, copy, or reference to training material.

·        Name and address of organization providing training.

·        Copy of certification used to show test was satisfactorily completed.

E.     Certificate Holders that Choose Not to Carry Hazmat (Will-Not-Carry).

1)      OpSpec A004 will state that the certificate holder conducting operations under part 121 or 135 is not authorized and shall not carry hazmat, satisfying the OpSpec regulatory requirement for a “will-not-carry” certificate holder. The certificate holder is prohibited from accepting, handling, or transporting those materials, including hazardous COMAT, regulated as hazmat in transport under parts 171 through 180.
2)      Consistent with this prohibition, for each crewmember and person performing or directly supervising the acceptance, handling, storage incidental to transport, or loading of items for transport on an aircraft, the certificate holder’s manual required by §§ 121.133 or 135.21 (as appropriate) shall contain those procedures and information necessary to assist the crewmember or other person in identifying packages that are marked or labeled as containing hazmat or that show signs of containing undeclared hazmat.
3)      The manual required by §§ 121.133 or 135.21, as appropriate, shall contain the certificate holder’s procedures for rejecting packages offered for transport that contain hazmat or that appear to contain undeclared hazmat.

F.      Basic, Single PIC, and Single-Pilot Operators.

1)      Operators issued OpSpecs A037 through A039 must have an approved hazmat program and should use the hazmat program currently accepted/approved by their respective regional hazardous material branch. These certificate holders conducting operations under part 135 will need to have OpSpec A055 issued if they are a “will-carry” certificate holder. These certificate holders may have to comply with the manual requirements for the carriage of hazmat if the hazardous material branch manager requires it.
2)      Single-pilot operators issued OpSpec A040 may comply with the hazmat program by submitting a program for acceptance by the FAA if they are a “will-carry” certificate holder. They will be issued OpSpec A055 if they are a “will-carry” certificate holder. There is no manual requirement for a single-pilot operator issued OpSpec A040.

G.    Reference.

·        70 FR 58796 (No. 194); October 7, 2005.

OPSPEC/MSPEC/LOA A056, DATA LINK COMMUNICATIONS.

A.     General. Template A056 contains specific operational limitations and provisions for granting authorization to operators of aircraft under part 91, 121, 125, 135, or 91 subpart K to conduct data link communications using aircraft systems that are certificated for air–ground air traffic services (ATS).

1)      Parts 91, 121, 125, and 135 operators, and part 91K program managers conducting flight operations in oceanic and remote airspace may use data link communications systems (i.e., Future Air Navigation System (FANS) (FANS‑1/A or equivalent)). Operations using data link communications within domestic airspace require very‑high frequency (VHF) radios called very‑high frequency digital link Mode 2 (VDL‑2), compatible with ATS.
2)      Data link may be used as a supplement to voice communications with ATS. Voice communications must be continually monitored because aircraft still must be equipped with operating VHF voice and, when required, high frequency (HF) voice radios along the entire flight route.
3)      All data link operations in domestic airspace are limited to the en route phase of flight where radar or an equivalent surveillance system such as Automatic Dependence Surveillance‑Broadcast (ADS‑B) is available for surveillance services.
4)      All aircraft used to conduct data link operations in domestic airspace must be equipped with an FAA-certified collision avoidance system that is on and operating. (Reference part 91, § 91.221; part 121, § 121.356; part 125, § 125.224; part 129, § 129.18; and part 135, § 135.180.)
5)      An exception to the requirement for data link communication systems is the FANS‑1/A system in oceanic or remote airspace. The FANS‑1/A communications system can only be approved for data link operations in oceanic and remote area airspace. FANS‑1/A systems are not interoperable with the VDL‑2 infrastructure for domestic data link communications.

B.     Data Link Training. Part 121 and 135 air carriers, and part 91K program managers must have an approved data link training program for their maintenance and flightcrew personnel, as outlined in FAA AC 120‑70, Operational Authorization Process for use of Data Link Communication System, current edition.

C.     Authorization for Data Link Use. For part 91, 121, 125, and 135 operators and part 91K program managers, the POI will coordinate with the principal avionics and PMIs on the following matters:

1)      Equipment and systems certification, and airworthiness approval review;
2)      The content of the OpSpec authorization;
3)      The required communication performance;
4)      The AFM;
5)      Additional MEL requirements and relief; and
6)      Other elements necessary for the safe and effective use of data link communications.

Note:   POIs should be aware that there may be additional limitations and guidance for specific airplanes in Flight Standardization Board (FSB) reports.

D.    Contents of Operator Application for Operational Authorization to Use Data Link. The operator’s application to obtain authorization to use data link must address and contain the following subjects:

1)      List of source documents used:
a)      For generic data link operations (e.g., aircraft/avionics manufacturer documents).
b)      For area of operations specific policy/procedures. (See item 3 below.)
2)      Description of aircraft data link systems including certification documents and current configuration (e.g., current avionics load).
3)      Data link system make/model/series. All STC and AFM limitations and procedures.
4)      General information.
5)      Areas of operation/routes where operator intends to use data link.
a)      List of areas and/or routes where operator intends to conduct data link operations.
b)      List of air traffic centers/service providers with which the operator intends to communicate via data link.
c)      List of policy and procedures source documents applicable to each area(s) of operations, such as:

1.      Operations manuals for specific areas of operations (e.g., FANS‑1/A Operations Manual (FOM) for operation in Asia–Pacific flight information regions (FIR)).

2.      State Aeronautical Information Publications (AIP).

3.      State Notices to Airmen.

4.      FAA chart supplements (e.g., Pacific and Alaska chart supplement).

6)      Flightcrew qualification programs.
7)      Manuals and other publications.
8)      MMEL/MEL.
9)      Issues unique to a particular operator.
10)  Maintenance programs.

E.     Contents of Flightcrew Qualification Programs.

1)      Academic Training Subjects. A basic source document for data link procedures in oceanic areas is the FOM, part 5. Policy and procedures applicable to specific FIRs are in state AIPs and NOTAMs. Address the following areas:

·        Acronym Source: FOM part 2,

·        General concepts of digital and analog communications,

·        Expected flightcrew response,

·        ATS coordination,

·        Aircraft digital or analog communication equipment components, displays, alerts. (Sources: aircraft manufacturer documents.),

·        Interface with other aircraft systems,

·        AFM information MEL provisions,

·        Data link events reports,

·        Data link malfunction or irregularity reports, and

·        Human factors—lessons learned.

2)      Operational Use Training.

·        General requirement,

·        Simulators,

·        Computer-based instruction,

·        Policy on initial pilot evaluation, and

·        Recurrent training and evaluation.

3)      Currency (recent experience).
4)      Line Checks and Route Checks (if applicable).
5)      Line‑Oriented Flight Training (if applicable).

F.      Operational Authorization Documents. This issuance of paragraph A056 grants approval to use data link communications in operations. Either the certificate management office or Flight Standards District Office should coordinate the approval with AFS‑400.


Table 3-23, Communications Systems and Operating Environments. This table lists the systems and their operating environment including the applicable criteria with references.

Row

Aircraft Data Link System

Operating Environment

Applicable Standards

Type of Airspace

ATS Unit System

Capabilities and Uses

1

ATN B1

Domestic (Continental)

ATN B1

Supplemental ATC communications:

Communication application supports data link initiation capability (DLIC) data link service.

Controller Pilot Data Link Communications (CPDLC) application supports ACM, ACL, and AMC data link services.

Note 1: departure clearance (DCL), downstream clearance (DSC), (Digital- Automatic Terminal Information Service (D‑ATIS), and Flight Plan Consistency (FLIPCY) data link services are not supported.

a. DO‑290/ED‑120, Chg 1 and Chg 2, Continental Safety and Performance (SPR) Standard.

b. DO‑280B/ED‑110B air traffic management (ATM) B1 INTEROP Standard.

2

FANS 1/A+

Domestic (Continental)

ATN B1 FANS‑1/A

Same as row 1 except:

Uses Aeronautical Telecommunications Network (ATN) ATC Facilities Notification (AFN) application for DLIC data link service.

For CPDLC application, UM 215, TURN (direction) (degrees) is not supported.

Note 2: FANS 1/A aircraft will require use of DM67 (free text) to mimic certain message elements per DO‑290/ED‑120 Chg 1 and Chg 2. See DO‑305/ED‑154 paragraph 4.2.13.2.

Note 3: In accordance with DO‑290/ED‑120, Chg 1 and Chg 2, FANS 1/A aircraft will require use of a message latency timer per DO‑258A/ED‑100A, paragraph 4.6.6.9 and is denoted by a “+” appended to the “FANS 1/A” label.

Note 4: Only via VHF data link subnetwork.

Same as row 1 plus:

a. DO‑305/ED‑154, FANS 1/A‑ATN INTEROP Standard (Applies only to ATS Unit except see note 2).

b. DO‑258A/ED‑100A, FANS 1/A INTEROP Standard (Applies only to aircraft).

3

FANS 1/A+ or FANS 1/A

Oceanic and remote

FANS‑1/A

Normal means of ATC communication uses AFN and CPDLC applications for direct controller-pilot communications (DCPC).

Eligible for:

Required Communication Performance (RCP) 240 operations via VHF, Satcom Iridium and Satcom Inmarsat subnetworks.

RCP 400 operations via HF data link subnetwork.

No RCP operations.

Note 4: Aircraft capability that supports multiple RCP type operations needs to include appropriate indications and/or alerts to enable the flightcrew to notify ATC when aircraft equipment failures result in the aircraft’s ability to no longer meet its criteria for any of the RCP types, per DO‑306/ED‑122, paragraph 5.2.6.a) and 5.2.6.b).

Uses ADS‑C application for automatic position reporting.

a. DO‑306/ED‑122, Oceanic SPR Standard.

b. DO‑258A/ED‑100A (or earlier versions) FANS 1/A INTEROP Standard.

4

FANS 1/A+ or

FANS 1/A

Oceanic and Remote

CADS

No CPDLC application.

Uses ADS‑C application for automatic position reporting.

a. DO‑306/ED‑122 Oceanic SPR Standard.

b. DO‑258A/ED‑100A (or earlier version), FANS 1/A INTEROP Standard (Applies only to aircraft)

c. Centralized ADS (CADS) Common Specification, Version 2.0, approved ICAO NAT FIG/10, Paris, March 29–April 2, 2004 (Applies only to ATS unit)

5

Flight manage-ment system waypoint position reporting (FMS WPR)

Oceanic and Remote

CFRS

Same as row 4

a. DO‑306/ED‑122, Oceanic SPR Standard

b. ARINC 702A, Advanced Flight Management Computer System (Applies only to aircraft)

c. Central Flight Management Computer Waypoint Reporting System (CFRS) Common Specification, Version 2.0, approved International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) North Atlantic (NAT) FIG/10, Paris, March 29–April 2, 2004 (Applies only to ATS unit when ATS unit is CADS)

6

FANS 1/A

ADS‑C

Oceanic and Remote

FANS‑1/A or CADS

Same as row 4

a. DO‑306/ED‑122 Oceanic SPR Standard

b. DO‑258A‑ED‑100A (or earlier version) FANS 1/A INTEROP Standard (If ATS unit is CADS, applies only to aircraft)

c. CADS Common Specification, Version 2.0, approved ICAO NAT FIG/10, Paris, March 29–April 2, 2004 (Applies only to ATS unit when ATS unit is CADS

 


MSPEC A058, SINGLE PILOT PROGRAM FLIGHTS. The program manager may be authorized to use certain program aircraft with approved autopilot systems in single pilot program flights provided the limitations and provisions of MSpec A058 are met.

MSPEC A059, USE OF ALTERNATE MANUALS, PROGRAMS, OR SYSTEMS. The program manager may be authorized to use specific alternate manuals, programs, or systems (except for flight, duty, and rest provisions) in accordance with the limitations and provisions of MSpec A059.

OPSPEC A060, EUROPEAN AVIATION SAFETY AGENCY RATINGS FOR REPAIR STATIONS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES. This paragraph authorizes work performed under European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA)-rated repair stations if the appropriate form (EASA Form 3) authorizes the scope of the work.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A061, AUTHORIZATION TO USE AN ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG; ISSUANCE OF OPERATIONS SPECIFICATION/MANAGEMENT SPECIFICATION A061.

A.     General. Aviation safety inspectors (ASI) and Aircraft Evaluation Groups (AEG) will no longer approve Class 1 and Class 2 Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) hardware and associated Type A and B application software. Instead, ASIs may authorize the use of Class 1 or Class 2 EFB devices, including those Class 2 EFBs containing Type C application software meeting requirements of Technical Standard Order (TSO) C165, Electronic Map Display Equipment for Graphical Depiction of Aircraft Position, for display of “own-ship” position on airport moving map displays. Installation requirements and airworthiness approval remain unchanged.

1)      Class 3 hardware and Type C software will be FAA-approved by the normal type certification processes (type certificate (TC)/Supplemental Type Certificate (STC)). For operations conducted under 14 CFR parts 91 subpart K, 121, 125 (including deviation holders), and 135, all EFBs will be authorized for use by OpSpec/MSpec/LOA. AEG evaluation of Class 3 and/or Type C will be published in the applicable FSB Report.
2)      Class 1 or 2 hardware (with Type A and/or B software applications) must be demonstrated to reliably meet intended EFB functions. It is the responsibility of the applicant and/or the EFB hardware/software vendor to ensure that its EFB system and Type A and B software applications can accurately perform intended functions. AEG evaluation of a Class 1 or 2 EFB (with Type B applications) will be at the AEG’s discretion and published in an Operational Suitability Report for the particular EFB.

B.     Background. AC 120‑76, Guidelines for the Certification, Airworthiness, and Operational Approval of Electronic Flight Bag Computing Devices, current edition, and expired Notice N 8200.98, Electronic Flight Bag Job Aid, reference several instances of FAA inspector and AEG approval requirements for Class 1 and 2 EFB hardware and associated Type A and B application software (whether that software is sold separately or embedded in an EFB device). The guidance in this section replaces procedures and advisory material in FAA orders and ACs requiring an FAA inspector or the AEG to approve Class 1 and Class 2 EFB hardware and associated Type A and B software applications. The guidance in this section is not intended to stop or restrict the operational use of these devices and software. This section also replaces the cancelled Notice N 8000.353, Revised Guidance for Authorizing the Use of Electronic Flight Bags, Issuance of A061, Electronic Flight Bag, and Revision to A025.

1)      In AC 120-76, the words “approved” and “approval” are used in many instances when referring to actions that may be accomplished by Flight Standards Service (AFS) ASIs. The uses of these words are intended to reflect the general process for approval or acceptance. The general process of approval or acceptance of certain operations, programs, documents, procedures, methods, or systems is an orderly method used by AFS inspectors to ensure that such items meet regulatory standards and provide for safe operating practices. It is a modular, generic process that can be applied to many types of approval or acceptance tasks. It is important for inspectors to understand that this process is a tool to be used with good judgment.
2)      The application of the approval process described in ASI handbooks, coupled with the “plain English” definitions of “approved” and “approval,” has led to some confusion in the aviation community. AFS ASIs have no authority to approve EFB hardware or EFB application software. The guidance in this section is not intended to stop or restrict the operational use of these devices and software, but to clarify the role of AFS ASIs with regard to EFBs.

C.     Guidance.

1)      The authorization to use an EFB is optional and applicable to operators conducting operations under parts 91K, 121, 125 (including Letter of Deviation Authority holders), and 135. ASIs may authorize the use of Class 1, 2, and 3 EFB devices. (OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A025 is no longer used for the EFB authorization).
a)      For authorizing the use of a Class 1 or Class 2 EFB device. The ASI must issue the selectable statement in OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A061, Electronic Flight Bag (see paragraph 3) below).
b)      For authorizing the used of a Class 3 EFB device. Table 1 of OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A061 will be used to document the aircraft make/model/series (M/M/S), the Class 3 device, and the Type C software revision control for Class 3 EFB devices, if installed. Compliance with the requirements of OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A061 should be validated during routine inspections of the operator before it is issued.
2)      ASIs and AEGs are not responsible for approving Class 1 and Class 2 EFB hardware and associated Type A and B application software.
a)      Installation requirements and airworthiness approvals remain unchanged as specified in AC 120‑76.
b)      The appropriate AEG, at their discretion may evaluate the EFB device installations that present new or novel functions and provide a report of operational suitability and/or adverse findings to the responsible aircraft certification or airworthiness entity having approval authority for the initial installation. Operational Suitability Reports (OSR) are available at www.opspecs.com Web site on the FSB Report page for EFB hardware that has been evaluated by the AEG and separate OSRs may be available for specific Type B software applications. ASIs should ensure an operator complies with these reports when they are available for a particular EFB.
3)      Class 1 and Class 2 EFB Devices. A061 provides for the selection of standardized text for the use of Class 1 and Class 2 EFB devices. Any specific information should be contained in the operator’s appropriate manual and not entered into A061. The following is applicable for authorizing the use of Classes 1 and 2 EFB devices:
a)      Class 1 and/or Class 2 devices with Type A and/or B application software may be authorized for use in accordance with the technical guidance specified in AC 120‑76. Class 1 devices with Type A or B application software and/or Class 2 devices with Type A or B application software and/or software approved under TSO‑C165 (Type C) may be used.

Note:   Technical guidance on Class 2 EFBs with Type C application software providing “own-ship” position is found in the current edition of AC 20‑159, Obtaining Design and Production Approval of Airport Moving Map Display Applications Intended for Electronic Flight Bag Systems.

b)      The maintenance and avionics inspectors must ensure that the aircraft and equipment have the proper airworthiness approvals for any power, databus connections, or mounting.
c)      Training for the use and/or maintenance of the EFB by certificate holder/program manager must be documented and included in the operator’s approved training program and applicable maintenance program.
d)      The certificate holder/program manager will specify the procedures for updating and maintaining any databases necessary to perform the intended functions of the EFB in its manual.
e)      The principal inspector (PI) is responsible for conducting a review of the system performance to ensure its acceptability prior to granting authorization to use. The PI should review the system performance using the EFB system users manual/pilot’s guide. The PI is responsible for evaluating the operators use of the EFB in normal and emergency operations, but not a review of the actual hardware or software.
f)        The AEG is available to assist with questions and guidance regarding EFB Operational Evaluations. The PI should contact the AEG when an operator submits a request for authorization to use an EFB that includes a new or novel function. The AEG may evaluate Class 1 or 2 hardware or Type B software applications as necessary to address progression in available EFB equipment and functions in the aviation industry.
g)      If a Class 1 or Class 2 EFB device is authorized for use, the ASI must select that statement in the Select Data table for A061 and enter NA in the cells of the table. All other information in regard to the authorization for the use of an EFB should be documented in the operator’s manual and not written into A061.
4)      The Aircraft Certification Service (AIR) must provide design, installation, and airworthiness approval for Class 3 EFB hardware which is permanently installed on an aircraft. This will be accomplished by incorporating the EFB into the aircraft type design or STC, not by field approvals. If a Class 3 EFB device is authorized to be used, the table in A061 should be appropriately filled out.
a)      The Type C application software associated with Class 3 EFB device is also certified by AIR in reference to Radio Technical Commission for Aeronautics (RTCA)/DO‑178B, Software Considerations in Airborne Systems and Equipment Certification. Type A and B application software may be installed on these devices, but require no approval by the ASI as this software is protected from the Type C application software in the RTCA/DO‑178 standard.
b)      Operators should have procedures to control revisions to the Type A and B software in their manuals. Type C software revision control is accomplished by using Table 1 in OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A061.
c)      If Type A or Type B software is used in conjunction with Type C software in the Class 3 EFB, the name of the software must be documented in Table 1 of OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A061.
5)      Simulator and/or in flight validation tests may be needed to fully determine the suitability of the use of an EFB (see AC 120‑76, paragraph 12(j), pages 21 and 22). Each operator’s proposed EFB functionality and software will vary, and scenarios should be customized for the particular situation by the inspector and applicant. It is the operator’s responsibility to demonstrate the function and reliability of the EFB.
a)      Validation flight scenarios should be used to ensure that EFB device’s use has adequately transitioned into the operator’s overall training and operations programs. In some cases, the task will be completed entirely with an EFB, while in other cases the EFB device may be used together with other sources of information, such as paper charts or documents, depending on the capabilities of the EFB device and its operational implementation.
b)      The required EFB validation flight scenario differences could be affected by other factors, such as:

·        Software: Type A, B, or C application;

·        Hardware: Classes 1, 2, or 3, which include factors such as location in the flight deck and connectivity to other aircraft systems;

·        Aircraft/Operations: single pilot vs. dual pilot, single EFB vs. dual EFB; and

·        Weather conditions: visual vs. instrument; very‑low visibility.

D.    Inspector Action. ASIs will review this section and provide pertinent information to the affected operators. Operations specification OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A025 would be a nonmandatory revision to remove any EFB authorization.

1)      ASIs will provide technical advice and guidance to operators, when requested, to assist them in evaluating their selected EFB devices using the technical guidance found in AC 120‑76 but will no longer issue FAA approvals for the hardware and software. Authorization for use will be issued in reference to paragraph 3) below.
2)      If the operator’s OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A025 already contains an authorization for the use of an EFB, the operator’s existing OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A025 must be re‑issued and the new A061 must be issued to authorize the use of the appropriate EFB within 120 days of the publication of this section. No subsequent evaluation of previously authorized EFB device(s) is necessary. If the operator has OpSpec A025 issued for electronic recordkeeping systems without the use of an EFB, it is not necessary to re-issue that operator’s OpSpec A025. Electronic recordkeeping system functions may co-reside on an EFB device and if so, OpSpec A025 as well as OpSpec A061 should be issued as instructed below.
3)      ASIs will use the new OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A061, EFB, to authorize the use of Class 1, Class 2, or Class 3 EFB device. Compliance with the requirements of OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A061 should be validated prior to the initial authorization to use an EFB and during routine inspections of the operator. If a Class 3 EFB device is authorized to be used, the table in A061 should be appropriately filled out. If a Class 1 or Class 2 EFB device is authorized for use, the ASI must select that statement in the Select Data table and enter NA in the cells of the table. All other information in regard to the authorization should be documented in the operator’s manual and not written into A061.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A096, ACTUAL PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE WEIGHT PROGRAM FOR ALL AIRCRAFT. Passenger and cargo only operations conducted under 14 CFR parts 91K, 121, 125, and 135 that use actual weights, or asked/volunteered weights plus 10 pounds to account for the weight and balance of all company owned and operated aircraft, must be issued OpSpec A096. If OpSpec A096 is issued, OpSpecs A097, A098, and/or A099 may not be issued.

Note:   Operators authorized to use average weight always retain the option to use actual weights.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A097, SMALL CABIN AIRCRAFT PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE WEIGHT PROGRAM. Operators of small‑cabin aircraft (aircraft type certificated for 5 to 29 passenger seats) that wish to use any combination of standard average, survey derived average, segmented, and/or actual passenger and baggage weights must be issued OpSpec A097. (The classification of small-, medium-, and large‑cabin aircraft is based on the maximum type certificated number of passenger seats authorized for an aircraft, not the seating configuration as operated) If an operator elects to use only actual passenger and baggage weights, only OpSpec A096 must be issued. Table 1 of OpSpec A097 approves and tracks the general weight and balance control program weights that may consist of any combination of average, survey derived average, segmented, and/or actual weights. Operators approved for survey derived average weights must specify the expiration date of such weights. The expiration date for survey derived average weights may not exceed 36 calendar‑months, beginning the month the survey was completed to derive such average weights. Use Table 2 of OpSpec A097 to approve route specific program weights. The route specific program weights may be comprised of any combination of standard average, survey derived average, segmented, and/or actual passenger and baggage weights. Review AC 120‑27, Aircraft Weight and Balance Control, current edition, before issuing OpSpec A097 to verify operator weight and balance control program compliance.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A098, MEDIUM CABIN AIRCRAFT PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE WEIGHT PROGRAM. Operators of medium‑cabin aircraft (aircraft type certificated for 30 to 70 passenger seats) that wish to use any combination of standard average, survey derived average, segmented, and/or actual passenger and baggage weights must be issued OpSpec A098. (The classification of small‑, medium‑, and large‑cabin aircraft is based on the maximum type certificated number of passenger seats authorized for an aircraft, not the seating configuration as operated.) If an operator elects to use only actual passenger and baggage weights, OpSpec A096 must be issued. Table 1 of OpSpec A098 approves and tracks the general weight and balance program weights that may consist of any combination of average, survey derived average, segmented, and/or actual weights. Operators approved for survey derived average weights must specify the expiration date of such weights. The expiration date for survey derived average weights may not exceed 36 calendar‑months, beginning the month the survey was completed to derive such average weights. Use Table 2 of OpSpec A098 to approve route specific program weights. The route specific program weights may be comprised of any combination of standard average, survey derived average, segmented, and/or actual passenger and baggage weights. Review AC 120‑27, Aircraft Weight and Balance Control, current edition, before issuing OpSpec A098 to verify operator weight and balance control program compliance.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A099, LARGE CABIN AIRCRAFT PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE WEIGHT PROGRAM. Operators of large‑cabin aircraft (aircraft type‑certificated for 71 or more passenger seats) that wish to use any combination of standard average, survey derived average, segmented, and/or actual passenger and baggage weights must be issued OpSpec A099. (The classification of small-, medium-, and large‑cabin aircraft is based on the maximum type‑certificated number of passenger seats authorized for an aircraft, not the seating configuration as operated.) If an operator elects to use only actual passenger and baggage weights, OpSpec A096 needs to be issued. Table 1 of OpSpec A099 approves and tracks the general weight and balance program weights that may consist of any combination of average, survey derived average, segmented, and/or actual weights. Operators approved for survey derived average weights must specify the expiration date of such weights. The expiration date for survey derived average weights may not exceed 36 calendar‑months, beginning the month the survey was completed to derive such average weights. Use Table 2 of OpSpec A099 to approve route specific program weights. The route specific program weights may be comprised of any combination of standard average, survey derived average, segmented, and/or actual passenger and baggage weights. Review AC 120‑27, Aircraft Weight and Balance Control, current edition, before issuing template A099 to verify operator weight and balance control program compliance.

OPSPEC A101, ADDITIONAL FIXED LOCATIONS. This paragraph identifies additional locations (facilities) within the FSDO that collectively form a certificated part 145 repair station’s operational base without having to certificate each facility as a stand-alone or satellite repair station.

A.     Additional Locations. All additional locations of the certificated repair station must be under the full control of the primary facility listed in OpSpec A001. Individual facilities are not required to be completely equipped with tools, equipment, and parts, but must have them available when they perform the work.

B.     Repair Station Manual (RSM). The RSM must contain detailed procedures for the transport of equipment and parts between facilities. The RSM should also outline procedures to ensure adequate personnel are available to support the additional fixed locations/facilities while articles are undergoing maintenance. Further, using additional fixed locations does not constitute work away from the repair station.

C.     Bilateral Agreement (BA) Including Provisions for Maintenance. When a repair station is located in a country with which the United States has signed a BA that includes provisions for maintenance of aircraft, engines, and appliances for installation on U.S.‑registered aircraft, the repair station may operate in multiple facilities under one FAA air agency certificate within that country. The authorization requires the cooperation of the local national aviation authority.

Note:   The repair station’s additional locations may only be within the geographic boundaries of the BA country.

OPSPEC/MSPEC/LOA A353, ADS-B OUT OPERATIONS IN THE HUDSON BAY AREA, CANADA: 14 CFR Parts 91, 91 SUBPART K, 121, 125, 125M, AND 135 Operators.

Note:       To obtain the nonstandard authorization A353, the operator and the PI are required to use the nonstandard request process. See Volume 3, Chapter 18, Section 2, paragraphs 3‑712 to 3‑713, for the nonstandard request process. For all operators, a formal request must be sent to the Flight Technologies and Procedures Division (AFS‑400). After review by AFS-400, the formal request will be authorized by:

·        The Air Transportation Division (AFS‑200) for operators conducting operations under parts 121 or 135.

·        The General Aviation and Commercial Division (AFS‑800) for operators conducting operations under part 125, including part 125 LODA holders, under part 91, or under part 91K.

A.     Applicability. OpSpec A353 is applicable to all operators conducting airplane operations under parts 91, 91K, 121, 125 (including the LODA 125 operators), and 135. Paragraph A353 authorizes operators to conduct Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) Out operations in the Hudson Bay area of Canada. OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A353 is an optional authorization for:

1)      Part 91 operators (LOA),
2)      Part 121 and 135 operators (OpSpec),
3)      Part 125 (including 125 LODA) operators (OpSpec/LOA), and
4)      Program managers conducting operations under part 91K (MSpec).

B.     Background. ADS-B is a surveillance system that uses a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), aircraft avionics, and a ground infrastructure to accurately and quickly transmit flight information between the airplane and air traffic control (ATC). ADS‑B consists of two functions: ADS‑B Out and ADS‑B In. ADS‑B Out, defined as the capability necessary to transmit ADS‑B messages, is the core of the operational system. The ability to receive and display ADS‑B messages and broadcast services, both from the ground and directly from other aircraft is called ADS‑B In. The Hudson Bay area will only utilize ADS‑B Out functions.

1)      The system is automatic since it functions without intervention from the flightcrew as long as the necessary avionics are in place, connected and functioning. Contrary to the independent primary radar system, ADS‑B is dependent because it requires the aircraft to state its position.
2)      The implementation of ADS‑B has significant benefits that include the following:
a)      Application of 5 nautical miles (NM) lateral separation based on a surveillance system in lieu of procedural separation minima;
b)      Fuel savings due to the opportunity for more user preferred trajectories; and
c)      Enhanced safety in the air through increased areas of surveillance coverage.
3)      ADS-B is not being mandated in Canada in the near term. It is acknowledged that ADS-B technology will supplement the current ground-based radar surveillance system and may eventually replace it to some extent, however, the intent of not mandating the ADS-B system is to allow owners and operators to volunteer their participation in a surveillance system where Nav Canada will offer ADS-B, and to benefit from its advantages.

C.     Transport Canada Requirements. The operator must meet the requirements of Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA) Advisory Circular (AC) 700‑009, Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast, as it relates to “foreign air operators.” A link to the current TCCA AC is provided in paragraph D below and the relevant section (see paragraph 6.2, Foreign Air Operators) currently reads as below:

1)      A foreign air operator must meet the conditions of operational specification No. 610, provided in Appendix B of this document, to obtain operational approval for ADS‑B operations in the Hudson Bay area. The conditions are as follow:
a)      The aircraft, the equipment and the installation must;

1.      Meet the airworthiness requirements of the State of the Foreign Air Operator; and

2.      Meet the certification considerations of the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AMC 20‑24, Certification Considerations for the Enhanced ATS in Non-Radar Areas using ADS-B Surveillance (ADS‑B‑NRA) Application.

b)      The air operator must establish procedures in its Company Operations Manual for the guidance of its personnel and any other procedures related to ADS‑B that are necessary for safe operations. These procedures must include at least a system description, the operational aspects described in document EASA AMC 20‑24, operational and contingency procedures, and training elements for use of the ADS-B-NRA application.
c)      The air operator must provide training to each flightcrew member involved with ADS-B operations that address at least the items listed at sections 10.3.2 and 10.4 of EASA document AMC 20‑24 (end of excerpted TCCA AC 700‑009).

Note:   Part 91 operators do not need this manual, but part 91 operators must have relevant supporting documents.

D.    Operator Requirements. The operator must submit documentation which verifies that each aircraft intended for use in the Hudson Bay area meets TCCA airworthiness requirements for both initial and continuing authorization. The operator must also submit the unique International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) 24 bit aircraft address for each aircraft intended for use in the Hudson Bay area. The unique ICAO 24 bit aircraft address should be verified to be correct as assigned by the responsible authority to each airframe.

1)      Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM). An FAA-approved Aircraft Flight Manual Supplement (AFMS) or Supplemental Aircraft Flight Manual (SAFM) must be carried in the airplane at all times when the ADS-B Out equipment is installed in accordance with a Supplemental Type Certificate (STC). The operator’s pilot’s operating handbook (POH) may be sufficient for aircraft which do not have an applicable AFM and must be carried on board the aircraft in lieu of the AFMS or SAFM.  However, the POH alone may not be sufficient evidence for airworthiness approval of the aircraft to meet ADS-B standards of AMC 20-24.
2)      Required Pilot Training. Each member of the flightcrew must have completed an approved training program that includes ADS‑B Out equipment, operating practices, procedures, conditions, and limitations before being authorized to use the ADS-B Out equipment, unless one of the crewmembers is an appropriately trained check airman.
3)      The inspector should verify that the operator’s training is accomplished, and the AFM or supplements shows compliance with EASA AMC 20-24. The operator must contact Transport Canada with their OpSpec and the unique ICAO 24 bit aircraft address for each aircraft which will be used in the Hudson Bay area.
4)      Table 1 of the OpSpec requires the aircraft registration number, aircraft serial number, and the ICAO 24 bit aircraft address for each aircraft approved for operations in the Hudson Bay area. When authorizing A353 in WebOPSS, the aircraft registration number and serial number can be pre-loaded by selecting “Hudson Bay” in the aircraft listing. However, the ICAO 24‑bit address must be entered manually for each authorized aircraft.

E.     Source Documents. The source documents include:

·        Transport Canada AC 700‑009, available at http://www.tc.gc.ca/CivilAviation/IMSdoc/ACs/700/700-009.htm, and

·        European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) document AMC 20‑24 at http://www.easa.europa.eu/ws_prod/g/rg_certspecs.php.

F.      Contacts. To ensure timely attention for foreign operators applying to Transport Canada for OpSpecs, requests should be made directly to the Foreign Inspection Division (FID). The principle points of contact are:

1)      Mr. David Biehn

Chief, Foreign Inspection Division

Telephone—(613) 998‑9074

Fax—(613) 991‑5188

Email—david.biehn@tc.gc.ca

2)      Mr. Keith Levia

Operations Inspector, Foreign Inspection

Telephone—(613) 990‑1079

Email—keith.levia@tc.gc.ca

3)      Postal Address:

Transport Canada, Enterprise Building

427 Laurier Ave, 11th Floor AARJ

Ottawa, Ontario Canada K1A 0N5

G.    Additional Information. For additional ADS‑B information, contact the Flight Technologies and Procedures Division (AFS‑400) at (202) 385‑4597 or 9‑AWA‑AVS‑ADS‑ Programs-AFS@faa.gov. For additional information on part 121 and 135 special authorizations (300 series OpSpecs), contact AFS‑200 at (202) 267‑8166. For additional information on part 91 and 125 special authorizations (300 series OpSpec/MSpec/LOA), contact AFS-800 at (202) 267‑8212.

OPSPEC/MSPEC A447, EMERGENCY AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES (AD) NOTIFICATION INFORMATION.

A.     General. OpSpec A447 is a permanent data collection OpSpec paragraph for certificate holders that conduct operations under 14 CFR parts 121, 125, and 135. The Emergency Airworthiness Directive (AD) Notification was originally put into OpSpec A047 and now is contained in A447 (see below for completion and issuance instructions for A447).

1)      Essentially, the notification of emergency AD “receipt” is the responsibility of an operator’s management personnel. Part A of the templates is for general operations and management responsibilities.
2)      The principal operations inspector (POI), along with the principal maintenance inspector (PMI) and the principal avionics inspector (PAI), is responsible to see that a certificate holder complies with an AD, as applicable for the operations of any particular aircraft. All three PIs are responsible for all the templates in Part A.
3)      If needed, the principal inspector (PI) should fill out the appropriate information for the certificate holder and “activate” the OpSpec paragraph. The certificate holder is not required to sign the paragraph in the same way as an OpSpec authorization. If the FAA signs and activates the paragraph, it is considered to be effective.
4)      The FAA uses the 400‑series of templates in the OPSS for data collection.

B.     When to Issue an AD. ADs are substantive regulations issued by the FAA in accordance with 14 CFR part 39. ADs are issued when an unsafe condition has been found to exist in particular aircraft, engines, propellers, or appliances installed on aircraft. ADs are also issued when that unsafe condition is likely to exist or develop in other aircraft, engines, propellers, or appliances of the same type design. Once an AD is issued, no person may operate a product to which the AD applies except in accordance with the requirements of that AD.

C.     Emergency ADs Require Immediate Action. The FAA only distributes emergency ADs that affect transport category aircraft by facsimile. As such, all certificated operators are being required by an approved document to provide an AD point of contact (name, address, city, state, zip, telephone, and e‑mail) and a facsimile transmission telephone number for emergency AD notification. The owner or operator of an aircraft is responsible for maintaining that aircraft in an airworthy condition, as required by part 39 and part 91, § 91.403(a).

D.    Notification of AD Issuance. Delegation and Airworthiness Programs Branch (AIR‑140), will notify all affected operators of the issuance of the emergency ADs via the facsimile number(s) identified by the operator’s method of notification in the template.

1)      Parts 121 and 125 operators. AIR uses facsimiles for the official notification of the transport category emergency ADs to part 121 and 125 operators. AIR mails paper copies of ADs to all applicable registered owners (part 135 and others).
2)      All other operators. Due to a large number of owners/operators (parts 91, 129, 135, etc.), AIR uses the FAA Aircraft Registry address database and the United States Postal Service for official notification of emergency ADs. AIR uses the information in template A447 to verify those addresses.
3)      AIR no longer uses Societe International de Télécommunications Aeronautiques (SITA), ARINC, or TELEX codes for electronic notification. AIR does not use e‑mail for official emergency AD notification or receipt acknowledgement.

E.     Confirmation of AD Receipt. Upon receipt of an emergency AD, the certificate holder will immediately confirm receipt of the AD by signing the fax cover page and faxing it to AIR‑140 at (405) 954‑4104. This ensures the FAA that all operators affected by an emergency AD have been notified in time to comply with its requirements and avoid any undue safety risks.

F.      Listing of Historical ADs. ADs from the 1940s to the present are now available in electronic format for full text searching on the FAA Web site at www.airweb.faa.gov/rgl. You can also find ADs from the FAA home page (www.faa.gov) by clicking on Airworthiness Directives. Direct questions to any of the following:

Automated Systems Branch (AFS‑520) (202) 267‑3522

Airworthiness Programs Branch (AFS‑610) (405) 954‑6896

AIR‑520 (202) 267‑3682

OPSPEC/MSPEC/LOA A449, ANTIDRUG AND ALCOHOL MISUSE PREVENTION PROGRAM. OpSpec/ MSpec A449 is applicable for parts 121, 121/135, and 135 certificate holders, part 91K (fractional owners) program managers, and part 145 repair stations. Inspectors must use LOA A049 for part 91K operators conducting sightseeing operations under § 91.147.

·        The certificate holders, program managers, or operators are responsible for providing the information required by part 121 appendices I and J to the POIs for the issuance of OpSpec/MSpec A449 or MSpec A449, as applicable;

·        OpSpec/MSpec A449 is a “data collection” template and should not be construed as a Flight Standards authorization;

·        Oversight of the actual implementation of the Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program is the function of the Office of Aerospace Medicine, Drug Abatement Division (AAM‑800);

·        When any changes occur, certificate holders and operators are responsible for providing Flight Standards with current information to update and amend A449;

·        Even though the A449 OpSpec or template is for data collection purposes, it should be signed by the certificate holder or operator because they are “certifying” that the information is accurate and that they will comply with the applicable requirements of part 121, appendices I and J; and

·        In the part 91K database, the program manager is certifying that the information is accurate for its Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program.

A.     Applicability. The following must comply with the Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program regulations in accordance with part 121 appendices I and J, and must have OpSpec A449 issued by Flight Standards:

·        All parts 121 and 135 certificate holders; and

·        All part 91K, program managers must have an antidrug and alcohol misuse prevention program. MSpec A449 must be issued indicating where those records are kept.

B.     Issuance. All parts 121 and 135 certificate holders must be issued OpSpec A449.

·        Existing parts 121 and 135 certificate holders must provide the information to their POIs that is required by part 121 appendices I and J for the issuance of OpSpec A449;

·        New parts 121 and 135 certificate holders must have an Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program and OpSpec A449 issued by their POI before beginning operations pursuant to the certificate;

·        The Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program shall be implemented concurrently with beginning such operations;

·        When a part 121 or 135 certificate holder surrenders its certificate or its certificate is terminated, revoked, or suspended, it must discontinue testing under its Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program. OpSpec A449 should be archived when the certificate is no longer in an active status;

·        Part 135 certificate holders must declare whether they have 50 or more safety-sensitive employees or fewer than 50 safety-sensitive employees. Whenever the number changes from 50 or more to fewer than 50, or vice versa, the certificate holder must inform the POI and OpSpec A449 would need to be amended; and

·        Certificate holders that operate under parts 121 and 121/135 are required to report testing data annually to the FAA, Office of Aerospace Medicine, regardless of the number of safety-sensitive employees in their company. Therefore, there is no requirement to declare when the number of their safety-sensitive employees crosses over or below 50.

C.     Air Tour Operators Under 91K. Part 121 or 135 certificate holders that conduct commercial air tour operations under § 91.147 must be issued a separate LOA from the part 91 database and issued a separate four character identifier. Certificate holders must implement a second drug and alcohol testing program to conduct operations under § 91.147. Even though the same company may be conducting operations under part 135 or 121 and air tour operations under § 91.147, the FAA’s regulations consider the two operations to be separate entities for drug and alcohol purposes. Exemptions to this rule are outlined in § 91.146.

D.    Restriction. No applicable certificate holder or operator shall use a contractor’s employee to perform safety-sensitive functions who is not subject to its own or a certificate holder’s or operator’s Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program. All new applicable certificate holders and operators must ensure that their contract employees who perform safety‑sensitive functions are subject to an Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program.

E.     Responsibilities. All oversight of the Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention guidance, inspections, and enforcement activity will be conducted exclusively by the Drug Abatement Division (AAM‑800), Office of Aerospace Medicine. Any and all enforcement actions to be taken for violations of part 121, appendices I and J, and other sections of 14 CFR related to drug and alcohol testing by the aviation industry is the sole responsibility of the Drug Abatement Division. Any indication of possible regulatory violations of these provisions must be referred to the Drug Abatement Division. All questions regarding the Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program must be directed to the Drug Abatement Division.

F.      Part 145 Repair Stations. New and existing part 145 certificate holders may obtain an OpSpec A449 if they opt to have drug and alcohol programs because they perform safety‑intensive functions for an air carrier. Only one OpSpec is required for both the drug and alcohol programs.

1)      OpSpec A449 serves as a verification to the operators (parts 121, 135, 91, and 136) that the repair station performing the maintenance is under an antidrug and alcohol misuse prevention program.
2)      Those certificate holders who operate under § 135.1(a)(5) or 135.1(c)(1) or (2) who do not hold a part 119 certificate and who operate under the provisions of § 91.147 are permitted to use a person who is otherwise authorized to perform aircraft maintenance or preventative maintenance duties and who is not subject to antidrug and alcohol misuse prevention program to perform the following:

·        Aircraft maintenance or preventative maintenance on the operator’s aircraft if the operator would otherwise be required to transport the aircraft more than 50 NM further than the repair point closest to the operator’s principal place of operation to obtain these services, or

·        Emergency repairs on the operator’s aircraft if the aircraft cannot be safely operated to a location where an employee subject to FAA-approved programs can perform the repairs.

Note:   If the above circumstances do not exist, the repair station must adhere to the regulations found in § 91.147 and part 136.

3)      Since 1988, part 121 appendices I and J have required specified aviation employers to implement drug and alcohol testing programs. Originally, a part 145 repair station submitted an antidrug and alcohol misuse prevention program to the Drug Abatement Division for approval. In 2004, the regulations were changed to allow part 145 repair stations to obtain OpSpec A449 to certify compliance with the regulations. Upon obtaining OpSpec A449, each part 145 repair station is required to implement its testing program under these regulations. The regulations require that each part 119 certificate holder, with the authority to operate under part 121 and/or 135, or sightseeing operation defined under § 91.147, ensure that any individual who performs safety-sensitive functions (directly or by contract) is subject to testing under the FAA’s drug and alcohol testing regulations.
a)      The operator may choose one of two ways to comply with the regulations:

·        Include individuals performing safety-sensitive functions from a part 145 repair station under the operator’s own drug and alcohol testing program, or

·        Ensure the part 145 repair stations including the individual performing safety-sensitive functions are under an FAA-mandated drug and alcohol testing program.

b)      When a part 145 repair station chooses to implement its own proprietary drug and alcohol testing program, it may choose one of two ways:

·        Obtain OpSpec paragraph A449 in its OpSpecs, or

·        Register a combined drug and alcohol testing program directly with the Drug Abatement Division. “Combined” means a repair station with multiple locations or certificates.

4)      As identified earlier, OpSpec A449 is applicable for part 121, 121/135, or 135 certificate holders, or LOA A049 for part 91 operators conducting sightseeing operations under § 91.147. OpSpec A449 is also applicable to certified part 145 repair station maintenance facilities that perform safety-sensitive functions for the above-identified operations and choose to implement their own FAA-mandated drug and alcohol testing program.
a)      Certificate holders, program managers, or operators are responsible for providing the information required by part 121, appendices I and J, to the PI for the issuance of OpSpec A449 as applicable. When any changes occur, certificate holders and operators are responsible for providing AFS with current information to update and amend OpSpec A449.
b)      The following questions and answers should help:

Table 3-6B, Operations Specification A449 Questions and Answers

Question

Answer

Explanation

Is a part 145 certificated repair station required to comply with FAA drug and alcohol regulations?

No

But a part 119 certificate holder, with the authority to operate under parts 121 and/or 135, or sightseeing operation defined under § 91.147, are prohibited from using any contractor or contract employee to perform safety-sensitive work, unless that individual is subject to testing under a domestic and or FAA drug and alcohol program.

 

 

 

Should I, as a principal maintenance inspector (PMI), ensure a part 145 certificate holder is in compliance with the drug and alcohol testing program regulations?

No

Refer any questions that you or a company might have about program compliance or implementation by a part 145 certificate holder to the Drug Abatement Division, (202) 267‑8442 or at drugabatement@faa.gov.

 

 

 

What oversight responsibility does the POI or PMI have regarding a certificate holder’s requirement to ensure that contractors who perform safety‑sensitive work are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program?

None

All Flight Standards inspectors’ primary responsibilities relating to the drug and alcohol testing regulations are to issue and make changes to an air carrier’s OpSpec A449 or to issue LOA A049 for § 91.147. For any questions, please contact a Drug Abatement manager at (202) 267‑8442 or drugabatement@faa.gov.

5)      When certificating a new part 145 repair station or when providing oversight of an existing part 145 repair station that provides safety-sensitive functions for parts 121, 121/135, and 135 certificate holders, or part 91 operators conducting sightseeing operations under § 91.147, the PI records or validates the location of the repair station’s antidrug and alcohol misuse prevention program records in OpSpec A449 as described below.
a)      Implementation of proprietary program. If the part 145 repair station certificate holder has elected to implement its own antidrug and alcohol misuse prevention program, record or validate where their antidrug and alcohol misuse prevention program records are maintained and available for inspection by FAA drug abatement compliance and enforcement inspectors by filling out OpSpec paragraph A449, as shown in Figure 3‑67A:

Figure 3-67A, Example A449 Table 1 for a Propriety Program

Location & Telephone of Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program Records:

 

 

Telephone Number:

A1 (202) 575-8732

Address:

699 Strander Dr.

Address:

N/A

City:

Tukwila

State:

WA

Zip code:

98899

EXAMPLE: RS101 is a repair station that provides safety-sensitive functions to a major airline operating in their area. RS101 chooses to implement their own drug and alcohol testing program to cover their safety-sensitive employees. RS101 contacts their PI and requests an OpSpec paragraph A449 be included in their OpSpecs.

b)      Registered proprietary program. If a part 145 repair station certificate holder has registered its antidrug and alcohol misuse prevention program directly with the Drug Abatement Division of the FAA, record or validate their antidrug and alcohol misuse prevention program records by filling out OpSpec paragraph A449 as shown in Figure 3‑67B:

Figure 3-67B, Example A449 Table 1 for a Registered Propriety Program

Location & Telephone of Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program Records:

 

 

Telephone Number:

A2

Address:

 

Address:

 

City:

 

State:

 

Zip code:

 

EXAMPLE: RS102 is a corporation or repair station. They have a central location in Kansas City, as well as several outlying repair stations in Denver, Atlanta, and Miami. RS102 chooses to implement their own drug and alcohol testing program, which will include all of their locations. RS102 contacts AAM‑800 to submit a contractor registration, which includes a listing of all the repair stations and locations their program will cover.

c)      Included in air carrier’s program. If the part 145 repair station certificate holder is included as part of the air carrier’s (parts 121, 135, or part 91, § 91.147) drug and alcohol testing program, record or validate their antidrug and alcohol misuse prevention program records by filling out OpSpec paragraph A449 as shown in Figure 3‑67C:

Figure 3-67C, Example A449 Table 1 for a Program Included in Air Carrier’s Program

Location & Telephone of Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program Records:

 

 

Telephone Number:

A3

Address:

 

Address:

 

City:

 

State:

 

Zip code:

 

EXAMPLE: An air carrier operating under part 121 also maintains a part 145 repair station (RS103). RS103 works solely for that air carrier. The air carrier chooses to implement its drug and alcohol testing program for the part 121 and includes its RS103 employees. RS103 does not implement its own testing program. If RS103 chooses to contract out to a third-party air carrier, the third‑party air carrier is required to ensure that the employees working for RS103 are subject to an FAA-mandated drug and alcohol testing program. To do this, the third-party air carrier must obtain this verification with the part 121 air carrier that includes the RS103 employees under its testing program.

Note:   It is the Drug Abatement Division’s responsibility to ensure that the third‑party air carrier has obtained assurance from the part 121 air carrier that the RS103 employees performing safety-sensitive functions are subject to testing.

OPSPEC A501, LIABILITY INSURANCE SUSPENSION FOR SEASONAL OPERATIONS.

A.     Liability Insurance Does Not Apply to Certificate Holders With Operating Certificates. Liability insurance coverage and the associated Department of Transportation (DOT) forms (Office of the Secretary of Transportation (OST) Form 6410, U.S. Air Carrier Certificate of Insurance) are an inclusive part of the economic authority required for parts 121 and 135 air carrier certificate holders. This is not applicable to those with operating certificates. 14 CFR part 205, § 205.4(b) states, in part, that “Aircraft shall not be listed in the carrier’s operations specifications with the FAA and shall not be operated unless liability insurance coverage is in force.”

B.     Suspending Liability Insurance for Seasonal Operations. Title 14 CFR part 119, § 119.61(b)(4) provides for the issuance of OpSpec A501, Liability Insurance Suspension for Seasonal Operations, which effectively suspends the air carrier certificate holder’s OpSpecs and requirement for liability insurance for the period of time established in Table 1 of OpSpec A051. The operator cannot use the aircraft during that period of time to conduct operations in air transportation. The POI and the PMI must coordinate this effort.

C.     Circumstances Under Which to Issue OpSpec A501. OpSpec A501 may be issued in order to comply with the requirements of § 119.61, § 205.4(b) and, if the air carrier certificate holder:

·        Does not want to surrender its certificate during nonoperational periods,

·        Requests the issuance of OpSpec A501 in writing, specifying the date it chooses to cease operations and the date it will resume operations,

·        Wants to cancel the liability insurance on all of its aircraft for a period of 60 days or more during the specific period of non‑use, and

·        Completely ceases operations for a period of 60 days or more during the specific period of non‑use.

D.    No Status Change to VIS or OPSS. The status of the air carrier certificate holder’s certificate remains active even though the OpSpecs are in the “suspension” status. Make no status changes to the Vital Information Subsystem (VIS) or the OPSS.

E.     Opting to Not Carry Liability Insurance. If the air carrier certificate holder does not want to cease all operations but wants only to reduce the number of aircraft operated for a period of time and not carry the liability insurance for those aircraft, it has two options:

1)      Remove those aircraft completely from its OpSpecs, or
2)      Place those aircraft into long term maintenance or long term storage and issue OpSpec D106, Aircraft in Long Term Maintenance or Storage (reference Volume 3, Chapter 18, Section 6, Parts D and E—Maintenance MSpecs/OpSpecs.

F.      Notification of Suspension of Insurance. The air carrier certificate holder or its insurance company will send notification of the suspension of liability insurance to the appropriate FAA or DOT office as required by part 205, § 205.7(a). (The FAA will record the notification and the red alert clause, “Insurance in a Non‑Compliant State,” will appear at the top of the “Maintain Operations Specifications” window in the OPSS for that certificate holder.) (Use the “Review Insurance Info” selection in the OPSS to view the details of the noncompliance.)

G.    Separate Uses for OpSpecs A501 and D106. At no time will OpSpecs A501 and D106 be active at the same time. These paragraphs are developed as separate provisions for specific needs. (See Volume 3, Chapter 18, Section 6 for guidance on OpSpec D106.)

H.    Start Up Procedures and Rescinding OpSpec A501.

1)      Before the “Re‑Start of Operation” date listed in Table 1 of OpSpec A501, the air carrier must reinstate the required liability insurance. OST Form 6410 must be filed with the appropriate FAA or OST office at least 5 days prior to the “Re‑Start of Operation” date listed in Table 1 of the OpSpec.
2)      PIs should verify with AFS‑260 (for air taxi operators), AAL‑230 (for Alaskan air carriers), and OST‑X‑56 (for DOT certificated and commuter carriers) that the air carrier has filed evidence of liability insurance coverage as required by 14 CFR part 205 and that it otherwise continues to hold the necessary economic authority to resume operations.
3)      See Volume 6, Chapter 2, Section 38, Evaluate a Part 121/135.411(a)(2) Operator Aircraft Storage Program, paragraph 6‑1048, OpSpec D106, Aircraft in Long Term Maintenance or Storage for additional guidance in regard to liability insurance.
4)      OpSpec A501 must be rescinded and archived in the OPSS. Again, make no changes to the VIS or the OPSS for the certificate status. When the required liability insurance documentation is received by AFS‑260, the red alert clause will be removed for that certificate holder. See Volume 3, Chapter 18, Section 2, Automated Operations Safety System (OPSS), paragraph 3‑718, OPSS Liability Insurance Subsystem, for information regarding the alert clause.
5)      The principal inspector must review the recency requirements of § 119.63 for the air carrier certificate holder and reexamine as necessary prior to the start of the seasonal operations.

OPSPEC A502, AIR CARRIER MERGER AND/OR ACQUISITION.

A.     General. OpSpec A502 is provided to specifically address conditions that must be met by the operator during the transition process. Fields are provided to outline specific conditions that must be met by the operator in order to continue operations during the transition period. These fields are (1) General, (2) Operations, and (3) Airworthiness.

B.     Description of Fields. After the transition team reaches consensus on the transition plan, primary conditions provided in the plan should be entered in the appropriate field by the PI responsible for that area.

1)      General. Principal inspectors (PI) of either specialty may use the General field to identify conditions that do not belong specifically to operations or airworthiness. Examples include station personnel training, flight numbering, and administrative department functions (such as reservations and sales).
2)      Operations. The Operations field is provided to identify specific operational conditions. There are three areas that should be addressed in the Operations field. They are Operational Control, Training and Qualification, and Other.
a)      Operational Control. Operational control fields identify which air carrier will assume operational control responsibility over the combined operation and the date that transfer is planned to take place. If the change over is to be phased in over a period of time, such as by fleet, enter appropriate milestones here. Milestones listed in this field must correlate with the same milestones in the transition plan.
b)      Training and Qualification. Training and qualification fields identify planned dates crewmember training and qualification will be completed. If two or more fleets will be phased in over different time periods, enter the fleet types and their associated training and qualification date milestones in the free text fields provided. Include training plans for dispatchers and flight followers here, as well. Milestones listed in this field must correlate with the same milestones in the transition plan.
c)      Other. This field is provided for other operations milestones not addressed in Operational Control or Training and Qualification. Examples include manual revisions, computer system support, and record keeping.
3)      Airworthiness. The Airworthiness field is provided to identify specific conditions that apply to airworthiness. List maintenance program manual milestones in this field. Identify training and qualification of mechanics and inspectors here, as well. Major milestones outlining the transition of maintenance responsibilities and record keeping are appropriate for this field.

OPSPEC A570, ONE YEAR EXTENSION OF COMPLIANCE TIMES IN SECTIONS 121.1117(E) AND 129.117.

A.     Applicability.

1)      Except as provided in paragraph C below, OpSpec A570 can only be issued to part 121 certificate holders or part 129 foreign air carriers/foreign persons with U.S.‑registered airplanes who notified their PI or CHDO of their intention to use the relief specified in §§ 121.1117(k) or 129.117(k) before March 29, 2009 and who then applied for OpSpec A570 before June 24, 2009. OpSpec A570 is time-limited and will expire on December 26, 2018.
2)      OpSpec A570 applies to transport category turbine-powered airplanes with a TC issued after January 1, 1958, that, as a result of original type certification or later increase in capacity have a maximum TC’ed passenger capacity of 30 or more, or a maximum payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or more. This authorization does not apply to the airplanes listed in §§ 121.1117(m) and 129.117(k). Specifically, it applies to the airplanes listed in Table 3‑23A.

Table 3-23A, Airplanes Which Require Ground Air Conditioning Systems

Boeing

Airbus

737 series

A318, A319, A320, A321 series

747 series

A300, A310 series

757 series

A330, A340 series

767 series

 

777 series

 

3)      OpSpec A570 is used to extend the compliance dates in §§ 121.1117(e) and 129.117(e) by one year. In order to be eligible for the extension, a certificate holder or foreign air carrier/ person must have notified their PI or CHDO before March 29, 2009, of its intention to use ground air conditioning systems on its applicable airplanes in accordance with §§ 121.1117(k)(2) and (3) and 129.117(k)(2) and (3), and the certificate holder or foreign air carrier/person must have applied for OpSpec A570 by June 24, 2009. With the issuance of this OpSpec, the compliance date specified in §§ 121.1117(e)(1) and 129.117(e)(1) is extended to December 26, 2015 and the final compliance date is extended to December 26, 2018.

B.     Issuing OpSpec A570. OpSpec A570 is the joint responsibility of the POI and the PMI. Before issuing OpSpec A570. The office manager of all affected CHDOs, CMOs, IFOs, and IFUs should bring this guidance to the attention of the principal inspectors of any operator who has applied for this OpSpec and ensure that it is properly issued.

1)      The PMI must ensure that the certificate holder’s manual required by § 121.133 (for part 121) or maintenance program (for part 129) includes a listing, by N‑registration number and fleet type, of those airplanes in the certificate holder’s fleet that ground conditioned air systems applies to. That listing should be identical to the operator’s Flammability Reduction Means (FRM)/Ignition Mitigation Means (IMM) retrofit listing that is provided to the CHDO. As airplanes are retrofitted they should be removed from the list.
2)      The POI must ensure that the certificate holder’s manual required by § 121.133 (for part 121) or equivalent manual for part 129 includes a requirement for the airplanes in this listing to use ground air conditioning systems for actual gate times of more than 30 minutes, when available at the gate and operational, whenever the ambient temperature exceeds 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
3)      The office manager will determine which principal inspector will sign OpSpec A570 and ensure that it is issued.

C.     Certificate Holders Certificated After December 26, 2008. A certificate holder or foreign air carrier/person for which an operating certificate is issued after December 26, 2008, and that has notified their PI or CHDO of its intention to use ground air conditioning systems on its applicable airplanes (see Table 3‑23A above), the compliance date specified in § 121.1117(e) may be extended by one year, provided that the certificate holder meets the requirements of §§ 121.1117(k)(2) or 129.117(k)(2) when its initial OpSpecs are issued and, thereafter, uses ground air conditioning systems as described in § 129.117(k)(2) on each airplane subject to the extension. OpSpec A570 must be approved by the PMI, using the guidance above, concurrent with the initial OpSpecs.

TEMPLATE A999, AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATE (AOC) IN THE INTERNATIONAL CIVIL AVIATION ORGANIZATION (ICAO) FORMAT.

A.     Annex 6 Requirements. Annex 6 to the Chicago Convention requires air operators to carry onboard their aircraft a standardized, certified true copy of their AOCs when operating internationally. See the following ICAO Web site for more information: http://www.icao.int/ fsix/_Library/Annex%206‑Part%20I%20‑%20AOC%20Template%20en.pdf. Template A999 is applicable to part 121 and 135 air carriers.

B.     Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Role. To enable certificate holders to fulfill this ICAO requirement, the FAA made an ICAO standardized AOC available as Template A999 in the Web‑based automated Operations Safety System (WebOPSS). (See Figure 2‑9A in Volume 2, Chapter 1, Section 4 for a sample of Template A999.) Much of the data contained in the AOC will be preloaded from WebOPSS. The principal operations inspector (POI) or the certificate holder must enter some of the data. This standardized ICAO AOC is in addition to the FAA Operating Certificate or Air Carrier Certificate. For compliance with Annex 6, certificate holders must carry this ICAO AOC onboard their aircraft when operating internationally.

C.     Specific Guidance for Issuing Template A999. For specific guidance on issuing Template A999, see Volume 2, Chapter 1, Section 4, Preparation of Federal Aviation Administration Operating Certificates, paragraph 2‑74.

RESERVED. Paragraphs 3‑738 through 3‑751.


7/16/10                                                                                                                                    8900.1 CHG 97

Volume 3 GENERAL TECHNICAL ADMINISTRATION

chapter 18  operations specifications

Section 4  Part B Operations Specifications—En Route Authorizations and Limitations

3-816           PART B OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PARAGRAPHS.

Note:      The following operations specifications (OpSpec) paragraphs designated with a “*” are for the Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 142 database only.

*OPSPEC B001, 14 CFR PART 61 APPROVED CURRICULA—OTHER THAN AIRLINE TRANSPORT PILOT—AIRPLANE. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B002, 14 CFR PART 61 AIRLINE TRANSPORT PILOT CERTIFICATE AND ADDED AIRCRAFT TYPE RATING—AIRPLANE. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B003, 14 CFR PART 61 FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR APPROVED CURRICULA. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B004, AIRMAN CERTIFICATION OTHER THAN PILOT. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B006, REMOVAL OF CENTERLINE THRUST LIMITATIONS. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B008, SATELLITE TRAINING CENTERS OPERATIONS AND AUTHORIZATIONS. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B009, REMOTE TRAINING SITES AUTHORIZATIONS. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B011, 14 CFR PART 61 APPROVED CURRICULA—OTHER THAN AIRLINE TRANSPORT PILOT—ROTORCRAFT/ HELICOPTER. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B012, 14 CFR PART 61 AIRLINE TRANSPORT PILOT CERTIFICATE AND ADDED AIRCRAFT TYPE RATING—ROTORCRAFT/HELICOPTER. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

OPSPEC B029, DRIFTDOWN OR FUEL DUMPING.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B029 is used to authorize driftdown or fuel dumping procedures used by the 14 CFR part 121 or 135 certificate holder to demonstrate compliance with 14 CFR terrain clearance requirements. The certificate holder uses the system described or referenced in the OpSpec for its approved driftdown or fuel dumping procedures, limitations, and data.

B.     “Nonstandard” OpSpec Paragraph. This is the template to use that is referred to in the guidance as the “nonstandard” OpSpec paragraph for this authorization. It is “nonstandard” only because of the addition of free text. It is issued as a “standard” OpSpec.

C.     Further Guidance. See Volume 4, Chapter 3, Section 5, Selected Practices, paragraph 4‑593 for more information.

OPSPEC B030, IFR NAVIGATION USING GPS/WAAS RNAV SYSTEMS.

A.     Purpose. En route Area Navigation (RNAV) operations in the State of Alaska and its airspace on published air traffic routes using Technical Standard Order (TSO)‑C145a/C146a navigation systems as the only means of instrument flight rules (IFR) navigation appropriate for the route to be flown.

B.     Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) Equipment. This OpSpec also authorizes TSO‑C145a/C146a WAAS equipment to be used for IFR en route operations at special minimum en route altitudes (MEA) that are outside the operational service volume of ground‑based Navigational Aid (NAVAID) if the aircraft operation meets the requirements of sections 3 and 4 of Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) 97.

C.     Global Positioning System (GPS). The recent availability of TSO‑C145a/C146a WAAS equipment constitutes a significant improvement in GPS RNAV technology by the incorporation of WAAS, Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE), along with receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM). For a complete discussion of the equipment, see Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 1, paragraph 4‑3D, GPS and WAAS Navigation, and Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 2, paragraph 4‑32, FAA Approval of GPS/WAAS.

D.    Automated Operations Safety Subsystem (OPSS). Principal operations inspectors (POI) can access OpSpec B030 in the OPSS. Required information must be entered to specify the applicable aircraft make, model, and serial number, WAAS manufacturer and model, and the equipment type and class (See Table 3‑7, Wide Area Augmentation System Equipment Classes, below).

Table 3‑7, Wide Area Augmentation System Equipment Classes

WAAS EQUIPMENT CLASSES

TSO‑C145a/C146a

EQUIPMENT CLASS

Oceanic and Domestic En Route, Terminal Area Operations, Nonprecision Approach

 

 

LNAV/VNAV Approaches

LPV

APPROACHES

WAAS Sensor [TSO‑C145a]

Class 1

yes

 

 

no

no

Class 2

yes

 

 

yes

no

Class 3

yes

 

 

yes

yes

WAAS Navigation Equipment [TSO‑C146a] (note 1)

Class 1

yes

 

 

no

no

Class 2

yes

 

 

yes

no

Class 3

yes

 

 

yes

yes

Class 4 (note 2)

no

 

 

no

yes

NOTE 1: WAAS sensor: While the TSO‑C145a sensor supports the operations denoted, the integrated navigation system may not support all of these operations. Consult the Approved Flight Manual (AFM), AFM supplement, pilot’s guide, etc., for more information.

NOTE 2: Class 4 equipment will typically also be authorized under TSO‑C145a Class 3. In that configuration the WAAS equipment will support all phases of flight. The integrated navigation system may not support all of these operations (see NOTE 1).

E.     Special Navigation Limitations and Provisions. WAAS equipment uses whatever GPS and WAAS satellites are in view and will provide the best available service. If the navigation service does not meet all of the requirements for the phase of flight, the equipment annunciates the “Loss of Integrity” or an RAIM indication. If all GPS guidance is lost, the equipment will revert to dead reckoning and the flightcrew should take appropriate action (e.g., revert to alternate means of navigation, climb into ground NAVAID coverage, request radar services, proceed visually). Special navigation limitations and provisions are included in this OpSpec to ensure that flightcrews have been properly trained, tested, and qualified. Procedures must also be established for flightcrews and aircraft dispatchers (when applicable) to govern operation during periods of degraded navigation capability and/or satellite outages. Additional special conditions included in this paragraph require the certificate holder to use an approved program to predict navigation outages that impact WAAS equipment.

F.      Independent Systems. Approval of this paragraph requires the aircraft to be equipped with two independent systems capable of supporting the operation. This may be met with:

·        Dual TSO‑C146a Class 1, 2 or 3 equipment, installed in accordance with the current edition of Advisory Circular (AC) 20‑138, Airworthiness Approval of Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Equipment; or

·        At least one flight management system (FMS) that complies with TSO‑C115b (installed in accordance with the current edition of AC 20‑130, Airworthiness Approval of Navigation or Flight Management Systems Integrating Multiple Navigation Sensors) and dual TSO‑C145a Class 1, 2 or 3 receivers (installed in accordance with AC 20‑138).

G.    Navigation System. The navigation system must be fully operational or operated in accordance with an approved minimum equipment list (MEL). The approved navigation system may only be used to navigate along routes defined by fixes residing in the aircraft navigation system database.

H.    Example Program. POIs are encouraged to use the University of Alaska Anchorage Aviation Technology’s Capstone II Training Program for Part 121/135 Operations as a template for approving their certificate holders’ GPS/WAAS ground and flight training. The University of Alaska’s training program proved to be very successful during the Alaska Regions Capstone Phase I Program. Air Transportation Oversight System (ATOS) 14 CFR part 121 POIs should incorporate this review with ATOS tools in determining appropriate action. It is recommended that POIs evaluate the carrier’s specific system installation to determine if any program modifications are required.

*OPSPEC/MSPEC B031, AREAS OF EN ROUTE OPERATION.

A.     Operators. OpSpec B031 is issued to all 14 CFR part 121, 121/135, 135, and 125 operators (fixed‑wing and/or rotorcraft).

1)      Only the lead‑in paragraph is issued to those part 135 operators who operate under visual flight rules (VFR) only. In the automated Operations Safety Subsystem (OPSS), you will be prompted in the “text tab” to highlight the statement “Load this value only for VFR operation” and then click on “Load Value From Database” button.
2)      All instrument flight rules (IFR) operators are issued the lead‑in paragraph and subparagraphs a through f as prescribed below. You will be prompted in the “text tab” of the OPSS to highlight the statement “Load this value only for IFR operation” and then click on “Load Value From Database” button.
3)      Select subparagraph g if the certificate holder is authorized to use global positioning system (GPS) navigation equipment for IFR Class I Navigation.

B.     Specific Authorizations. The delimiting phrases, “if issued” or “if that paragraph is issued” is used in the subparagraphs that refer to other OpSpecs that give the specific authorizations (i.e., IFR in Class G Airspace, Class I Navigation, Class II Navigation). The principal operations inspector (POI) must complete these authorizations and coordinate them with principal maintenance inspectors (PMI).

C.     Subparagraph B(3). Subparagraph b(3), “Operate IFR flights including flights to alternate or diversionary airports in Class G Airspace in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs A014, C064, C080, H113, and/or H121, as applicable, of these OpSpecs, if issued” is a provisionary statement dependent upon the issuance of the other aforementioned OpSpecs for authorization to operate in Class G Airspace.

D.    Subparagraph C. Subparagraph c reads, “Deviations from routings specified in this paragraph are authorized when necessary due to in‑flight emergencies or to avoid potentially hazardous meteorological conditions.”

E.     Subparagraphs D, E, and F. Subparagraphs d, e, and f are to be selected for issuance only if they apply to the IFR operator.

1)      Subparagraph d reads, “For operations within [U.S.] Class A Airspace, the certificate holder is authorized to conduct Class I Navigation under positive radar control with the Area Navigation (RNAV) or long‑range navigation systems (LRNS) specified in OpSpec B035 of these OpSpecs if that paragraph is issued,” according to the following guidelines:
a)      OpSpec B035 must also be issued to authorize IFR Class I Navigation in U.S. Class A Airspace using RNAV systems, including LRNS.
b)      Any one or all of the aircraft to be operated under the certificate must be capable of conducting part 121 or 135 operations in excess of flight level (FL) 180.
c)      And the airplane(s) has LRNS installed.
d)      OR the aircraft(s) has RNAV systems installed.
e)      An air carrier must have an approved method of “off airway navigation” to depart from established airways. When this capability is lost, the carrier must return to the established airway.
2)      Subparagraph e reads, “The certificate holder is authorized to conduct Class I Navigation, including en route IFR operations outside positive radar control, with the RNAV systems specified in OpSpec B034 of these OpSpecs, if that paragraph is issued,” and is authorized according to the following guidelines:
a)      OpSpec B034 must also be issued to all air carriers conducting Class I Navigation in U.S. and foreign operations who wish to proceed “direct” to a point or destination in or out of controlled airspace.
b)      Any one or all of the aircraft to be operated under the certificate must be authorized IFR Class I Navigation using RNAV systems certified in accordance with the current edition of Advisory Circular (AC) 90‑45, Approval of Area Navigation Systems for Use in the U.S. National Airspace System.
3)      Subparagraph f reads, “The certificate holder is authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in accordance with OpSpecs B032 and B036 of these OpSpecs, if those paragraphs are issued.”
a)      Any one or all of the aircraft to be operated under the certificate must be authorized IFR Class II Navigation using approved LRNS (OpSpec B036 issued), in accordance with the current edition of AC 90‑79, Recommended Practices and Procedures for the Use of Electronic Long‑Range Navigation.
b)      OpSpec B032, IFR En Route Limitations and Provisions, must be issued to all IFR operators; it does not apply if the operator is VFR only.
c)      This approval may be issued with or without a flight navigator as authorized in OpSpec B047.

F.      Subparagraph G. For en route authorization to use GPS for Class I IFR Navigation, if the existing aircraft avionics installation does include RNAV capability, subparagraph g would be selected, which reads, “The certificate holder is authorized to use approved GPS navigation equipment as a supplement to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)‑standard navigation equipment while conducting Class I Navigation.”

G.    OpSpec B050. OpSpec B050, Areas of Operations, must also be issued.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B032, EN ROUTE LIMITATIONS AND PROVISIONS. This paragraph is issued to operators who conduct any instrument flight rules (IFR) operations. The second sentence of the lead‑in paragraph prohibits IFR operations outside of controlled airspace unless the operator is authorized to conduct such operations by appropriate OpSpecs. In certain situations, OpSpec B032 permits the operator to navigate outside the operational service volume of airways navigation facilities (Class II Navigation) without long‑range navigation (LRN) equipment. Some of the criteria that must be met when conducting Class II Navigation without LRN equipment are as follows:

·        Navigation is predicated on International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standard ground‑based Navigational Aids (NAVAID) (Very high frequency Omnidirectional Range (VOR), VOR/distance measuring equipment (DME), and nondirectional radio beacon (NDB));

·        A “reliable fix” using ICAO standard NAVAIDs can be obtained at least once each hour;

·        Navigation is conducted to the degree of accuracy required for air traffic control; and

·        Route of flight is a “great circle” route between the two NAVAIDs.

OPSPEC B033 RESERVED.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B034, IFR CLASS I TERMINAL AND EN ROUTE NAVIGATION USING RNAV SYSTEMS.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B034 authorizes an operator to conduct instrument flight rules (IFR) Class I Navigation using an Area Navigation (RNAV) system, as applicable, in the areas authorized in OpSpec/MSpec B050.

1)      The RNAV system must meet the en route performance criteria prescribed by the most recent version of Advisory Circular (AC) 90‑45, Approval of Area Navigation Systems for Use in the U.S. National Airspace System. See Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 2, Air Navigation Approval Requirements.
2)      A global positioning system (GPS) navigation system approved in accordance with Technical Standard Order (TSO)‑129 or TSO‑145/146 may be authorized as a supplement to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standard navigation equipment while conducting Class I Navigation.
3)      When the capability exists to revert to conventional dual airborne Very high frequency Omnidirectional Range (VOR), VOR/distance measuring equipment (DME), and/or non‑directional radio beacon (NDB) navigation systems, only a single RNAV system needs to be specified. If this capability is not available, dual or redundant (separate and independent) RNAV systems must be specified.
4)      OpSpec B034 permits the use of a fix obtained from a redundant RNAV system (authorized by OpSpec B034) to substitute for a required ground‑based Navigational Aid (NAVAID) fix when that NAVAID is temporarily out of service.

B.     European Airspace. OpSpec B034 also authorizes an operator to conduct IFR operations in designated European Basic RNAV (B‑RNAV) and European Precision RNAV (P‑RNAV) airspace.

1)      The route design determines whether the operation is terminal or en route navigation.
2)      For B‑RNAV terminal and en route operations, the navigation performance is ±5 nautical miles (NM) for 95 percent of the flight time.
3)      For P‑RNAV terminal and en route operations, the navigation performance is ±1 NM for 95 percent of the flight time.
4)      If the R‑NAV equipment is certified for P‑RNAV, it may be authorized for both P‑RNAV and B‑RNAV terminal and en route operations.
5)      The current editions of the following documentation provides guidance material in regard to on‑board R‑NAV equipment requirements and operational approval for operators of U.S.‑registered civil aircraft:
a)      AC 90‑96, Approval of U.S. Operators and Aircraft to Operate Under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) in European Airspace Designated for Basic Area Navigation (B‑RNAV) and Precision Area Navigation (P‑RNAV).
b)      Regional Supplementary Procedures contained within ICAO Doc. 7030/4‑EUR, Part 1, Rules of the Air, Air Traffic Service and Search and Rescue, require aircraft operating under IFR in designated European P‑RNAV airspace to meet a ±1 NM 95 percent accuracy criteria. For B‑RNAV, the criteria requirement is ±5 NM 95 percent accuracy.
c)      Functional and performance requirements are contained within European Aviation Safety Administration (EASA), TGL‑2/AMJ 20X2 (B‑RNAV), EASA TGL‑10 (P‑RNAV) and Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) AC 90‑96, Appendix 1 (B‑RNAV) and Appendix 2 (P‑RNAV).
6)      Principal inspectors (PI) should evaluate the following documentation for authorizing B‑RNAV and/or P‑RNAV:
a)      Sections of the Approved Flight Manual (AFM) that document the appropriate approval in accordance with an appropriate FAA AC as detailed in AC 90‑96, Appendix 1, paragraph 1b(1) or Appendix 2, as applicable.
b)      Training and operations manuals that reflect the operating policies of AC 90‑96, Appendix 1, paragraphs 1d, 1e, 2, 3, and 4, and any other operational or airspace requirements that may be established by European authorities.

C.     Determining Eligibility. If the operator is unable to determine B‑RNAV or P‑RNAV equipment eligibility from the AFM, the operator will ask the certificate‑holding district office (CHDO) to assess the R‑NAV equipment for B‑RNAV or P‑RNAV eligibility. The operator should provide the following, as applicable:

Table 3‑8, Requirements for Basic Area Navigation or Precision Area Navigation Equipment Eligibility

B‑RNAV (±5 NM)

Navigation Performance

P‑RNAV (±1 NM)

Navigation Performance

RNAV system make, model and part number

RNAV system make, model and part number

Evidence of meeting ±5 NM accuracy, 95%

Evidence of meeting ±1 NM accuracy, 95%

Proof the system meets the required functions for B‑RNAV operations

Proof the system meets the required functions for P‑RNAV operations

Crew operating procedures, bulletins

Crew operating procedures, bulletins

Any other pertinent information

Any other pertinent information

D.    Unable to Determine Eligibility for B‑RNAV. If the CHDO is unable to determine equipment eligibility for B‑RNAV, it should forward the request and supporting data through appropriate FAA regional divisions to the Flight Technologies and Procedures Division (AFS‑400) for review.

E.     Unable to Determine Eligibility for P‑RNAV. If the CHDO is unable to determine equipment eligibility for P‑RNAV, it should forward the request and supporting data through the appropriate FAA Flight Standards Regional Division to either the appropriate Aircraft Evaluation Group (AEG).

1)      The AEG will verify that the aircraft and RNAV system meet the criteria for P‑RNAV.
2)      The AEG will provide written documentation (e.g., amended Flight Standardization Board (FSB) Report or other official documentation) to verify the eligibility of that equipment.
3)      The written documentation will identify any conditions or limitations necessary (e.g., navigation systems or procedures required, routes, areas, or procedures authorized) when conducting P‑RNAV operations.

F.      Issuing the OpSpec. The principal operations inspector (POI) will coordinate with the principal avionics inspector (PAI) to obtain the proper nomenclature of the manufacturer and mode and to ensure that the RNAV system is installed in accordance with approved data and meets the criteria of the most recent version of AC 90‑45 and/or AC 90‑96, as applicable. After the PIs determine that the operator is eligible and the navigation equipment is eligible for B‑RNAV and/or P‑RNAV operations based on the documentation provided by the operator, OpSpec/MSpec B034 may be issued indicating the appropriate authorizations.

1)      The aircraft (make/model) and the manufacturer and model of the RNAV systems authorized for this type of navigation must be listed in table 1 of OpSpec/MSpec B034.
2)      If B‑RNAV (±5 NM) and/or P‑RNAV (±1 NM) are authorized, these can be selected for insertion into column #4 of table 1. If neither is authorized, select N/A.

OPSPEC/MSPEC/LOA B035, CLASS I NAVIGATION IN THE U.S. CLASS A AIRSPACE USING AREA OR LONG‑RANGE NAVIGATION SYSTEMS.

A.     Purpose. The OpSpec/MSpec/LOA B035 template is used to authorize an operator to conduct Class I Navigation within the U.S. Class A airspace using an Area Navigation (RNAV) or long‑range navigation system (LRNS). This authorization is applicable to operators conducting operations under 14 CFR parts 91 subpart K (91K), 121, 125 (including those issued a Letter of Deviation Authority (LODA) 125M), and 135.

B.     Not Eligible or Trained. If an operator’s aircraft are not eligible (properly equipped) and/or its flightcrews are not appropriately trained to conduct RNAV Q‑routes then that authorization should not selected for inclusion in table 1 and a selection of N/A is used when OpSpec/MSpec/LOA B035 is issued. The current edition of Advisory Circular (AC) 90‑100, U.S. Terminal and En Route Area Navigation (RNAV) Operations, provides guidance for operators regarding operations on RNAV routes.

C.     Procedures. Procedures utilized under this approval should be outlined in the appropriate operations manual, (for other than part 121 certificate holders) OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A008, as applicable.

1)      RNAV routes designated as domestic Q‑routes are being developed for areas throughout the National Airspace System (NAS) in accordance with AC 90‑100.
2)      This guidance, the OpSpec/MSpec/LOA B035 authorization, and AC 90‑100 do not apply to RNAV routes in Alaska or routes designated as Q‑routes in the Gulf of Mexico.

D.    RNAV Within the Continental United States (CONUS). An RNAV route within the CONUS requiring, as a minimum, a distance measuring equipment (DME)/DME/Inertial Reference Unit (IRU)‑based RNAV system satisfying the criteria of AC 90‑100. Q‑Route procedures require the aircraft’s track‑keeping accuracy remain bounded by + 2 nautical miles (NM) for 95 percent of the total flight time.

E.     Training. An operator’s FAA‑approved training program should include subject areas and frequency in accordance with the following:

1)      Training and qualification should be conducted in the specific equipment being used and type of procedure(s) approved under the template B035 Q‑route authorization and include the following subject areas:
a)      Operating procedures in AC 90‑100;
b)      Pilot knowledge requirements and training described in AC 90‑100;
c)      Recognition that some manually selectable aircraft bank‑limiting functions might reduce the ability to satisfy air traffic control (ATC) path expectations, especially during large angle turns; and
d)      Procedures for verification that the correct routes are entered into the navigation system database.
2)      Recurrent training and continuing qualification should be based upon the following: crewmembers should be trained to proficiency on these RNAV routes during their first training sequence with the specific airplane type and equipment being used by the operator.

F.      Determining Eligibility. Operators and pilots should use the guidance in AC 90‑100 to determine their eligibility for domestic U.S. RNAV Q‑routes. For the purpose of this authorization, “compliance” means meeting operational and functional performance criteria.

Note:      Aircraft compliant with the current edition of AC 90‑45, Approval of Area Navigation Systems for Use in the U.S. National Airspace System, may not be compliant with the criteria in AC 90‑100.

1)      Domestic Q‑routes require DME/DME/IRU sensors and/or global positioning system (GPS) inputs. Due to gaps in the DME infrastructure of the NAS, Q‑routes require IRU sensor inputs to augment DME/DME, which is often referred to as DME/DME/IRU.
2)      The operator is responsible for providing equipment eligibility documented by the Approved Flight Manual (AFM). If the operator is unable to determine that the aircraft is eligible, it must provide the following information to the certificate‑holding district office (CHDO), as applicable in Table 3‑9, Required Q‑Route Documentation, below.

Table 3‑9, Required Q‑Route Documentation

Domestic Q‑Route Authorization

Requires the following documentation:

RNAV system make, model, and part number(s)

Evidence of compliance with AC 90‑100 requirements

Crew operations procedures

Crew training program

Any other pertinent information

3)      Based on the information supplied by the operator the principal operations inspector (POI) must coordinate with the principal avionics inspector (PAI) to determine equipment eligibility for RNAV Q‑routes via the Flight Operations Branch (AFS–410) Web site at: http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/avs/offices/afs/afs400/afs410/.
a)      The PAI determines the proper nomenclature of the manufacturer’s make/model/software version and that the RNAV system is installed in accordance with approved data and meets the criteria of the most recent version of AC 90‑100.
b)      If the CHDO is unable to determine equipment eligibility for RNAV Q‑routes via the AFS–410 Web site, contact AFS–410 for guidance.
4)      After the principal inspectors (PI) agree that the operator’s navigation equipment, procedures, and flightcrew training are eligible for RNAV Q‑route operations, the B035 template may be issued indicating the appropriate authorizations.

G.    Certificate Holders and Program Managers Authorized European Precision Area Navigation (P‑RNAV) Operations. The criteria in AC 90‑100 required for U.S. RNAV procedures are generally consistent (but there are exceptions) with the criteria for P‑RNAV operations in Europe.

1)      P‑RNAV terminal and en route operations require a track‑keeping accuracy of ±1 NM for 95 percent of the flight time.
2)      If an operator has met the requirements for and is authorized P‑RNAV in the B034 template, that operator may also be eligible for RNAV routes without additional verification of equipment eligibility. POIs should still evaluate their operator’s procedures and training to ensure compliance with AC 90‑100.
3)      Appropriate P‑RNAV references are:

·        AC 90‑96, Approval of U.S. Operators and Aircraft to Operate Under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) in European Airspace Designated for Basic Area Navigation (B‑RNAV) and Precision Area Navigation (P‑RNAV);

·        European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) TGL‑10; and

·        Volume 3, Chapter 18, Section 4 (see OpSpec/MSpec/LOA B034).

H.    References (current editions).

·        14 CFR part 91, §§ 91.123, 91.205; and 91.503 (data currency),

·        14 CFR part 95,

·        14 CFR part 121, § 121.349,

·        14 CFR part 125, § 125.203,

·        14 CFR part 129, § 129.17,

·        14 CFR part 135, § 135.165, and

·        FAA Order 7110.65, Air Traffic Control.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B036, CLASS II NAVIGATION USING MULTIPLE LONG‑RANGE NAVIGATION SYSTEMS. OpSpec B036 authorizes Class II Navigation when long‑range navigation systems (LRNS) are required due to the inability to obtain a reliable fix at least once each hour from International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standard Navigational Aids (NAVAID). OpSpecs paragraph B047 should be issued when an operator uses a flight navigator for any type of Class II Navigation. OpSpec B036 authorizes the operator to use LRNS and prohibits the use of a flight navigator.

A.     Required LRNS. In certain areas, LRNS may also be required even though reliable fixes may be obtained more than once each hour. In these areas, traffic density and the navigation accuracy necessary for air traffic control may require the use of LRNS.

1)      Direction and guidance for authorizing Class II Navigation is in Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 4.
2)      When an operator applies for authorization to conduct Class II Navigation using LRNS or a flight navigator, validation tests are required. See Volume 3, Chapter 29, Section 8.
3)      OpSpec B036 prohibits Class II Navigation within Central East Pacific Airspace (OpSpec B037), North Pacific Airspace (OpSpec B038), Operations Within North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications Airspace (OpSpec B039), and areas of magnetic unreliability (OpSpec B040), unless operations in those areas are authorized by issuing the appropriate referenced paragraphs.
4)      Subparagraph B036b(5) permits the use of a fix obtained from a LRNS to substitute for a required ground‑based NAVAID fix when that NAVAID (an airways navigation facility) is temporarily out of service.
5)      The aircraft (make/model) and the LRNS (manufacturer/model) authorized for Class II Navigation must be listed in OpSpec B036. Dual or redundant (separate and independent) LRNS must be indicated in the list.
6)      There are certain areas where a single long‑range navigation system (S‑LRNS) may be authorized (see OpSpec B054).

B.     Operator’s Long‑Range Navigation (LRN) Program. The principal operations inspector (POI) must ensure the operator’s LRN program incorporates the practices and procedures recommended in the most recent version of Advisory Circular (AC) 90‑79, Recommended Practices and Procedures for the Use of Electronic Long‑Range Navigation, or the operator has approved procedures equivalent to or exceeding those in AC 90‑79 or other applicable ACs. These procedures must be in the operator’s manuals and in checklists, as appropriate. Training on the use of LRN equipment and procedures must be included in the operator’s training curriculums. The operator’s minimum equipment lists (MEL) and maintenance programs must address the LRN equipment. The POI must coordinate with the principal avionics inspector (PAI) to obtain the proper nomenclature of the manufacturer and model and to ensure the LRN equipment is installed and maintained in accordance with approved data. See Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 2.

C.     RNP‑10 Documentation. The current edition of FAA Order 8400.12, Required Navigational Performance 10 (RNP‑10) Operational Approval is a guide to RNP‑10 aircraft and operator approval in any airspace where RNP‑10 navigation criteria are required.

1)      If an operator requests to deviate from the practices and procedures in Order 8400.12, the inspector should forward a request for assistance through the regional Flight Standards division (RFSD) to AFS–400.
2)      The steps in this process should be followed when an operator seeks authority to operate an airplane type/LRNS combination in Class II Navigation areas where RNP‑10 is applied and the operator has not previously received RNP‑10 approval for that specific airplane type/LRNS combination. Normally, if an operator has received initial Class II Navigation/RNP‑10 approval for a specific airplane type/LRNS combination, that operator should not be required to reapply for approval to conduct Class II Navigation/RNP‑10 operations on additional routes or areas.
a)      Required Application Items. Order 8400.12 provides guidance on the content of an operator’s RNP‑10 application. The application should contain the items listed below.

1.      Aircraft/Navigation System Group. Airworthiness documents that establish the proposed aircraft/navigation system group, its RNP‑10 approval status, and a list of airframes in that group.

2.      Sources of LRNS. Approved or requested RNP‑10 time limit for aircraft for which inertial navigation systems (INS) or Inertial Reference Units (IRU) are the only source of LRN.

3.      RNP‑10 Area of Operations. Documentation establishing the RNP‑10 area of operations or routes for which the specific aircraft/navigation system is eligible.

4.      Operating Practices and Procedures. Documentation that the operator has adopted operating practices and procedures related to RNP‑10 operations.

5.      Pilot and Aircraft Dispatcher Knowledge. Documentation showing that the pilot and, if applicable, aircraft dispatcher knowledge of RNP‑10 operating practices and procedures have been adopted.

6.      Airworthiness Practices. Documentation that appropriate maintenance practices and procedures have been adopted.

7.      MEL updates, if applicable.

8.      Operating History. Operating history that identifies past problems and incidents, if any, and actions taken to correct the situation.

9.      Removal of RNP‑10 Operating Authority. Awareness of the necessity to follow up action after navigation error reports, and the potential for removal of RNP‑10 operating authority.

b)      Aircraft Groups and Eligibility Aircraft Groups (Fleets of Aircraft), Paragraph 11 and Determining Aircraft Eligibility, Paragraph 12 of Order 8400.12.

1.      Aircraft Groups (Fleets of Aircraft). In accordance with Order 8400.12, the operator must show the aircraft/navigation system groups that will be presented for approval of RNP‑10 operations and provide a list of airframes that are determined to be in the specific aircraft/navigation system groups to be evaluated.

2.      Determining Aircraft Eligibility. For aircraft navigation systems which have been approved by an aircraft certification authority to RNP‑10 or better, the operator must provide appropriate sections of the Approved Flight Manual (AFM) that address RNP, including any associated time limits for INS and IRU navigation systems.

3.      Aircraft Equipped with Global Positioning Systems (GPS) Approved to Primary Means of Navigation Standards. For aircraft equipped with GPS, where such GPS units are the only systems for LRN, the operator must show that it is approved in accordance with Order 8400.12. An RNP‑10 time limit is not applicable.

4.      Multisensor Systems Integrating GPS (with GPS Integrity Provided by Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM)). For multisensor systems incorporating GPS, the operator must show that systems are approved and operated in accordance with Order 8400.12. An RNP‑10 time limit is not applicable.

5.      GPS Equipage with Other Approved LRNS (e.g., INS or IRU). See the current editions of AC 90‑94, Guidelines for Using GPS Equipment for IFR En Route and Terminal Operations and for Nonprecision Instrument Approaches, and AC 20‑138, Airworthiness Approval of Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Equipment. The operator must show that aircraft equipped with GPS and one or more approved LRNS are installed and operated in accordance with AC 90‑94 and AC 20‑138. An RNP‑10 time limit is not applicable.

6.      Equipage Where INS or IRU Provide the Only Means of Long‑Range Navigation. The operator must show that INS or IRU installation is approved in accordance with Order 8400.12. Unless the operator takes action to extend the approved navigation system time limit and/or plans to update the system en route, a baseline RNP‑10 time limit of 6.2 hours, starting at the time the system was placed in navigation mode, is applicable. See paragraph c)1 and d) below.

7.      Aircraft Eligibility Through Data Collection (Eligibility Group 3). For navigation systems not approved under existing criteria, the operator may demonstrate RNP‑10 eligibility through data collection in accordance with the processes detailed in appendices 1 or 6 of Order 8400.12.

c)      Route Evaluation for RNP‑10 Time Limits for Aircraft Equipped with Only INSs or IRU, Order 8400.12. If restrictions (e.g., INS RNP‑10 time limit) apply to navigation systems, the operator must show the routes or areas where it is eligible to operate. The operator can conduct a one‑time evaluation of eligibility to fly in an RNP‑10 area of operations or on specific RNP‑10 routes or may elect to evaluate on a per‑flight basis.

1.      One‑Time Evaluation. For one‑time evaluation of a specific RNP‑10 area or track system, aviation safety inspectors (ASI) should expect the operator to accomplish the following:

·        Calculate the longest distance from either departure airports or en route update points (if applicable) to the point at which the aircraft will begin to navigate by reference to very high frequency Omnidirectional Range State (VOR), distance measuring equipment (DME), non‑directional radio beacon (NDB), or comes under air traffic control (ATC) radar surveillance;

·        As detailed in Order 8400.12, using 75 percent probability wind component, convert this distance to en route time;

·        As detailed in Order 8400.12, if navigation systems are to be updated en route, adjust the base line RNP‑10 time limit approved for the specific operator navigation system to account for update accuracy;

·        Subtract 0.3 hours from the baseline for DME/DME;

·        Subtract 0.5 hours from the baseline for VOR/DME;

·        Subtract 1 hour from the baseline for manual update;

·        Compare calculated en route time to the navigation system RNP‑10 time limit (adjusted for en route update, if applicable) to determine if the airplane is eligible for the operation; and

·        If the aircraft navigation system is found eligible for operation on the specific routes evaluated, then the RNP‑10 area of operations or routes on which RNP‑10 operations can be conducted are established. If the aircraft navigation system is not found eligible for operation on all routes evaluated, then the operator will need to designate routes for which it is eligible or take action to gain approval for an extended RNP‑10 time limit. See subparagraph d) below.

2.      Calculation of Time Limit for Each Specific Flight, Order 8400.12. For a per‑flight evaluation of eligibility to fly a specific RNP‑10 route, follow the steps shown in paragraph c)1 above, using flight plan winds to determine en route time. If the RNP‑10 time limit is exceeded, the flight must be re‑routed or delayed.

d)      Time Limit Extension. Obtaining an RNP‑10 Time Limit Extension for INS‑ or IRU‑equipped aircraft, Order 8400.12. An operator can show eligibility for an extended time limit by:

1.      Obtaining approval from an appropriate Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), or

2.      Conducting operational data collection using the processes established in appendices 1 or 6 of Order 8400.12.

e)      Maintenance Requirements. The certificate holder must provide documentation that appropriate maintenance practices and procedures have been adopted.
f)        MEL Requirements. In accordance with Order 8400.12, if applicable, the operator must revise the MEL to address any new operating requirements.
g)      Operations Program. Operations manuals and checklists in accordance with FAA Order 8400.12

1.      Title 14 CFR part 121, 125, and 135 certificate holders must provide revisions to manuals and checklists to show the adoption of the RNP‑10 operating practices and procedures contained in the reference paragraphs and sections listed in this paragraph.

2.      Operations training programs and operating practices and procedures are addressed in Order 8400.12.

h)      Deviation to RNP‑10 Requirements. The administrator may authorize a certificate holder to deviate from the RNP‑10 requirements of OpSpec B036 for a specific flight in designated RNP‑10 airspace if the Air Traffic Service (AAT) provider determines that the airplane may be provided appropriate separation and the flight will not interfere with, or impose a burden on other operators. For operations under such authority, the certificate holder will not take off for flight in designated RNP‑10 airspace, unless the following requirements of subparagraphs b and d of OpSpec B036 are met:

1.      If fuel planning is predicated on en route climb to flight levels where RNP‑10 is normally required, an appropriate request must be coordinated with the AAT provider in advance of the flight.

2.      The appropriate information blocks on the ICAO flight plan filed with the AAT provider show that the airplane and/or certificate holder is not approved for RNP‑10 as specified in the certificate holder’s OpSpec B036.

3.      For these flights, at least one of the navigation system configurations listed below must be installed and operational:

·        At least two independent INS;

·        At least two flight management system (FMS)/navigation sensor combinations (or equivalent);

·        At least two independent approved GPS navigation systems acceptable for primary means of Class II Navigation in oceanic and remote areas; and

·        At least two approved independent LRNS from the list below:

·        Inertial navigation system;

·        FMS/navigation sensor combination (or equivalent); and

·        GPS navigation system approved for Class II Navigation in oceanic and remote areas.

4.      Anchorage and Tokyo Oceanic Notices to Airmen (NOTAM), U.S. Government Flight Information Publication (FLIP) supplement for Alaska. AAT providers have established procedures to accommodate in RNP‑10 airspace a limited number of flights by airplanes and/or operators not approved for RNP‑10. The operator should show that it has adopted appropriate policies and practices to enable it to operate unapproved airplanes in RNP‑10 airspace in situations such as:

·        Ferry flights;

·        Flights that do not meet RNP‑10 MEL requirements; and

·        Non‑scheduled charter flights using unapproved airplanes.

5.      Contacts at Tokyo and Anchorage Oceanic Centers and air traffic policy and procedures for such flights are listed in NOTAMs and/or the Alaska FLIP Supplement and on the FAA RNP Web site. Part 121, 125, and 135 certificate holders will be expected to comply with the provisions of OpSpec B038 for deviation from RNP‑10 requirements.

i)        Application Evaluation. The operator should indicate awareness of the provisions of Order 8400.12, for operator follow‑up action on reported navigation errors and of the potential to remove RNP‑10 operating authority.
j)        Validation. For guidance on validation tests and validation flights for part 121 and 135 operators, reference Volume 3, Chapter 29. Validation testing requires an evaluation of the operator’s programs and documents in accordance with the guidance for RNP‑10 approval.

1.      General. The following is intended to provide broad guidance for establishing requirements for validation tests and/or validation flights. The POI should consider each application on its own merit and in accordance Volume 3, Chapter 29. Consult with the RFSD, as necessary.

2.      Establishing the Necessity for Validation Flights. The following is provided as guidance for ASIs to consider in determining whether or not validation flights are required.

·        Operators with previous Class II Navigation experiences with the same navigation equipment as that being proposed for RNP‑10 approval. Evaluation of the applicant’s programs and documents should normally suffice. A validation flight should not normally be required.

·        Operators with previous Class II Navigation experience navigating with an LRNS other than that being proposed for RNP‑10 approval. Evaluation of the applicant’s programs and documents is required. A validation flight should normally be required. If conducted in Class I airspace, the validation flight may be conducted in revenue service. If conducted in Class II airspace, it must be non‑revenue with the exception that cargo may be carried.

·        Operators with no previous Class II Navigation experience proposing to operate where RNP‑10 is required. Evaluation of the operator’s programs and documents is required. A validation flight should be required and should be conducted in Class II airspace. It should be a non‑revenue flight with the exception that cargo may be carried.

3.      Conditions for Validation Flights.

·        At least one flight should be observed by an FAA ASI.

·        A demonstration of any required dispatch procedures must be conducted for routes or areas where RNP‑10 is required.

·        The flight(s) should be of adequate duration for the pilots to demonstrate knowledge of dispatch requirements, capability to navigate with the system, and to perform the normal and non‑normal procedures.

k)      OpSpec/MSpec Entries.

1.      Required Navigation Performance Type Block. This is the RNP type for which the specific navigation system has been approved. Entry options for this block are:

·        RNP‑X. Example: RNP‑4, RNP‑10, etc.

·        Per AFM. Example: For B747‑400 equipped with FANS‑1 package, AFM establishes RNP Type availability based on GPS satellite availability at dispatch.

·        NA (not applicable). Example: aircraft not used for RNP operations.

2.      RNP Time Limit Block. This is the RNP‑10 or RNP‑4 time, if applicable, for which the navigation system has been approved. Entry options are:

·        X Hours. Example: 6.3 hours, 10.0 hours.

·        UNL (Unlimited). Example: Primary means GPS, approved multi‑sensor system that incorporates GPS.

·        NA (not applicable). Example: aircraft/navigation system no used in RNP operations.

3.      OpSpec B038, Operations in the North Pacific (NOPAC) Airspace and OpSpec B037, Operations in Central East Pacific (CEPAC) Airspace, must also be issued.

4.      For RNP 4 operations, an aircraft must meet a cross‑track keeping accuracy and along‑track positioning accuracy of no greater than +7.4 km (4 nautical miles (NM)) for 95 percent of the flight time. Different routes that require RNP‑4 may have different separation, equipment, and communications requirements. It is possible in the future that a route or airspace could be established that would require RNP‑4 navigation capability with very high frequency (VHF) communication and radar. Some examples of routes that require RNP‑4 are:

·        Australian Tasman Sea (detailed guidance is contained in Australian Government, Civil Aviation Authority, AC 91U‑3(0), Required Navigation Performance 4 (RNP‑4) Operational Certificate);

·        Eastern Russia, the Magadan region (requires FANS 1/A‑equipped aircraft); and

·        Western region of China and north of the Himalayas, Route 888 (because of the remoteness of the area, RNP‑4, Controller‑Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC), and Automatic Dependent Surveillance (ADS) are required).

5.      Eligibility of aircraft and certification of its navigation equipment for RNP‑4 must be determined:

·        For RNP‑4 operations in oceanic or remote airspace, at least two fully serviceable independent LRNS, with integrity such that the navigation system does not provide misleading information, must be fitted to the aircraft. These will form part of the basis upon which RNP‑4 operational approval is granted.

·        For aircraft incorporating GPS, AC 20‑138 or equivalent documents provide an acceptable means of complying with installation requirements for aircraft that use but do not integrate the GNSS output with that of other sensors. The current edition of AC 20‑130, Airworthiness Approval of Navigation or Flight Management Systems Integrating Multiple Navigation Sensors, describes an acceptable means of compliance for multi‑sensor navigation systems that incorporate GPS.

·        Flightcrew training and operating procedures for the navigation systems to be used must be identified by the operator.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B037, OPERATIONS IN CENTRAL EAST PACIFIC (CEPAC) AIRSPACE. OpSpec B037 authorizes Class II Navigation in the airspace designated as CEPAC airspace. The operator must be authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in accordance with OpSpec B036a before B037 can be issued. If the operator is authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in compliance with OpSpec B036a, no additional validation tests need to be accomplished. However, before issuance, the principal operations inspector (POI) must ensure the operator has a program that includes training or briefing of flightcrews on requirements and standards for conduct of flight in CEPAC airspace.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B038, NORTH PACIFIC (NOPAC) OPERATIONS. OpSpec B038 authorizes Class II Navigation conducted in airspace designated as NOPAC operations airspace. The operator must be authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in compliance with OpSpec B036 before B037 can be issued. Validation tests of the operator’s ability to operate in NOPAC airspace are required. If the operator is authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in compliance with OpSpec B036, a temporary authorization in the form of a letter may be issued so that the operator may conduct validation tests with revenue passengers. One of the purposes of validation tests for NOPAC operations is to verify the operator’s ability to properly use airborne weather radar for monitoring navigational system accuracy to assure avoidance of Soviet airspace. The operator must have manual procedures on the use of airborne weather radar for this purpose. Additionally, if flights are to be conducted at or above flight level (FL) 280, the operator must have a program which trains or briefs flightcrews on requirements and standards for flight in NOPAC airspace. Use of flight navigators in NOPAC airspace (at or above FL 280) is not authorized. When validation tests are completed, OpSpec B038 may be issued.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B039, OPERATIONS WITHIN NORTH ATLANTIC (NAT) MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS (MNPS) AIRSPACE.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B039 authorizes Class II Navigation in the airspace designated as NAT/MNPS airspace. The operator must be authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in compliance with OpSpec B036 before B039 can be issued. Validation tests of the operator’s ability to operate in NAT/MNPS airspace are required. If an operator has not been previously issued OpSpec B036, or when a new airplane and/or navigation system is being added to OpSpec B036, validation tests must be conducted to verify the operator’s ability to conduct operations in compliance with both OpSpecs B036 and B039. When validation tests are successfully completed, including passing specified NAT/MNPS pass or fail criteria, OpSpec B039 may be issued.

B.     Airplane and Long‑Range Navigation System (LRNS) Models. The airplane (make/model) and the LRNS (manufacturer/model) authorized for operations in NAT/MNPS airspace must be listed in subparagraph B039c. Dual or redundant (separate and independent) LRNS must be indicated in this list.

C.     Singe Long‑Range Navigation System (S‑LRNS). OpSpec B039 provides for flight operations in NAT/MNPS airspace over special contingency routings with an S‑LRNS. Usually, all airplanes and navigational system combinations listed in OpSpec B039 should also be listed in B039, but in a manner that indicates an S‑LRNS authorization. This authorization permits revenue operations while positioning the airplane for repair of a malfunctioning navigational system. Additionally, other aircraft and navigational equipment combinations which may need to be ferried over these routes in non‑revenue operations should be listed. This is necessary because NAT/MNPS authorization is required regardless of revenue considerations. The following are examples of how airplanes and navigational systems authorized for flight over special contingency routings should be listed.

D.    Canadian MNPS. Title 14 CFR part 135 certificate holders and 14 CFR part 91K program managers that do not have or need Class II (OpSpec B036) authorization but do need authorization to conduct flights in Canadian MNPS, may be issued OpSpec/MSpec B059 in lieu of OpSpec/MSpec B039. See Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 5, for more information.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B040, OPERATIONS IN AREAS OF MAGNETIC UNRELIABILITY.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B040 authorizes either Class I or Class II Navigation in areas of magnetic unreliability (AMU). If flight operations in these areas involve Class II Navigation requiring long‑range navigation systems (LRNS), OpSpec B036 must also be issued. Validation tests of the operator’s ability to conduct flights in AMUs are required. Except for inertial navigation systems (INS), validation tests of any type of navigational equipment (or a flight navigator) must be non‑revenue. When validation tests are successfully completed, OpSpec B040 may be issued. When an operator requests authorization to conduct operations in AMUs, the principal operations inspector (POI) will advise AFS–400 (202‑385‑4586). AFS–400 will arrange for one of the FAA’s navigation specialists to work with the POI to ensure that operations in AMUs meet appropriate requirements. For more information on flight operations in AMUs, see Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 5.

B.     Airplane and Navigational Models. The airplane (make/model), the manufacturer and model of the navigational equipment, and the type of navigation (heading reference) to be used must be listed in subparagraph B040a. When pilot‑operated electronic LRNS are authorized, they must be dual or redundant systems. When heading information is obtained from sources which are not inertially referenced, the manufacturer and model of the heading reference system (compasses) must also be specified. The following are examples of how this information should be listed.

Table 3‑10, Examples of Airplane and Navigational Equipment Information for OpSpec B040a

AIRCRAFT TYPE

(MAKE/MODEL)

NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT

(MANUFACTURER/MODEL)

TYPE NAVIGATION

 

 

EN ROUTE

APPROACH

Doug DC10

Dual Delco

Carousel IV INSS

 

True

True/Mag

Doug DC8

Single Litton LTN‑3100 ONS, Dual Bendix PB20 Polar Path Compasses and a flight navigator

 

Grid

Grid/True

Lkheed 382

Dual Collins ADF 462 and dual King//Bendix KNR‑634 VORs and Dual Bendix PB60 Polar Path Compasses

True/Grid Station Referenced & Pilotage

True/Grid Station Referenced & Pilotage

OPSPEC B041, NORTH ATLANTIC OPERATION (NAT/OPS) WITH TWO ENGINE AIRPLANES UNDER PART 121.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B041 is issued to those 14 CFR part 121 operators who demonstrate the capability and competency to safely conduct operations over the North Atlantic with two‑engine airplanes within the 60‑minute constraint of part 121, § 121.161. This paragraph restricts the authorized area of operation to those portions of the North Atlantic which have a maximum diversion time, from any point along the route of flight, to a diversionary airport of 60 minutes or less at the approved one‑engine inoperative cruise speed (under standard conditions in still air). Due to the unique nature of these operations, OpSpec B041 will not be issued until review and concurrence is obtained from regional Flight Standards division (RFSD) and AFS–400. It is FAA policy and direction that these operations be evaluated and approved on a case‑by‑case basis. This evaluation must include consideration of the character of the terrain within the proposed area of operation, kind of operation, performance of the airplane to be used, capabilities of the alternate airports en route, and the provisions of OpSpec B041. This evaluation must also include consideration of the routes of flight, and airports and instrument approaches likely to be used during an en route diversion resulting from an in‑flight contingency.

B.     Other OpSpecs. Since these operations involve Class II Navigation, OpSpec B036 must also be issued. OpSpec B039 must be issued if an operation involves flight in North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications (NAT/MNPS) airspace. OpSpec B043 (special fuel reserves) and/or OpSpec B044 must also be issued if an operator is authorized to use the provisions of these paragraphs while conducting operations authorized by OpSpec B041. OpSpec B050 must authorize operation in the North Atlantic and must specify appropriate reference paragraphs including any restrictions/limitations necessary to accommodate operations of two‑engine airplanes in the North Atlantic. Since the operations authorized by OpSpec B041 are restricted by the 60‑minute rule, these operations comply with the basic provisions of § 121.161. Therefore, a request for deviation from the basic provisions of this rule is not required for this type of operation.

C.     Airplane Model. Each airplane (make/model) authorized for these operations must be listed in OpSpec B041. Any special equipment or limitations applicable to operations in the NAT/OPS area, including any prohibition of the operation of certain series of aircraft, must also be listed in OpSpec B041 for each make and model listed. The following is an example of how each authorized airplane should be listed.

Table 3‑11, Example Listing of Additional Special Equipment/Limitations by Authorized Airplane

AIRPLANE TYPE

MAKE/MODEL

ADDITIONAL SPECIAL

EQUIPMENT/LIMITATIONS

Boeing 767

DUAL NDB REQUIRED

Airbus 310

A‑310‑200 ONLY

OPSPEC/LOA B043, SPECIAL FUEL RESERVES IN INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B043 provides the method for approving operators that conduct operations under 14 CFR part 121 or 125 to use fuel supplies specified in OpSpec B043 in place of fuel supplies required by part 121, § 121.645 or part 125, § 125.377, as applicable. This authorization, OpSpec B043, is applicable to 14 CFR part 119 certificate holders conducting operations under part 121 or 125. As LOA B043, it is also applicable to those operators that have been issued a deviation from the certificate and OpSpec requirements of part 125 but are still required to conduct operations in accordance with part 125.

1)      This authorization grants the operator a deviation from certain requirements of § 121.645(b) or § 125.377(b), as applicable. Therefore, § 121.645(b) or § 125.377(b), as applicable, and OpSpec B043 must be listed in the operator’s OpSpec A005.
2)      Fuel supplies required by OpSpec B043 are a hybrid between domestic fuel reserves and international fuel reserves.
a)      When a portion of the route is conducted in an area(s) where the aircraft’s position can not be reliably fixed at least once each hour in accordance with paragraph B032 of these OpSpecs additional international reserve fuel supplies must be loaded in accordance with subparagraph b) below.
b)      The additional reserve fuel must be equal to the amount of fuel required to fly for a period of 10 percent of the time it takes to fly that portion of the route in Class II Navigation, unless utilizing this deviation in conjunction with OpSpec B343, Fuel Reserve for Nonstandard Flag and Supplemental Operations.

B.     Rationale. The rationale for the provisions of OpSpec B043 includes the following:

1)      The additional international fuel supply is required only for that portion of a flight in areas where there is a lack of International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standard Navigational Aids (NAVAID), reliable very‑high frequency (VHF) communications, reliability of winds aloft flight planning forecast, and diversionary airports. Examples of areas lacking these facilities and services include transoceanic areas, Northern Canada, the Polar Regions, and certain areas in South America, Africa, the Middle East, and Asia.
2)      The additional international reserve fuel supply is not required for flights in areas where there are ICAO standard NAVAIDs (Class I Navigation), reliable VHF communications, reliable upper air wind pattern information and availability of adequate diversionary airports.
3)      For example, the additional international reserve fuel supply is not required between inter‑European cities or for certain routes between U.S. cities and Central and South American cities. In another example, the additional international reserve fuel supply is not required for certain airways between the U.S. and Canada, or Alaska exclusive of the Northern Control Area (NCA) tracks which require long‑range navigation systems (LRNS) to adequately navigate to the degree of accuracy required by air traffic control (ATC) Class II Navigation.

C.     Reviewing the Proposed Operations. When an operator requests authorization to conduct operations using the special fuel reserves described in OpSpec B043, the principal operations inspector (POI) will advise AFS–400 or AFS–220/820 (202‑267‑7493) and the San Francisco International Field Office (SFO‑IFO) (650‑876‑2756) navigation specialists as appropriate. AFS–400 will arrange for one of the FAA’s navigation and aircraft dispatch aviation safety inspector (ASI) specialists to work with the POI to ensure the operator’s proposed operations with special fuel reserves will meet appropriate requirements. AFS–220/820 will review the operator’s request and supporting documentation and advise the POI of concurrence and or comments.

D.    Operator Procedures. Before issuing OpSpec B043, the operator must develop procedures, which ensure that flightcrews and aircraft dispatchers (or flight followers) are made specifically aware of fuel supplies to be used for a particular flight.

1)      The procedures must provide for strict in‑flight monitoring of fuel consumption and calculation of fuel remaining at the end of flight.
2)      These procedures must specifically prohibit use of the provisions of OpSpec B044 (re‑dispatch or re‑release) when a flight is conducted in accordance with OpSpec B043.
3)      These procedures must require flightcrews report immediately to the aircraft dispatcher or flight follower anytime the estimated time of arrival at the destination exceeds 15 minutes beyond the flight plan estimated time of arrival (ETA), the cruise altitude varies by 4,000 feet or more from the flight plan, or the airplane deviates more than 100 nautical miles (NM) from the flight‑planned route.
4)      Procedures must be established for flightcrews, aircraft dispatchers, or flight followers, as applicable, for the reporting of a fuel emergency or any fuel states that result in coordination with ATC or dispatch that then result in ATC providing priority handling of that aircraft.
5)      These procedures must be included in the operator’s manual.
6)      Flight crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers or flight followers, as applicable, must be trained to use these procedures.

E.     Reviewing the Proposed Procedures. The POI must ensure the operator’s procedures are adequate and that crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers (or flight followers), as applicable, who will be using the procedures are properly trained. The POI should request the assistance of the AFS–400 navigation specialists and AFS–220/820 specialists to review the procedures. OpSpec B043 authorization may be issued when the response from AFS–400 and AFS–220/820 has concurred that the procedures are adequate. The POI will review the response and comments and resolve any issues and issue OpSpec B043.

Note:      OpSpec/LOA A005 must also be amended to list the deviation from § 121.645 or § 125.377, as applicable.

OPSPEC B045, EXTENDED OVERWATER OPERATIONS USING A SINGLE LONG‑RANGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM.

A.     Requirements. All 14 CFR part 121 operations must be conducted in accordance with part 121, §§ 121.711 and 121.359. All 14 CFR part 125 operations must be conducted in accordance with part 125, § 125.203(e). All 14 CFR part 135 operations must be conducted in accordance with part 135, § 135.151. Each airplane equipped with only one operating high frequency (HF) or satellite link communication system must be capable of monitoring and communicating with air traffic control (ATC) during the flight segment when the airplane is operated beyond the range of ground‑based very‑high frequency (VHF) radio communications equipment.

B.     Letters of Agreement. Prior to commencing operations in the extended overwater area approved in OpSpec B045, the carrier will enter into and obtain letters of agreement from the appropriate oceanic control areas. Copies of these letters should be maintained by FAA in the OpSpecs correspondence file.

C.     VHF Communications Gap. All flights in oceanic airspace conducted with a functional Single Long‑Range Communication System (SLRCS), over any airway or other approved route should not normally exceed a two‑way VHF communications gap of 30 minutes when operating at the aircraft’s normal en route altitude.

D.    Exceeding the VHF Communications Gap. A request for authorization to operate over a portion of a route that exceeds a 30‑minute VHF communications gap may be submitted to the Administrator if the oceanic control center agrees by letter. The certificate holder may request approval for a nonstandard OpSpec B045 that meets the requirements of §§ 121.351(c), 125.203(e), or 135.165(d), as applicable. The nonstandard OpSpec B045 must be requested from the Administrator through AFS–200 or the General Aviation and Commercial Division (AFS‑800) as appropriate.

E.     Part 135. If operations are conducted under part 135 using this OpSpec paragraph, each certificate holder’s manual will contain procedures that ensure that the additional requirements of OpSpec B045 subparagraph f are met.

F.      Part 125. If the operations are conducted under part 125 using this OpSpec B045, each certificate holder’s manual will contain procedures that ensure that the additional requirements of OpSpec B045 subparagraph e are met.

G.    Functional Check Procedures. The certificate holder’s manual will contain procedures to ensure that the pilot in command (PIC) satisfactorily completes a functional check of the SLRCS prior to entering oceanic airspace.

H.    Principal Operations Inspector (POI) Dispatch Manual Review. The POI will review the dispatch manual, if appropriate, to ensure the proper procedures have been included.

I.       POI Training Program Review. The POI will review and approve any changes to the training program to ensure that all flightcrews are familiar with the use of this authorization. The POI should ensure that overwater SLRCS has been incorporated and appropriately addressed in the certificate holder’s approved training curricula. Part 125 initial and recurrent pilot testing programs should be updated with applicable information from these paragraphs.

J.      Coordination Requirements. Coordination with avionics and airworthiness inspectors is required to ensure proper installation of the SLRCS.

K.    Minimum Equipment List (MEL) Review. The MEL should be reviewed to ensure that the deferral of communications equipment does not conflict with this authorization. See Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 2, Paragraph 4‑27.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B046, OPERATIONS IN REDUCED VERTICAL SEPARATION MINIMUM (RVSM) AIRSPACE.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B046 provides general authority for RVSM airspace operations RVSM airspace authorization is applicable to all 14 CFR part 91 operators and 14 CFR part 121, 125, and 135 certificate holders that have been or wish to be authorized to operate on RVSM route systems. RVSM is in effect in the North Atlantic, the Pacific Oceanic Flight Information Regions (FIR) including the North Pacific (NOPAC) and Central East Pacific (CEPAC) Route Systems. RVSM programs enable 1,000‑foot vertical separation to be applied between aircraft above flight level (FL) 290. Part 91, § 91.706, Operations Within Airspace Designed as Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum Airspace, and part 91 appendix G, Operations in Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) Airspace, provide regulatory policy for RVSM programs.

B.     RVSM FIRs and FLs. The FIRs where RVSM may be implemented are listed in part 91 appendix G. The specific FLs where RVSM is implemented within each FIR are published in the Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) and Notices to Airmen (NOTAM) published by the responsible Air Traffic Service (AAT) provider. Each operator that is authorized RVSM operations is responsible for verifying those FLs before conducting RVSM operations.

C.     Relationship Between Minimum Navigation Performance Specification (MNPS) and RVSM Approvals. If the operator intends to operate in MNPS airspace at FLs where RVSM is applied, then approval of both lateral and vertical navigation performance is required. For part 121, 125, and 135 operators, paragraphs B039 (MNPS), B046, and D092 must be issued. If these operators choose to operate in MNPS at FLs where RVSM is not applied, then only approval of lateral navigation through issuing paragraph B039 is required.

D.    Specific Emphasis. Two items have shown to need specific emphasis in RVSM authorizations:

1)      Training on the Effect of RVSM on Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) Operations. Operators whose aircraft are equipped with TCAS must ensure that pilots are knowledgeable on the effect of RVSM on TCAS operation.
2)      Wake Turbulence Procedures. Operators must ensure that pilots are knowledgeable on lateral offset procedures to mitigate the effect of wake turbulence. AAT providers have published procedures to enable pilots to mitigate the effect of wake turbulence in oceanic airspace where RVSM is applied.

E.     Verification of Aircraft RVSM Eligibility. Aviation safety inspectors (ASI) need to confirm an aircraft’s eligibility to conduct RVSM operations. The aircraft engineering and maintenance that are required for an in‑service aircraft to be approved for RVSM operations have normally been documented in Service Bulletins (SB) and Aircraft Service Changes. These documents have been developed by aircraft manufacturers and reviewed by the appropriate Aircraft Certification Office (ACO) prior to distribution. Since the initial implementation of RVSM in March 1997, a number of aircraft manufacturers have incorporated RVSM aircraft equipage and altitude‑keeping performance requirements into the certification process for production aircraft. In such cases, SBs or Aircraft Service Changes should not be required. If questions arise on the RVSM eligibility, ASIs can contact the Aircraft Engineering Division (AIR‑100) at (202) 267‑9580, or AFS–400 at (202) 385‑4586. For RVSM eligibility of in‑production or new‑production aircraft, Flight Standards inspectors should request that the operator provide them with a copy of one of the following documents:

1)      The Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) should contain a statement that the aircraft is eligible for operation in RVSM airspace, or
2)      The type certificate data sheet (TCDS) can specifically describe the avionics configurations and continued airworthiness criteria, or provide reference to FAA‑approved documentation in the form of a written report.

F.      Evaluating the Operator’s Programs. The operator should submit the maintenance program and the operations program for approval simultaneously. Evaluation of operations programs should be completed in conjunction with the evaluation of Continuous Airworthiness Maintenance Programs (CAMP). OpSpec D092, Maintenance Program Authorization for Airplanes Used for Operations in Designated Reduced Vertical Separation must also be issued for RVSM authorization. OpSpec D092 lists the aircraft that are authorized and maintained in accordance with an approved maintenance program.

G.    OpSpec B050. OpSpec paragraph B046 should be listed in the specific areas of operation listed in OpSpec paragraph B050 when the operator is granted authorization to conduct RVSM operations in those areas. If an operator has RVSM authorization, the principal operations inspector (POI) must ensure that the differences in procedures for a new area of operation are addressed before adding OpSpec B046 to the new area in B050.

H.    Further Guidance. For extensive and inclusive guidance and documentation for RVSM authorization, go to the RVSM homepage at: http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/ato/service_units/enroute/rvsm/. For other questions, contact the navigation specialists in AFS–400 at (202) 385‑4586.

OPSPEC B047, CLASS II NAVIGATION USING A FLIGHT NAVIGATOR. OpSpec B047 authorizes the use of a flight navigator in Class II Navigation. Operator requests for an option that authorizes the use of flight navigators as the primary means of Class II Navigation occur infrequently. When an operator requests authorization to use a flight navigator in any of the areas listed in OpSpec B050, the principal operations inspector (POI) will advise AFS–400 (202‑385‑4586). AFS–400 will arrange for one of the FAA’s navigation specialists to work with the POI to ensure the operator’s long‑range navigation (LRN) program (including the use of a flight navigator) meets appropriate requirements.

OPSPEC B048, OPERATIONS IN THE VICINITY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. OpSpec B048 contains specific operational limitations and provisions for granting an operator deviation authority to conduct sightseeing and air tour operations in the state of Hawaii below 1,500 feet above the surface. Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) 71, Special Operating Rules for Air Tour Operators in the State of Hawaii, prescribes the operating rules for airplane and helicopter operators to conduct visual flight rules (VFR) sightseeing and air tour operations in Hawaii. This authorization cannot be issued to fractional ownership program managers (14 CFR part 91K).

A.     SFAR 71 Procedures Document. Each operator must have a FAA‑approved SFAR 71 Procedures Document that contains a minimum of the following:

1)      A description of specific sites, transition segments, and overwater segments.
2)      The restrictions that apply for operations below 1,000 feet above the surface at specific sites, including height‑velocity restrictions and raw terrain descriptions.
3)      An identification of designated areas at specific sites or transition segments suitable for an emergency landing in the event of an engine failure.
4)      A description of the planned entry to and egress from the approved specific sites.
5)      The operator’s plan for ensuring that its pilots conducting flights under this authorization will conduct or participate in at least one formal air tour safety meeting each 12 calendar‑months, beginning from the commencement of air tour operations, to discuss safety issues and procedures that pilots will follow while conducting operations under SFAR 71. This plan should include:
a)      Provisions for the documentation of each pilot’s attendance at the air tour safety meetings that must be retained for a minimum of one year or until the training is repeated, whichever is later.
b)      The operator’s plan for notifying the Honolulu Flight Standards District Office (FSDO) at least 10 days prior to these meetings to give the FAA an opportunity to participate.

B.     SFAR 71 Training Program. Each operator must have an FAA‑approved SFAR 71 training program that covers at least the following:

1)      The provisions and limitations of SFAR 71 and the operator’s FAA‑approved SFAR 71 Procedures Document.
2)      Initial training for each pilot, which includes flight instruction by an authorized company instructor over all site‑specific locations for operations being conducted under SFAR 71.
3)      Each pilot in command (PIC) will have passed a 14 CFR part 135, § 135.299 line check, which includes a representative SFAR 71 transition segment and site‑specific area conducted by the Administrator or company check airman.
4)      All other applicable limitations and provisions contained in OpSpec B048.

C.     Initial Evaluation. The Administrator will conduct an initial evaluation of each company flight instructor over all site‑specific locations before authorizing the instructor to conduct flight instruction for operations being conducted under SFAR 71.

D.    Pilot Requirements. Each pilot using the provisions of this authorization who is conducting sightseeing operations under § 135.1(c) will be knowledgeable of SFAR 71 and operate in accordance with the provisions and limitations of OpSpec B048. Initially, and thereafter annually, each pilot must satisfactorily complete both knowledge and flight tests administered by an FAA aviation safety inspector (ASI) qualified to perform this function.

E.     Additional Limitations and Provisions. The principal operations inspector (POI) has the option of adding additional limitations and provisions for specific Hawaiian Islands in subparagraph e of OpSpec B048 without going through the nonstandard paragraph processing. If this feature is not required, the POI must not leave the selection blank but enter N/A in place of any additional limitations and provisions.

F.      OpSpec B050. OpSpec B050 must refer to OpSpec B048, as applicable.

G.    OpSpec A005. Because this OpSpec B048 authorizes a deviation to SFAR 71, it must be listed in OpSpec A005. It should be recorded as “SFAR 71 section 6” with the statement in the remarks column: “Ops below 1,500 feet AGL.”

OPSPEC B049, OPERATIONS IN THE GRAND CANYON NATIONAL PARK SPECIAL FLIGHT RULES AREA.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B049 contains specific operational limitations and provisions for granting an air carrier the authority for air tour operations in the Grand Canyon National Park‑Special Flight Rules Area (GCNP‑SFRA). The current edition of FAA Order 1380.2, Las Vegas FSDO Grand Canyon National Park Special Flight Rules Area Procedures Manual, outlines the procedures for this authorization. This manual may be obtained from the Las Vegas Flight Standards District Office (FSDO), Grand Canyon Unit. The Las Vegas FSDO will also provide the principal operations inspector (POI) with a memorandum outlining the process for authorizing air tour operations in the GCNP‑SFRA. This authorization cannot be issued to fractional ownership program managers (14 CFR part 91K).

B.     Tours Per Year. In accordance with 14 CFR part 93, § 93.319(a), no operator may conduct a greater number of commercial air tours per calendar year than the number of allocations appearing on the operator’s OpSpec B049, unless excepted by regulation. Each commercial air tour operator operating in the GCNP‑SFRA is permitted to operate a certain fixed number of air tours per calendar year.

1)      No operator will receive a greater number of allocations than the number of commercial air tours conducted by the operator in the GCNP‑SFRA and reported to the FAA during the period beginning May 1, 1997 and ending April 30, 1998.
2)      Each operator who reported air tours in the GCNP‑SFRA receives allocations designated for that operator only.
3)      Operators who reported commercial air tours in the Dragon and/or Zuni Point Corridors receive specific allocations for these corridors. These Dragon and/or Zuni Point Corridor allocations are included as a part of the total allocations designated for each operator, if appropriate.
4)      An operator must use one allocation for each flight that is a commercial air tour, unless excepted by regulation.
5)      An operator may use allocations designated for the Dragon or Zuni Point Corridors outside of those areas, but may not use allocations not specifically designated for the Dragon or Zuni Point Corridors within the Dragon and Zuni Point Corridors.
6)      An operator who meets the requirements for commercial SFRA operations and operates in conformance with its GCNP‑SFRA OpSpecs is not required to use a commercial air tour allocation for each commercial air tour flight in the GCNP‑SFRA if the following conditions are met:
a)      The operator must have executed a written contract with the Hualapai Indian Nation granting the operator a trespass permit and specifying the maximum number of flights to be permitted to land at Grand Canyon West Airport and at other sites located in the vicinity of that airport.
b)      The operator must operate in compliance with that contract.
c)      The operator must have a valid OpSpec B049 that authorizes the operator to conduct the operations specified in the contract with the Hualapai Indian Nation and specifically approves the number of operations that may transit the GCNP‑SFRA under this exception.
7)      Operators who have previously conducted commercial air tours in the GCNP‑SFRA may continue to do so without an initial allocation if they did not receive an initial allocation in 1999 or 2000 for one of the following reasons:
a)      The operator conducted commercial air tours at or above 14,500 feet mean sea level (MSL) but below 18,000 feet MSL and was not required to report during the base year. The operator does not require an allocation to continue to conduct air tours at those altitudes.
b)      The operator conducted commercial air tours in the area affected by the eastward shift of the SFRA boundaries and was not required to report during the base year. The operator does not require an allocation to continue operating on its specified routes in the area bounded by longitude line 111º42” west and longitude line 111º36” west.

C.     Commercial Sightseeing Flight Reporting Requirements. In accordance with § 93.325, each operator conducting commercial sightseeing flights within the GCNP‑SFRA will submit in writing, within 30 days of the close of each calendar quarter, the total number of commercial air tours conducted within the GCNP‑SFRA during that quarter. The quarterly reports must be filed with the Las Vegas FSDO and must contain the following information:

·        Make and model of aircraft;

·        Identification number (registration number) for each aircraft;

·        Departure airport for each segment flown;

·        Departure date and actual Universal Coordinated Time, as applicable for each segment flown;

·        Type of operation; and

·        Route(s) flown.

D.    Maximum Number of Allocations. The maximum number of allocations for the Dragon and/or Zuni Point Corridors and the maximum number of total allocations for the GCNP‑SFRA must be listed in OpSpec B049 subparagraph a(2). See the OpSpecs job aid in the automated Operations Safety Subsystem (OPSS) Guidance Subsystem in association with OpSpec B049 for examples.

1)      The operator may not be authorized to conduct more commercial air tours in the GCNP‑SFRA per year than the number of initial allocations authorized in OpSpec B049, unless permitted by exemption. If an exemption is granted, this number should be altered accordingly in OpSpec B049 and the exemption listed in OpSpec A005.
2)      The Grand Canyon Unit of the Las Vegas FSDO, (702) 269‑1445, is the source for this number of authorized commercial air tours for each operator.

E.     Curfew Limitations. As appropriate, the operator must comply with the curfew limitations of § 93.317. It reads, “Unless otherwise authorized by the Flight Standards District Office, no person may conduct a commercial Special Flight Rules Area operation in the Dragon and Zuni Point corridors during the following flight‑free periods:

1)      “Summer season (May 1 ‑ September 30) ‑ 6 p.m. to 8 a.m. daily; and
2)      “Winter season (October 1 ‑ April 30) ‑ 5 p.m. to 9 a.m. daily.”

F.      OpSpec B050. OpSpec B049 must be referenced in OpSpec B050, as applicable.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B050, AUTHORIZED AREAS OF EN ROUTE OPERATION, LIMITATIONS, AND PROCEDURES. This section provides operators and principal operations inspectors (POI) with detailed information on the OPSS functionality with regard to the issuance of B050:

·        Paragraph A—Provides general overview.

·        Paragraph B—Describes process steps for the development of B050.

·        Paragraph C—Includes a list and definitions of the standard authorized areas as displayed in OPSS.

·        Paragraph D—ETOPS Areas of Operation/B050 interface.

·        Paragraph E—Guidance for adding areas with limited FAA oversight.

A.     Purpose. B050 must specify only the areas of en route operation (or individual routes that have specific limitations or procedures associated with the route) for which the operator is authorized to conduct under 14 CFR parts 91 subpart K (91K), 121, 121/135, 125 (including the Letter of Deviation Authority (LODA) 125 operators), and 135 operations. B050 must include all areas of en route operation where the operator conducts scheduled and nonscheduled operations. B050 prohibits operations in areas not listed. It is important to consider those areas where the operator may conduct nonscheduled operations. When amending B050, the POI should review the guidance for OpSpec/MSpec/LOA B450, Sensitive International Areas, to determine if B450 needs to be updated as well.

B.     B050 Process Steps. To prepare B050 for issuance, the POI or operator must accomplish the following:

1)      Coordinate with the operator to prepare the “list of the areas of en route operation.” The POI should work directly with the operator when preparing the list. This is particularly important when extensive international operations are involved. Operators requesting approval for special areas of operation (e.g., North Atlantic Tracks (NAT)/minimum navigation performance specification (MNPS), area of magnetic unreliability (AMU), or initial Class II Navigation authorization) must consult a navigation specialist, as required by policy in Order 8900.1.
2)      Obtain the “list of areas of en route operation.” The OPSS guidance contains detailed information on geographical areas.
3)      Select the individual areas of en route operation for authorization. Paragraph C contains the areas listing. All selected areas must be contiguous. For example, if “the 48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia” and “the State of Hawaii” are selected and operations will be authorized between those areas, make an appropriate selection for the Pacific Ocean. The WebOPSS application approves all of the selected countries and/or territories within the authorized area by default. WebOPSS allows countries within the selected authorized area to be included, excluded, or overfly. Explanations of these selections are below:
a)      None (Default) is the preferred method of selection. This selection allows selection of the entire prescribed authorized area of en route operations. In some cases FAA Headquarters unilaterally restricts some countries for the None (Default) selection. An example is Asia—Excluding North Korea, Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) 79. In this example North Korea is restricted from the selections of Include, Exclude, or Overflight. In the case where an SFAR is applicable, the POI must inform the carrier. Headquarters will remove the SFAR country from its current authorized area and develop a new selectable authorized area of en route operation that addresses the SFAR. Headquarters will issue a notice announcing the change.
b)      Include is used in the rare case when the operator selects an authorized geographic area, but only one or two countries are approved for flight operations over or within those countries in the authorized area. For part 121 scheduled operators, OpSpec C070 must list the authorized airports. Use Include to authorize a geographic area where the operator has completed validation tests for the specific country, but not the entire authorized area of en route operations. This allows the operator who has limited exposure to a complicated navigation area to operate into a specific country that it has demonstrated competency by validation testing. For example, an operator is authorized operations into Hong Kong, Macao, or Taiwan, but not mainland China. Both altitude measurement standards and Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) procedures are different in these locations from the rest of China.
c)      Exclude is used when an authorized geographic area includes a country or territory where restrictions (e.g., economic sanctions) or Notices to Airmen (NOTAM) regarding potentially hazardous conditions exist. Reasons for exclusion can be, but not limited to, NOTAM, politically sensitive areas, operator preference, or operational capabilities. An example of exclusion would be Yemen. Yemen would be selected as Exclude from the area of the Middle East—Excluding Iraq. Note that Iraq is already excluded from the Middle East due to SFAR 77.
d)      Overflight is used when a geographic area is authorized, but selected countries are only authorized for overflight operations. Similar to Exclude, use Overflight when an operator has authorization to overfly a geographic area where restrictions such as economic sanctions or NOTAMs regarding potentially hazardous conditions exist. Reasons for overflight can be, but not limited to, NOTAMs, politically sensitive areas, operator preference, or operational capabilities. For example, to authorize overflight of Cuba, an operator would be authorized Caribbean Sea—Including the islands/nations and the Havana flight information region (FIR), with Cuba selected for overflight.
4)      The operator or POI should use B050 subparagraph b Table 2, Limitations, Provisions, and Special Requirements, for any special operational considerations (refer to Table 3‑15). Each limitation, provision, or special requirement number must be associated with the applicable authorized area of B050 in the Notes Reference # column of Table 1. The following are examples of Limitations, Provisions, and Special Requirements:
a)      Limitation—Specific route approval required to maintain compliance with OpSpec A013 (Part 121, 125, and 135 Operations without Certain Emergency Equipment). Specific route approval would avoid operations beyond 162 nautical miles from shoreline in the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean.
b)      Provision—Authorization to land at Guantanamo Bay NAS.
c)      Special Requirement—If an operator has multiple engine/airframe combinations approved for ETOPS, and not all engine/airframe combinations are authorized in all areas listed in B050, the operator should list the specific engine/airframe combination as a note reference.
5)      OPSS will auto‑fill required paragraphs in B050 Table 1, Reference Paragraphs, column for each area of en route operation by CFR part. For example, for parts 121 and 135, OPSS will auto‑fill B031 and B032. In part 135, B032 does not apply to visual flight rules (VFR)‑only operations; therefore, it must be manually deleted for those types of operations.
6)      In certain areas of en route operation, reference paragraphs are mandatory (Central East Pacific (CEPAC), B037; North Pacific (NOPAC), B038; NAT/MNPS, B039; and areas of magnetic unreliability (AMU), B040). These required paragraphs have been preloaded as reference paragraphs in B050. The POI must not manually delete these mandatory reference paragraphs when the operator is authorized to operate in these areas. The certificate holder must meet the requirements of those authorizations, and B050 must include references to those authorizations.
7)      The operator or POI will select the mandatory paragraphs referenced in each area that is applicable to the CFR part. The guidance for these paragraphs is below. Evaluate and select optional paragraphs that apply to the operation in that area of operation. It is important to note that initial authorization for optional paragraphs must be coordinated with a specialist, as indicated. Upon receiving initial approval, the POI, in coordination with a navigation specialist and/or ETOPS specialist, is responsible to determine whether further validation is necessary when authorizing additional areas.
a)      For example; an operator obtains ETOPS authority for a B‑767 operation in Canada and the North Atlantic. The operator will add B342 in the reference paragraph in Canada and the North Atlantic MNPS airspace. The operator then requests to fly the same aircraft, B‑767, from the West Coast to Hawaii. This requires the operator to validate this operation before placing B342 in the Central and South Pacific airspace in the reference paragraphs. The POI should consult the AFS‑200 ETOPS specialist when determining whether to include these reference paragraphs.
b)      Manually add other applicable optional reference paragraphs to a specific area of en route operation. These other reference paragraphs either specify a requirement such as long‑range navigation equipment, or grant a specific authorization such as, use of Area Navigation (RNAV) equipment for Class I navigation. The POI must determine which reference paragraphs are pertinent to each area of en route operation. These other reference paragraphs may include, but are not limited to the following:

·        B034—IFR Class I Terminal and En Route Navigation Using Area Navigation Systems.

·        B035—Class I Navigation in the U.S. Class A Airspace using Area Navigation or Long‑Range Navigation Systems.

·        B036—Class II Navigation Using Multiple Long-Range Navigation Systems (LRNS).

·        B037—Operations in Central East Pacific (CEPAC) Airspace.

·        B038—North Pacific (NOPAC) Operations.

·        B039—Operations in North Atlantic (NAT) Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications (MNPS) Airspace.

·        B040—Operations in Areas of Magnetic Unreliability.

·        B041—North Atlantic Operations with Two-Engine Airplanes Under Part 121.

·        B043—Special Fuel Reserves in International Operations.

·        B044—Planned Redispatch or Rerelease En route.

·        B045—Extended Overwater Operations Using a Single Long‑Range Communications System.

·        B046—Operations in Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) Airspace.

·        B054—Class II Navigation Using Single Long-Range Navigation System (S-LRNS).

·        B055—North Polar Operations.

·        B059—Canadian MNPS Airspace. (B059 is only issued to part 135 operators.)

·        B342—Extended Operations (ETOPS) with Two-Engine Airplanes Under Part 121.

·        B343—Fuel Reserves for Flag and Supplemental Operations.

·        B344—Extended Operations (ETOPS) in Passenger-Carrying Airplanes with More Than Two Engines Under Part 121.

8)      After the reference paragraphs are either deleted or added, any special requirement pertinent to an area of en route operation or to a particular aircraft operating within the area must be prepared and added to B050. The recommended method for accomplishing this is the use of the B050 Table 2, Limitations, Provisions, and Special Requirements. In the Notes Reference # column, notes should be consecutively and uniquely numbered. After each unique number in the Note Reference # column the applicable limitation, provision, or special requirements must be described in the Limitations, Provisions, and Special Requirements column. The note reference number must also be entered in the Note Reference # column in Table 1 adjacent to each area of en route operation to which the note applies. The following illustration is an example of how special requirements can be annotated. For the purpose of illustration, the example presumes an operator authorized to conduct operations under part 121.

Table 3‑15, Example of Special Requirements Annotations for a Part 121 Operator

Authorized Areas of En Route Operation

Reference Paragraphs

Note Reference #

Atlantic Ocean—West Atlantic Route System (WATRS)—The North Atlantic Ocean west of the western boundary of NAT/MNPS airspace to include the San Juan control area (CTA)/FIR and the Atlantic portion of the Miami Oceanic CTA

A056, B031, B032, B034, B036, B045, B046, B054, B342

3, 7

 

Note Reference #

Limitations, Provisions, and Special Requirements

3

B‑777—CPDLC Operations for New York Oceanic, Gander and Shanwick FIRs only

7

ETOPS—B-757‑212 P/W 2037 engines only

C.     Listing and Explanation of Authorized Areas of En Route Operation. The authorized areas of en route operations below are the standard selections from OPSS. The composition of each authorized area of operations is contained in the Authorized Areas Country Listing document located in the OPSS guidance area associated with B050. The optional paragraphs below may not include all paragraphs. The POI must consult with FAA headquarters for applicability of nonstandard paragraphs in B050. The list below does not include certain Part A OpSpecs. The POI is responsible to ensure that any Part A paragraphs that reference B050 are listed in the Reference Paragraph column of the applicable area of operation. Certain optional paragraphs will require consultation with one or more of the following: navigation specialist, Dispatch inspector, ETOPS specialist. The optional reference paragraphs that require consultation with a specialist will be identified by an asterisk (*). Examples include B044 (Re‑dispatch), B043 (Special Fuel Reserves), initial Class II navigation (B036 or B054), B055 (Polar Operations), and B342 (ETOPS). Each area listed below contains a short explanation of the geographic area followed by a standard list of considerations for each area selected. The inspector should ensure that the required paragraphs are issued to the operator. The operator may require optional paragraphs depending on its complexity and type of operation.

1)      Africa—Ethiopia, SFAR 87. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of Ethiopia. The operator must comply with SFAR 87.
a)      Headquarters Approval. Yes, contact AFS‑200.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B036 not required for operations within Ethiopia. B343 requires Headquarters approval.

2)      Africa—Excluding Ethiopia and Somalia. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Africa, except Ethiopia and Somalia.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B036 not required for operations within Africa. B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

3)      Africa—Somalia, SFAR 107. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of Somalia. The operator must comply with SFAR 107.
a)      Headquarters Approval. Yes, contact AFS‑200.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B036 is not required for operations within Somalia. B343 requires Headquarters approval.

4)      Asia—Excluding North Korea. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Asia, except North Korea.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       RVSM in China (Metric) differs from International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standards. B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

5)      Asia—North Korea SFAR 79 (Portions of Pyongyang FIR). Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of North Korea. The operator must comply with SFAR 79.
a)      Headquarters Approval. Yes, contact AFS‑200.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B343 requires Headquarters approval.

6)      Atlantic Ocean—The Atlantic Ocean Islands/Nations. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the islands and nations in the Atlantic Ocean bound in the north by 78° N. latitude and to the sound by 67° S. latitude.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (Refer to the special notes below.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B039*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       Selection of this area will require authorization of at least an additional Atlantic Ocean navigational area. The additional navigational area may require coordination with a navigation specialist. OpSpec B343 requires Headquarters approval.

7)      Atlantic Ocean—The North Atlantic Ocean Specified as “Special Contingency Routings” in the Current Edition of the U.S. International Flight Information Manual (IFIM). Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace of the Special Contingency Routings defined in the current edition of the U.S. IFIM.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B039*, B041*, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B039 is required unless the operator intends to operate at altitudes above or below NAT/MNPS airspace. B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

8)      Atlantic Ocean—Atlantic Ocean at Flight Levels Above and Below NAT/MNPS Airspace Boundaries. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace of the Atlantic Ocean when the operator is not approved to operate in the exclusionary NAT/MNPS airspace.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B041*, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

9)      Atlantic Ocean—Atlantic Ocean NAT/MNPS Airspace. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the exclusionary NAT/MNPS airspace.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, B039*, and B046.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B034, B041, B043*, B044*, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

10)  Atlantic Ocean—Atlantic Ocean South of New York and Santa Maria Oceanic FIRs. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace South of NAT/MNPS airspace to the South Polar region (67º S.).
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B034, B041, B043*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

11)  Atlantic Ocean—WATRS: the North Atlantic Ocean West of the Western Boundary of NAT/MNPS Airspace to Include the San Juan CTA/FIR and the Atlantic Portion of the Miami Oceanic CTA. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace as defined.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036, B043*, B044*, B045*, B046, B054*, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

12)  Australia and New Zealand. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Australia and New Zealand.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       For operations between Australia and New Zealand, the operator must select Pacific Ocean—The Central and South Pacific Ocean. The possibility of remote or oceanic operations in this area may require B036; therefore, navigation specialist coordination is required. B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

13)  Canada—Canadian MNPS Airspace. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the Canadian MNPS airspace as defined in the Canadian Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP).
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, and B059* (required for part 135).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. A353, B032, B034, B040*, B043*, B044*, B046, B055*, B342*, B343*, B344*.

Note:       Operations north of 78º N. Latitude require selection of the “Polar Areas—North Polar Area—North of 78 degrees North Latitude to the North Pole” area. Operations north of 68º N. latitude may require AMU authorization. A353, B342, B343, and B344 require Headquarters approval.

14)  Canada—Excluding Canadian MNPS Airspace. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area defined in the Canadian AIP as the Southern Domestic Airspace.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031 and B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. A353, B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       A353, B342, and B343 require Headquarters approval.

15)  Caribbean Sea—Including the Islands/Nations and the Havana FIR. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the islands and nations in the Caribbean Sea and the Havana FIR.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No. (See special notes.)
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031 and B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B054*.

Note:       AFS‑200 coordination is required for operations within the Havana FIR and/or Cuba. Initial Class II navigation (B036 or B054) requests require coordination with a navigation specialist.

16)  Caribbean Sea—Including the Islands/Nations, Excluding the Havana FIR. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the islands and nations in the Caribbean Sea, excluding approval for operations within the territory or airspace Cuba and the Havana FIR.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031 and B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B054*.

Note:       Initial Class II navigation (B036 or B054) requests require coordination with a navigation specialist.

17)  Central America. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Central America.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B343 requires Headquarters approval.

18)  China. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       RVSM (B046) for the People’s Republic of China authorization requires coordination with a navigation specialist. B343 requires Headquarters approval.

19)  Europe—and the Mediterranean. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Europe and the Mediterranean Sea.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B343 requires Headquarters approval.

20)  Gulf of Mexico. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace of the Gulf of Mexico.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031 and B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, B054*, and B343*.

Note:       B036 or B054 may be required based on operator’s complexity. Consult a navigation specialist for initial Class II navigation authorization. B343 requires Headquarters approval.

21)  Indian Ocean—Including the Islands/Nations. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the islands and nations in the Indian Ocean to 67° S. latitude including the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

22)  Mexico. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Mexico.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B343 requires Headquarters approval.

23)  Middle East—Excluding Iraq. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of the Middle East, except for Iraq.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B036 is required for operations over Afghanistan. B343 requires Headquarters approval.

24)  Middle East—Iraq SFAR 77. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of Iraq. The operator must comply with SFAR 77.
a)      Headquarters Approval. Yes, contact AFS‑200.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. A530, B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.
f)        Special Notes: A530 (SFAR 77, paragraph 3) and B343 require Headquarters approval.

Note:       A530 is not required when flight operations over or within the territory of Iraq is authorized in accordance with SFAR 77 paragraph 2 and 4.

25)  Pacific Ocean—The North Pacific Ocean. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace north of 40° N. latitude, bound in the west by Japan’s Fukuoka FIR (inclusive), bound in the east by the North American coast line to include the Anchorage Artic CTA/FIR, and the NOPAC Air Traffic Services (ATS) routes and the Pacific Organized Track System (PACOTS).
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, B038*, and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, B343*, and B344*.

Note:       Initial Class II approval requires consultation with a navigation specialist. B342, B343, and B344 require Headquarters approval.

26)  Pacific Ocean—The Central and South Pacific Ocean. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace of the Central and South Pacific Ocean South of 40° N. latitude to 67° S. latitude, excluding the Fukuoka FIR (Japan’s FIR).
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, and B037*.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, B343*, and B344*.

Note:       Initial Class II approval requires consultation with a navigation specialist. B342, B343, and B344 require Headquarters approval.

27)  Pacific Ocean—The Pacific Ocean Islands/Nations. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the islands and nations in the Pacific Ocean.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       Selection of this area will require either the “Pacific Ocean—The North Pacific Ocean” or the “Pacific Ocean—The Central and South Pacific Ocean” navigational area authorization. The additional navigational area may require coordination with a navigation specialist. State of Hawaii operations are a separate area of authorization. B343 require Headquarters approval.

28)  Polar Areas—South Polar Area 67º South Latitude to the South Pole Inclusive. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace of the South Polar area 67º S. latitude to the South Pole.
a)      Headquarters Approval. Yes.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, B040*, and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B034, B044*, B342*, and B344*.

Note:       Operators requesting South Polar area approval must give 90‑day advanced notification to AFS‑200 and the Flight Technologies and Procedures Division, AFS‑400. B342 and B344 require Headquarters approval.

29)  Polar Areas—North Polar Area North of 78º North Latitude to the North Pole. Select this area of operation when an operator is planning operations within the airspace above 78º N. Latitude to the North Pole.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, B040*, B055*, and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B039, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, B343*, and B344*.

Note:       Approval for operations in the Canadian MNPS may also be required. B342, B343, and B344 require Headquarters approval.

30)  Russia, Mongolia, and the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) Nations. Select this area of operation when an operator is planning operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of the Russia, Mongolia, and the other CIS nations including the ocean areas north of the Russia coast line defined as south of 78° N. latitude bound in the east by the intersection of the Arctic Circle and the International Date Line (approximately 170°/180° meridian), and bound in the west by 30° E. longitude.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B342*, B343*, and B344*.

Note:       B342, B343, and B344 require Headquarters approval.

31)  South America. Select this area of operation when planning operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of South America.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for part 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

32)  USA—The 48 Contiguous United States and the District of Columbia. Select this area of operation when an operator is planning operations within the territory or airspace of the 48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031 and B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B035, and B046.
33)  USA—The State of Alaska. Select this area of operation when an operator is planning operations within the territory or airspace of the State of Alaska.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031 and B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. A052, B032, B034, B035, B036, B046, B342, B343, and B344.

Note:       B342, B343, and B344 require Headquarters approval.

34)  USA—The State of Hawaii. Select this area of operation when an operator is planning operations within the territory or airspace of the State of Hawaii.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B035, B036*, and B046.

D.    ETOPS Areas of Operation/B050 Interface. Certain geographic areas require ETOPS authority based on the availability of adequate airports. Most ETOPS authorizations require validation testing. For ETOPS validation requirements refer to Volume 3, Chapter 29, Section 8, Validation Test Requirements, and Volume 4, Chapter 6, Section 2, Evaluate/Inspect Airworthiness Issue for Part 121 Extended‑Range Operations With Two‑Engine Aircraft. Table 3‑15A below lists the ETOPS areas of operations and correlates them to the authorized areas in B050. Use the table below to determine ETOPS validation requirements for a specific ETOPS area of operation with respect to an OpSpec B050 authorized area of en route operations.

Table 3‑15B, ETOPS Validation Areas and Corresponding B050 Authorized Areas

ETOPS Area of Operations

B050 Authorized Area(s)

Validation Flights Required

Comments

North Polar

Polar Areas - North Polar Area- North of 78 degrees North Latitude to the North Pole

Yes

None

South Polar

Polar Areas - South Polar Area-67 degrees South Latitude to the South Pole inclusive

Yes

None

North Atlantic

Atlantic Ocean - The North Atlantic Ocean specified as “Special Contingency Routings” in the current edition of the U.S. IFIM

 

Atlantic Ocean - Atlantic Ocean at flight levels above and below NAT/MNPS airspace boundaries

 

Atlantic Ocean - Atlantic Ocean NAT/MNPS airspace

Yes

None

WATRS

Atlantic Ocean - WATRS - The North Atlantic Ocean west of the western boundary of NAT/MNPS airspace to include the San Juan CTA/FIR and the Atlantic portion of the Miami Oceanic CTA

Yes

Required for operators whose ETOPS approval is limited to 75‑minute ETOPS authority.

South Atlantic

Atlantic Ocean - Atlantic Ocean South of New York and Santa Maria Oceanic FIRs

Yes

None

North Pacific

Pacific Ocean - The North Pacific Ocean - North of 40º North latitude bound in the east by the North American coast line to include the Anchorage Arctic CTA/FIR, and the NOPAC Air Traffic Services (ATS) routes and the Pacific Organized Track System (PACOTS)

Yes

None

Central and South Pacific

Pacific Ocean - The Central and South Pacific Ocean excluding the Fukuoka FIR (Japan’s FIR)

Yes

None

Indian Ocean

Indian Ocean - Including the islands/nations

Yes

None

Russia, Far East

Russia, Mongolia, and the CIS Nations

Yes

None

South China Sea

Asia - Excluding North Korea

Yes

None

Africa

Africa - Excluding Ethiopia and Somalia

May be required

Based upon routing and airspace requirements. Consult AFS‑200.

Alaska

USA - The State of Alaska

May be required

Based upon routing and airspace requirements. Consult AFS‑200.

Australia

Australia and New Zealand

May be required

Based upon routing and airspace requirements. Consult AFS‑200.

Northern Canada

Canada - Excluding Canadian MNPS airspace

Canada - Canadian MNPS airspace

May be required

Based upon routing and airspace requirements. Consult AFS‑200.

South America

South America

May be required

Based upon routing and airspace requirements. Consult AFS‑200.

E.     Adding Areas with Limited FAA Oversight. When a certificate holder submits a request to add a location to OpSpec B050, where limited FAA surveillance and oversight will be possible, principal inspectors (PI) evaluate the systems the certificate holder uses to produce and manage aviation products and services that ensure safety and regulatory compliance before adding the new location. This evaluation should include a comparison of those systems to the basic characteristics of all effective safety systems. These characteristics are embodied in the following attributes:

·        Well-defined and well-documented procedures;

·        Established risk controls over key procedural steps;

·        Process measures to permit effective management;

·        Well-defined interfaces; and

·        Clear responsibility and authority.

1)      Operational control systems vary with the kinds of operations the operator is authorized to conduct; the complexity of the operations; the means of communication; and the people who are involved in preparing for and conducting flights under the operator’s system. These functions form the basis for an operational control system that includes the functions of aircraft release, flight locating, and flight following, as applicable. Those functions alone will not satisfy the overall goal of establishing and maintaining an operational control system. PIs must evaluate the operator’s operational control system to ensure that the operator complies with the applicable U.S. and foreign regulations. The system must be effective and provide for an adequate level of safety in the actual operations.
2)      Each PI will ensure that it is possible to complete work program items at the local or remotely located base of operations, or use the steps (refer to FAA Order 1800.56, National Flight Standards Work Program Guidelines, current edition, Appendix A) to deviate from the work program. Deviation may include coordination with the operator to relocate aircraft to a suitable location for specific oversight and inspections if operations are authorized and conducted in a location that is not safe for the inspector to travel. This may also include a provision for the operator to establish an adequate level of safety oversight to ensure continued compliance with the regulations and company procedures, etc. If the certificate‑holding district office (CHDO) cannot perform onsite surveillance or establish a method to determine an adequate level of safety oversight, then the CHDO should coordinate with its regional office and the Air Transportation Division, AFS‑200, to explore additional options.

Note:       Only the certificate holder is responsible to comply with 14 CFR and establish and maintain processes, procedures, and management oversight adequate to ensure regulatory compliance and ultimately safe operations.

3)      Certain conditions may preclude the CHDO from exercising an adequate level of oversight and will require the CHDO, through coordination with the regional office, to develop special conditions to be included in the OpSpec paragraph. Any nonstandard OpSpec language the CHDO proposes must be coordinated through the regional office and approved by AFS‑200 before issuance. Following the special conditions, a statement will be included that directs that these special conditions must continue to be met for the authorization to remain in effect. These special conditions would then be clearly communicated to the operator before signing the OpSpec paragraph.

F.      Operations in Support of the Military or U.S. Government Agencies. For operations conducted outside the United States in support of the U.S. military or under a U.S. Government contract, the contracting Federal agency must approve the operator’s threat mitigation plan if one is required by either the government agency or the FAA.

OPSPEC B051, PART 121 VISUAL FLIGHT RULES LIMITATIONS AND PROVISIONS. TBD.

OPSPEC B052, NONSTANDARD FOR PART 121 EN ROUTE LIMITATIONS AND PROVISIONS IN REMOTE AREAS. TBD.

OPSPEC B053. TBD.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B054, CLASS II NAVIGATION USING SINGLE LONG‑RANGE NAVIGATION SYSTEM (S‑LRNS). TBD.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B054 provides the authorization for Class II Navigation using a S‑LRNS. Paragraph MB054 is available in the 14 CFR part 91K MSpecs. A program manager must meet and comply with part 135 regulations and guidance applicable to the S‑LRNS authorization. Title 14 CFR part 121, § 121.351, part 125, § 125.203, and part 135, § 135.165 now allow part 121, 125, and part 135 operations to be conducted in Class II Navigation using S‑LRNS in accordance with part 91, § 91.511(f) and the following guidance.

B.     Degree of Accuracy. All Class II Navigation operations will be conducted so the aircraft is continuously navigated to the degree of accuracy established by air traffic control (ATC) for operations in that airspace where applicable requirements are in force. For areas where these accuracy and navigation performance standards have not been formally established, the long‑range navigation system (LRNS) must be used to continuously navigate the aircraft so that the cross‑track and/or the along‑track errors will not exceed 25 nautical miles (NM) at any point along the flight plan route specified in the ATC clearance.

1)      Before conducting any operations authorized by OpSpec/MSpec B054, the flightcrew must be qualified in accordance with the part 121 or 135 certificate holder’s approved training program, as applicable, for the system and procedures being used.
2)      The navigation system will be operational as required by OpSpec/MSpec B039 (North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications (NAT/MNPS)) and OpSpec/MSpec B040 (areas of magnetic unreliability (AMU)), as applicable.
3)      The requirements for long‑range communications extended over water operations must be met for extended over‑water S‑LRNS operations. See OpSpec/MSpec B045 for the authorization for extended overwater operations using a Single Long‑Range Communications System (SLRCS).
4)      At dispatch, at least one of the navigation systems listed below must be installed and operational:
a)      At least one independent inertial navigation system (INS). The INS and Inertial Reference Unit (IRU) systems must be approved in accordance with part 121 appendix G.
b)      At least one flight management system (FMS)/navigation sensor combination (or equivalent) where the navigation system must be suitable for the route to be flown. Multisensor systems must be approved in accordance with the guidance contained in the current edition of Advisory Circular (AC) 20‑130, Airworthiness Approval of Navigation or Flight Management Systems Integrating Multiple Navigation Sensors.
c)      At least one independent instrument flight rules (IFR) global positioning system (GPS) navigation system approved in accordance with one of the following:

1.      AC 90‑94, Guidelines for Using Global Positioning System Equipment for IFR En Route and Terminal Operations and for Nonprecision Instrument Approaches in the U.S. National Airspace System. These guidelines must be followed with the exception that the Operational Control Restrictions related to Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE) do not apply. This is because S‑LRNS operations in oceanic/remote areas have only been approved on short duration routes with options available to use other navigation aids in the event of LRNS malfunction.

2.      The GPS and AC 90‑94 documents allow single GPS units that have receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM) capability and are approved for IFR operations to serve as the S‑LRNS on oceanic routes where an S‑LRNS is allowed.

5)      Prior to entering any airspace requiring the use of an LRNS, the aircraft position will be accurately fixed using airway’s navigation facilities or air traffic control (ATC) radar. After exiting this airspace, the aircraft position will be accurately fixed and the LRNS error will be determined and logged in accordance with the operator’s approved procedures.
a)      Out of service ground facility. An LRNS fix may be substituted for a required en route ground facility when that facility is temporarily out of service, provided the approved navigation system has sufficient accuracy to navigate the aircraft to the degree of accuracy required by ATC over that portion of the flight.
b)      Loss or malfunction. Flightcrew procedures must be in place in the event of the loss of the S‑LRNS after dispatch. The certificate holder must ensure that the pilots are trained on procedures to continue to navigate and to communicate with ATC in the event of S‑LRNS malfunction.
6)      Currently, there are no Required Navigation Performance (RNP) type areas or routes where S‑LRNS operations are authorized. Should such routes be authorized in the future, applicable guidance to that effect will be released.
7)      Are not usually required, provides additional guidance on areas of operations where the provisions of OpSpec/MSpec B054 may be authorized, (e.g., the Caribbean, the Western Atlantic Route System (WATRS), and the Gulf of Mexico). OpSpec/MSpec B054 describes the areas of operations where S‑LRNS can be authorized.
a)      There are certain routes in the NAT/MNPS airspace where aircraft equipped to use standard International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Navigational Aids (NAVAID) are authorized S‑LRNS operations. These routes are specified in the International Flight Information Manual. Operations over these routes can be authorized provided the operator shows that the LRNS/aircraft combination used and the operational procedures used meets NAT/MNPS requirements (see the current edition of AC 120‑33, Operational Approval of Airborne Long‑Range Navigation Systems for Flight Within the North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications Airspace).
b)      Other special areas cannot be authorized without the review and concurrence of AFS–200 and one of the agency’s navigation specialists for a nonstandard OpSpecs paragraph.
c)      Principal operations inspectors (POI) must review the requirements of OpSpec/MSpec B039 (NAT/MNPS) and OpSpec/MSpec B040 (AMUs) to determine their applicability for the certificate holder. If applicable, ensure these OpSpecs are also issued.
d)      Authorized areas of operations for en route operations for conducting S‑LRNS operations must also be referenced in OpSpec/MSpec B050.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B055, NORTH POLAR OPERATIONS.

A.     OpSpec/MSpec B055 Provides For North Polar Flight Operations Authorization. Operators are required to gain specific approval to conduct north polar operations (in addition to FAA approval for flight in the area of magnetic unreliability (AMU), OpSpec/MSpec B040). The north polar area of operations is defined as that area that lies north of latitude N 78°00' (see OpSpec/MSpec A002). OpSpec/MSpec B050 must show the specific routes approved for these north polar operations. MSpec MB055 is also available for 14 CFR part 91K authorization. The fractional ownership program manager must meet the same requirements as the 14 CFR part 121 certificate holder for the North Polar authorization.

B.     Fuel‑Freeze Strategy and Monitoring Requirements for North Polar Operations. The operator may wish to develop a fuel freeze analysis program in lieu of using the standard minimum fuel‑freeze temperatures for specific types of fuel used. In such cases, the operator’s fuel‑freeze analysis and monitoring program for the airplane fuel load must be submitted and acceptable to the FAA. The operator should have procedures established that require coordination between maintenance, dispatch, and assigned flightcrew of the determined fuel freeze temperature of the actual fuel load on board the airplane.

C.     Communication Capability. In accordance with part 121, § 121.99 (Communications Facilities), the operator must have effective communications capability with dispatch and with air traffic control (ATC) for all portions of the flight route. The operator must show the FAA the communications medium(s) that it intends to use to fulfill these requirements in the north polar north area.

1)      The communications medium used must meet FAA regulatory requirements and fulfill policy/procedures established by each Air Traffic Service (AAT) unit providing control on the route of flight. Anchorage Center publishes this information in the U.S. Government Flight Information Publication Supplement for Alaska. Other countries publish AAT policies and procedures in their State Aeronautical Information Publications.
2)      High Frequency (HF) Voice has been considered the primary communications medium in the Polar North Area; however, other mediums may be used in accordance with the applicable policy. For example, although HF Voice remains primary for communications with Anchorage Center, in areas where there is satellite coverage, satellite communication (SATCOM) voice may be used as a back‑up to communicate with ARINC Radio and in non‑routine situations to establish direct pilot‑controller voice communications.
3)      In areas of satellite coverage, pilot‑controller datalink communications (CPDLC) may be used for ATC communications provided the AAT unit has an approved capability. In addition, provided the capability is approved, HF data link may also be used to fulfill communications requirements with AAT units having the capability and with airline dispatch.
4)      It is recognized that SATCOM may not be available for short periods during flight over the North Pole, particularly when operating on designated polar routes 1 and 2 (see Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 5). Communication capability with HF radios may also be affected during periods of solar flare activity. The operator must take into consideration for each dispatched polar flight, the predicted solar flare activity and its effect on communication capability.

D.    Minimum Equipment Lists (MEL). The operator will amend their MEL for the items that must be operational for north polar operations. For Extended Operations (ETOPS) flights, all MEL restrictions for 180‑minute operations will be applicable. Prior to receiving FAA authority to conduct north polar operations, the operator will be required to amend its MEL for the following systems/equipment to indicate that they are required for north polar operations dispatch:

·        Fuel quantity indicator system (FQIS) (to include fuel tank temperature indicating system),

·        Auxiliary power unit (APU) ‑ for two‑engine airplanes (including electrical and pneumatic supply to its designed capability),

·        Autothrottle system,

·        Autopilot, and

·        Communication system(s) relied on by the flightcrew to satisfy the requirement for effective communication capability.

E.     Training. The following requirements must be addressed in the approved training program (part 125 certificate holders are not required to have an approved training program):

1)      QFE/QNH (airport altitude settings) (See Advisory Circular (AC) 91‑70, Oceanic Operations, current edition) and meter/feet issues are required for flightcrew and aircraft dispatcher training. See the current edition of AC 120‑29, Criteria for Approval of Category I and Category II Weather Minima for Approach, for information in regards to cold temperature effects on altimeters.
2)      Training requirements for fuel freeze strategy and monitoring requirements. Maintenance, dispatch, and flightcrew training (special curriculum segments).
3)      General route‑specific training on weather patterns and aircraft system limitations.
4)      For diversion decision‑making, the roles and responsibilities must be addressed for providing airplane systems capability information to dispatch and flightcrew in order to aid the pilot in command (PIC).
5)      Flightcrew training in the use of the cold weather antiexposure suit.

F.      Long‑Range Flightcrew Requirements. The following long‑range flightcrew issues need to be addressed by the operator:

1)      Rest plan submitted to the principal operations inspector (POI) for review and approval.
2)      Multicrew flight proficiency issue needs to be addressed in the training program.
3)      The progression of the delegated PIC authority as designated by the operator. This does not mean that there can be more than one PIC on a flight who is responsible for the safe operation of the flight under §§ 121.535, 121.537, and International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Annex 6, Part 1, Chapter 1, Definitions, and Chapter 4, Flight Operations, section 4.5.1.

G.    Dispatch and Crewmember Considerations During Solar Flare Activity. The operator must be aware of the content of the current edition of AC 120‑61, In‑Flight Radiation Exposure.

H.    Additional Required Equipment for North Polar Operations.

1)      Except for all cargo operations, expanded medical kit to include automated external defibrillators (AED) (See the current edition of AC 91.21‑1, Use of Portable Electronic Devices Aboard Aircraft).
2)      A minimum of two cold weather anti‑exposure suits will be required to be on board the aircraft so that outside coordination at a diversion airport with extreme climatic conditions can be accomplished safely.

I.       En Route Polar Diversion Alternate Airport Requirements. Operators are expected to give definition to a sufficient set of alternate airports for polar diversions, such that one or more can be reasonably expected to be available in varying weather conditions (AC 120‑42, Extended Operations (ETOPS and Polar Operations), current edition, provides additional guidance for two‑engine airplanes). The flight must be able to make a safe landing, and the airplane maneuvered off the runway at the selected diversion airport. In the event of a disabled airplane following landing, the capability to move the disabled airplane must exist so as not to block the operation of any recovery airplane. In addition, those airports designated for use must be capable of protecting the safety of all personnel by being able to:

1)      Offload the passengers and flightcrew in a safe manner during possible adverse weather conditions,
2)      Provide for the physiological needs of the passengers and flightcrew for the duration until safe evacuation, and
3)      Be able to safely extract passengers and flightcrew as soon as possible (execution and completion of the recovery is expected within 12 to 48 hours following diversion).

J.      Recovery Plan for Passengers at Polar Diversion Alternate Airports. All operators conducting polar operations must submit to the FAA a recovery plan that will be initiated in the event of an unplanned diversion. The recovery plan should address the care and safety of passengers and flightcrew at the approved emergency airport, and include the plan of operation to extract the passengers and flightcrew from that airport.

1)      The operator should be able to demonstrate its ability to launch and conduct the recovery plan on its initial application for north polar route approval.
2)      The operator must maintain the accuracy and completeness of its recovery plan and diversion airport database at least annually.

K.    Validation Requirements for Area Approval for Polar Operations. The operator will be required to conduct an FAA‑observed validation flight in order to receive authorization to conduct polar operations. As part of the validation, the operator will be required to exercise its reaction and recovery plan in the event of a diversion to one of its designated en route alternate airports. Adequate and timely coordination must be made so that the FAA coordination necessary to have an FAA inspector in place at the selected emergency airport can be made.

1)      The aviation safety inspector (ASI) will witness the effectiveness and adequacy of:

·        Communications,

·        Coordination,

·        Facilities,

·        Accuracy of Notices to Airmen (NOTAM) and weather information, and

·        Operability of ground equipment during the simulated diversion.

2)      The exercise of the operator’s reaction and recovery plan may be completed prior to the validation flight.
3)      AFS–200 will give favorable consideration to a request by the operator, through the POI, to conduct the validation flight in a passenger revenue status only if the operator’s reaction and recovery plan has been previously demonstrated to the satisfaction of FAA.
4)      If the operator elects to demonstrate its reaction and recovery plan as part of and during the validation flight, the flight cannot be conducted in a passenger revenue status. The carriage of cargo revenue is permissible in this case, and is encouraged, for airplane weight and balance purpose.

L.     Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (PTRS) Requirements. Upon completion, make appropriate record entries as follows:

1)      Air Transportation Oversight System (ATOS) Part 121 Tracking. Use an element‑based Dynamic Observation Report (DOR). Enter OPSPB055 in the Local/Regional/National Field.
2)      Title 14 CFR Parts 125 and 135 Tracking. Use codes for PTRS Input, as follows: code 1326 (Operation Specifications Original) or 1327 (OpSpecs Revision) and, if required, 1314 (Observe Route Proving Flights).

OPSPEC B057, NATIONAL PARKS AIR TOUR MANAGEMENT OPERATIONS UNDER TITLE 14 CFR PART 136.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B057 gives Interim Operating Authority to permit certificate holders and 14 CFR part 91 air tour operators to continue to conduct air tour operations over the identified national park units and abutting tribal lands listed in its Table 1, for up to 180 days after the finalized air tour management plan (ATMP). At the end of the 180 days, the OpSpecs will need to be re‑issued, if there are any limitations set forth in the final ATMP.

B.     Commercial Air Tour Operations. These operations are conducted as commercial air tour operations in accordance with part 136, the applicable operating part, and the limitations and provisions of OpSpec B057.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B059, CANADIAN MNPS.

A.     Purpose. For the 14 CFR part 135 certificate holders or 14 CFR part 91K program managers, the Canadian minimum navigation performance specification (MNPS) airspace approvals may be granted by issuance of OpSpec/MSpec B059 only and adding that area of en route operations to OpSpec/MSpec B050. OpSpec/MSpec B059 must be referenced appropriately in OpSpec/MSpec B050. If North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications (NAT/MNPS) authorization is applicable, OpSpec/MSpec B039 would also be issued.

B.     Further Guidance. See Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 5, Special Navigation Areas of Operation, for details to authorize operations in Canadian MNPS.

C.     Title 14 CFR Parts 121 and 135. For the part 121 and 135 certificate holders, Canadian MNPS airspace approvals are granted by issuance of OpSpec B039 and adding that area of en route operations to OpSpec B050.

OPSPEC B342 EXTENDED OPERATIONS (ETOPS) WITH TWO‑ENGINE AIRPLANES, UNDER PART 121 OR 135. The FAA issues OpSpec B342 to operators who are approved to conduct extended operations (ETOPS) with two‑engine airplanes in accordance with the limitations and provisions of this OpSpec and 14 CFR part 121, § 121.161, or 14 CFR part 135, § 135.364.

A.     General Guidance. Evaluate and approve all ETOPS in accordance with Advisory Circular (AC) 120‑42, Extended Operations (ETOPS) and Polar Operations, current edition, or AC 135‑42, Extended Operations (ETOPS) and Operations in the North Polar Area, current edition, and any additional criteria Order 8900.1 specifies. At a minimum, operators must meet the following conditions:

1)      The proposed airplane/engine combination must be type‑design approved for the proposed extended‑range operation.
2)      The ETOPS maintenance and the flight operation programs must meet or exceed AC 120‑42, current edition or AC 135‑42, current edition, criteria.
3)      Higher Headquarters (region and Air Transportation Division, AFS–200) must concur with the proposed operation.
4)      Successful completion of validation flights.

B.     Validation Flights. In order to be authorized for ETOPS in accordance with B342, operators must satisfactorily complete validation flights as part of the ETOPS approval process. Refer to Volume 3, Chapter 29, Proving and Validation Tests, and Volume 4, Chapter 6, Airplane Authorizations and Limitations.

1)      Before conducting the validation flights, the certificate‑holding district office (CHDO) will request authorization from AFS–200 via its regional office, to issue the appropriate temporary OpSpec.
2)      The CHDO’s request should include any specific recommendations the principal maintenance inspector (PMI), principal avionics inspector (PAI), or principal operations inspector (POI) made. Following review and concurrence by AFS–200, schedule the validation flights in accordance with any additional guidance or recommendations specified in AFS–200’s concurrence.
3)      Once AFS–200 authorizes the validation test, the POI will select paragraph a in the B342 template that limits operations to only ETOPS validation flights, and issue the temporary OpSpec.
4)      Following the successful completion of the validation flights, the CHDO will send a memo through its regional office and AFS–200 to the Director of Flight Standards (AFS–1), advising that the certificate holder has successfully validated their ETOPS processes and recommending that AFS–1 authorize the CHDO to issue the appropriate OpSpecs for ETOPS.

C.     Limitations and Provisions. This subparagraph defines the limitations and provisions under which the operator may conduct ETOPS.

1)      Use OpSpec B342 Table 1 to document the airplanes authorized to conduct these operations. The table lists the aircraft by make/model/series (M/M/S), registration number, aircraft engine, and maximum diversion times. In the case where all M/M/S have the same maximum diversion time, the term All can substitute for the actual registration numbers. Use the following figure as an example.

Figure 3‑117, Example Completed Table 1, Authorized ETOPS Airplane/Engine

 

AIRPLANE TYPE (MAKE/MODEL/ SERIES)

REGISTRATION NUMBERS

AIRCRAFT

ENGINE

MAXIMUM DIVERSION TIME

IN MINUTES

 

Boeing 737‑400

Boeing 757‑200

Boeing 777‑200

Airbus A330

All

All

N602PA

N630PA

CFM International CFM56‑3

Rolls Royce RB211‑535E4

General Electric GE90‑110B

Pratt And Whitney PW4000‑100

120

180

207

180

2)      Use OpSpec B342 Table 2 to document the approved ETOPS en route alternate airports. These airports are in addition to a flight’s departure, destination, and destination alternate airports.

NOTE:   After the POI grants initial approval of ETOPS, subsequent changes to Table 2, such as the addition of a new en route alternate, do not have to be forwarded for approval to AFS–200 via the regional office. This only applies to Table 2. Coordinate all other changes to this OpSpec through the regional office to AFS–200.

Figure 3‑118, Example Completed Table 2, Authorized ETOPS Alternate Airports

Airport (Ident)

Special Conditions/Limitations

KEFLAVIK (BIKF)

None

SONDERSTROM (BIRK)

None

GANDER (CYQX)

None

LAJES (LPLA)

None

SHANNON (EINN)

None

REYKJAVIK (BIRK)

B737 ONLY

D.    Part 121 ETOPS With Diversion Times of 75 Minutes or Less. Evaluate and approve on a case‑by‑case basis part 121 ETOPS with maximum diversions times of 75 minutes or less. Although type‑design approval is not necessary for ETOPS of 75 minutes or less, review the airplane’s design to identify any special equipment or requirements necessary to safely conduct these operations. Except for ETOPS in the Western Atlantic and Caribbean Sea, ETOPS maintenance and flight operations programs for these operations must meet the criteria in AC 120‑42, current edition. The FAA, on a case‑by‑case basis, approves operations in the Western Atlantic Ocean and Caribbean Sea considering the reliability of the propulsion system, the character of the terrain, kind of operation, performance of the airplane to be used, capabilities of the alternate airports en route, and the special provisions for this area in B342. All ETOPS with diversion times of 75 minutes or less require the respective regional office and AFS–200 review and concurrence before issuing OpSpecs approval for these operations.

E.     Authorizations. As appropriate, the FAA can use B342 to issue a general ETOPS authorization, a special authorization for the Western Atlantic and Caribbean Sea, or both, only under part 121.

F.      B342 With Two‑Engine Airplane Under Part 121 Only. Special provision for Western Atlantic Ocean and Caribbean Sea is a specific authorization and the FAA issues it if the operator has authorization to conduct any special ETOPS in the Western Atlantic Ocean and Caribbean Sea using a maximum diversion time of 75 minutes or less. Use OpSpec B342 Table 3 to document the airplanes approved for these operations. The table lists the airplane M/M/S and any special equipment or limitations required to ensure the airplane is airworthy for these operations. If appropriate, use the special equipment/limitations columns to limit the operation to a specific aircraft series. Refer to the figure below.

Figure 3‑119, Example Completed Table 3, Special Provision for Western Atlantic and Caribbean Sea ETOPS

AIRPLANE TYPE (MAKE/MODEL/SERIES)

SPECIAL EQUIPMENT/LIMITATIONS

Airbus 300

Series A300B4203 Only

Boeing 737

APU Generator Operating

Boeing 767

None

Doug DC9

MAX TOGW 138,000

G.    Additional OpSpecs. In addition to the ETOPS OpSpecs, operations may require additional OpSpecs, such as: B036 for Class II navigation; B037 if the operation involves Central East Pacific airspace; B038 if the operation involves North Pacific airspace; B039 if the operation involves North Atlantic (NAT)/Minimum Navigation Performance Specification airspace; B040 if the operation involves areas of magnetic unreliability. If the operation involves transatlantic flight in the North Atlantic, the FAA can authorize these operations under B041 if the capabilities of the aircraft permit NAT/OPS under the 60‑minute rule.

NOTE:   This is not a complete list of additional OpSpecs. It has been included in this section to provide examples only.

H.    Experienced ETOPS Operator. Once a certificate holder has authorization to conduct ETOPS, procedures and systems should be in place to support any additional ETOPS authority. The application package for an experienced ETOPS operator requesting a new aircraft/engine combination, a change to the existing authorization (e.g., 120 minutes to 180 minutes), or a new geographic area of operation, may not be as complex as a new entrant operator. The CHDO will make this determination, along with the concurrence of the regional office and Headquarters.

NOTE:   Additional information is available in AC 120‑42, current edition, and AC 135‑42, current edition, depending on the type of operation requested. Additional guidance regarding the approval and continued assessment of the ETOPS process can be found in Volume 4, Chapter 6, Airplane Authorizations and Limitations.

OPSPEC B344 EXTENDED OPERATIONS IN PASSENGER‑CARRYING AIRPLANES WITH MORE THAN TWO ENGINES, UNDER PARTS 121 OR 135. The FAA issues OpSpec B344 to operators who are approved to conduct extended operations (ETOPS) with airplanes with more than two engines in accordance with the limitations and provisions of this OpSpec, and 14 CFR part 121, § 121.161, or 14 CFR part 135, § 135.364.

A.     General Guidance. Evaluate and approve all ETOPS in accordance with Advisory Circular (AC) 120‑42, Extended Operations (ETOPS) and Polar Operations, current edition, or AC 135‑42, Extended Operations (ETOPS) and Operations in the North Polar Area, current edition, and any additional criteria Order 8900.1 specifies. As a minimum operators must meet the following conditions:

1)      The proposed airplane/engine combination must be type‑design approved for the extended range operation proposed for aircraft manufactured after February 17, 2015 for part 121, or February 15, 2005 for part 135.
2)      The ETOPS maintenance and the flight operation programs must meet or exceed the criteria in AC 120‑42, current edition, or AC 135‑42, current edition.
3)      Higher Headquarters (region and Air Transportation Division, AFS–200) must concur with the proposed operation.
4)      Successful completion of validation flights.

B.     Validation Flights. In order to issue OpSpec B344, operators must accomplish validation flights (as described in Volume 3, Chapter 29, Proving and Validation Tests, and Volume 4, Chapter 6, Airplane Authorizations and Limitations) as part of the ETOPS approval process.

1)      Before conducting the validation flights, the certificate‑holding district office (CHDO) will request authorization from AFS–200 via its regional office to issue the appropriate temporary OpSpec. Once AFS–200 authorizes the validation test, the principal operations inspector (POI) will select paragraph a in the B344 template that limits operations only to ETOPS validation flights, and issue the temporary OpSpec.
2)      The CHDO’s request should include any specific recommendations the principal maintenance inspector (PMI), principal avionics inspector (PAI), or POI, made. Following review and concurrence by AFS–200, schedule the validation flights in accordance with any additional guidance or recommendations specified in AFS–200’s concurrence.
3)      Following the successful completion of the validation flights, the CHDO will send a memo through their regional office and AFS–200 to the Director of Flight Standards (AFS–1), advising that the certificate holder has successfully validated their ETOPS processes, and recommending that AFS–1 authorize the CHDO to issue the appropriate OpSpecs for ETOPS.

C.     Limitations and Provisions. This subparagraph defines the limitations and provisions under which the operator may conduct ETOPS.

1)      Use OpSpec B342 Table 1 to document the airplanes authorized to conduct these operations. This table lists aircraft by make/model/series (M/M/S), registration number, aircraft engine, and maximum diversion times. In the case where all M/M/S have the same maximum diversion time, the term All may substitute for the actual registration numbers. Use Figure 3‑117 in OpSpec B342 as an example.
2)      Use OpSpec B344 Table 2 to document the approved ETOPS en route alternate airports. These airports are in addition to a flight’s departure, destination, and destination alternate airports.

NOTE:   After initial approval of ETOPS has been granted, subsequent changes to Table 2, such as the addition of a new en route alternate, do not have to be forwarded for approval to AFS–200 via the regional office. This only applies to Table 2. Coordinate all other changes to this OpSpec through the regional office to AFS–200.

Figure 3‑120, Example Completed Table 2, Authorized ETOPS Alternate Airports

Airport (Ident)

Special Conditions/Limitations

HONOLULU (PHNL)

None

MIDWAY ATOL (PMDY)

None

TAHITI (NTAA)

None

D.    Additional OpSpecs. In addition to the ETOPS OpSpecs, operations may require additional OpSpecs, such as: B036 for Class II navigation; B037 if the operation involves Central East Pacific airspace; B038 if the operation involves North Pacific airspace; B039 if the operation involves North Atlantic (NAT)/Minimum Navigation Performance Specification airspace; B040 if the operation involves areas of magnetic unreliability. If the operation involves transatlantic flight in the North Atlantic, the FAA can authorize these operations under B041 if the capabilities of the aircraft permit NAT/OPS under the 60‑minute rule.

NOTE    This is not a complete list of additional OpSpecs. It has been included in this section to provide examples only.

E.     Experienced ETOPS Operator. Once a certificate holder has authorization to conduct ETOPS, procedures and systems should be in place to support any additional ETOPS authority. The application package for an experienced ETOPS operator requesting a new aircraft/engine combination, a change to the existing authorization (120 minutes to 180 minutes), or a new geographic area of operation, may not be as complex as a new entrant operator. The CHDO will make this determination, along with the concurrence of the regional office and Headquarters.

NOTE:   Additional information is available in AC 120‑42, current edition, and AC 135‑42, current edition, depending on the type of operation requested. Volume 4, Chapter 6, Airplane Authorizations and Limitations, contains additional guidance regarding the approval and continued assessment of the ETOPS process.

RESERVED. Paragraphs 3‑817 through 3‑870.


7/23/10                                                                                                                                    8900.1 CHG 97

Volume 3 GENERAL TECHNICAL ADMINISTRATION

chapter 18  CHAPTER 18 operations specifications

Section 4  Part B Operations Specifications—En Route Authorizations and Limitations

3-816           PART B OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PARAGRAPHS.

Note:      The following operations specifications (OpSpec) paragraphs designated with a “*” are for the Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 142 database only.

*OPSPEC B001, 14 CFR PART 61 APPROVED CURRICULA—OTHER THAN AIRLINE TRANSPORT PILOT—AIRPLANE. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B002, 14 CFR PART 61 AIRLINE TRANSPORT PILOT CERTIFICATE AND ADDED AIRCRAFT TYPE RATING—AIRPLANE. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B003, 14 CFR PART 61 FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR APPROVED CURRICULA. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B004, AIRMAN CERTIFICATION OTHER THAN PILOT. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B006, REMOVAL OF CENTERLINE THRUST LIMITATIONS. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B008, SATELLITE TRAINING CENTERS OPERATIONS AND AUTHORIZATIONS. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B009, REMOTE TRAINING SITES AUTHORIZATIONS. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B011, 14 CFR PART 61 APPROVED CURRICULA—OTHER THAN AIRLINE TRANSPORT PILOT—ROTORCRAFT/ HELICOPTER. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

*OPSPEC B012, 14 CFR PART 61 AIRLINE TRANSPORT PILOT CERTIFICATE AND ADDED AIRCRAFT TYPE RATING—ROTORCRAFT/HELICOPTER. General Guidance found in Volume 3, Chapter 54.

OPSPEC B029, DRIFTDOWN OR FUEL DUMPING.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B029 is used to authorize driftdown or fuel dumping procedures used by the 14 CFR part 121 or 135 certificate holder to demonstrate compliance with 14 CFR terrain clearance requirements. The certificate holder uses the system described or referenced in the OpSpec for its approved driftdown or fuel dumping procedures, limitations, and data.

B.     “Nonstandard” OpSpec Paragraph. This is the template to use that is referred to in the guidance as the “nonstandard” OpSpec paragraph for this authorization. It is “nonstandard” only because of the addition of free text. It is issued as a “standard” OpSpec.

C.     Further Guidance. See Volume 4, Chapter 3, Section 5, Selected Practices, paragraph 4‑593 for more information.

OPSPEC B030, IFR NAVIGATION USING GPS/WAAS RNAV SYSTEMS.

D.    Purpose. En route Area Navigation (RNAV) operations in the State of Alaska and its airspace on published air traffic routes using Technical Standard Order (TSO)‑C145a/C146a navigation systems as the only means of instrument flight rules (IFR) navigation appropriate for the route to be flown.

E.     Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) Equipment. This OpSpec also authorizes TSO‑C145a/C146a WAAS equipment to be used for IFR en route operations at special minimum en route altitudes (MEA) that are outside the operational service volume of ground‑based Navigational Aid (NAVAID) if the aircraft operation meets the requirements of sections 3 and 4 of Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) 97.

F.      Global Positioning System (GPS). The recent availability of TSO‑C145a/C146a WAAS equipment constitutes a significant improvement in GPS RNAV technology by the incorporation of WAAS, Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE), along with receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM). For a complete discussion of the equipment, see Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 1, paragraph 4‑3D, GPS and WAAS Navigation, and Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 2, paragraph 4‑32, FAA Approval of GPS/WAAS.

G.    Automated Operations Safety Subsystem (OPSS). Principal operations inspectors (POI) can access OpSpec B030 in the OPSS. Required information must be entered to specify the applicable aircraft make, model, and serial number, WAAS manufacturer and model, and the equipment type and class (See Table 3‑7, Wide Area Augmentation System Equipment Classes, below).

Table 3‑7, Wide Area Augmentation System Equipment Classes

WAAS EQUIPMENT CLASSES

TSO‑C145a/C146a

EQUIPMENT CLASS

Oceanic and Domestic En Route, Terminal Area Operations, Nonprecision Approach

 

 

LNAV/VNAV Approaches

LPV

APPROACHES

WAAS Sensor [TSO‑C145a]

Class 1

yes

 

 

no

no

Class 2

yes

 

 

yes

no

Class 3

yes

 

 

yes

yes

WAAS Navigation Equipment [TSO‑C146a] (note 1)

Class 1

yes

 

 

no

no

Class 2

yes

 

 

yes

no

Class 3

yes

 

 

yes

yes

Class 4 (note 2)

no

 

 

no

yes

NOTE 1: WAAS sensor: While the TSO‑C145a sensor supports the operations denoted, the integrated navigation system may not support all of these operations. Consult the Approved Flight Manual (AFM), AFM supplement, pilot’s guide, etc., for more information.

NOTE 2: Class 4 equipment will typically also be authorized under TSO‑C145a Class 3. In that configuration the WAAS equipment will support all phases of flight. The integrated navigation system may not support all of these operations (see NOTE 1).

H.    Special Navigation Limitations and Provisions. WAAS equipment uses whatever GPS and WAAS satellites are in view and will provide the best available service. If the navigation service does not meet all of the requirements for the phase of flight, the equipment annunciates the “Loss of Integrity” or an RAIM indication. If all GPS guidance is lost, the equipment will revert to dead reckoning and the flightcrew should take appropriate action (e.g., revert to alternate means of navigation, climb into ground NAVAID coverage, request radar services, proceed visually). Special navigation limitations and provisions are included in this OpSpec to ensure that flightcrews have been properly trained, tested, and qualified. Procedures must also be established for flightcrews and aircraft dispatchers (when applicable) to govern operation during periods of degraded navigation capability and/or satellite outages. Additional special conditions included in this paragraph require the certificate holder to use an approved program to predict navigation outages that impact WAAS equipment.

I.       Independent Systems. Approval of this paragraph requires the aircraft to be equipped with two independent systems capable of supporting the operation. This may be met with:

·        Dual TSO‑C146a Class 1, 2 or 3 equipment, installed in accordance with the current edition of Advisory Circular (AC) 20‑138, Airworthiness Approval of Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Equipment; or

·        At least one flight management system (FMS) that complies with TSO‑C115b (installed in accordance with the current edition of AC 20‑130, Airworthiness Approval of Navigation or Flight Management Systems Integrating Multiple Navigation Sensors) and dual TSO‑C145a Class 1, 2 or 3 receivers (installed in accordance with AC 20‑138).

J.      Navigation System. The navigation system must be fully operational or operated in accordance with an approved minimum equipment list (MEL). The approved navigation system may only be used to navigate along routes defined by fixes residing in the aircraft navigation system database.

K.    Example Program. POIs are encouraged to use the University of Alaska Anchorage Aviation Technology’s Capstone II Training Program for Part 121/135 Operations as a template for approving their certificate holders’ GPS/WAAS ground and flight training. The University of Alaska’s training program proved to be very successful during the Alaska Regions Capstone Phase I Program. Air Transportation Oversight System (ATOS) 14 CFR part 121 POIs should incorporate this review with ATOS tools in determining appropriate action. It is recommended that POIs evaluate the carrier’s specific system installation to determine if any program modifications are required.

*OPSPEC/MSPEC B031, AREAS OF EN ROUTE OPERATION.

A.     Operators. OpSpec B031 is issued to all 14 CFR part 121, 121/135, 135, and 125 operators (fixed‑wing and/or rotorcraft).

1)      Only the lead‑in paragraph is issued to those part 135 operators who operate under visual flight rules (VFR) only. In the automated Operations Safety Subsystem (OPSS), you will be prompted in the “text tab” to highlight the statement “Load this value only for VFR operation” and then click on “Load Value From Database” button.
2)      All instrument flight rules (IFR) operators are issued the lead‑in paragraph and subparagraphs a through f as prescribed below. You will be prompted in the “text tab” of the OPSS to highlight the statement “Load this value only for IFR operation” and then click on “Load Value From Database” button.
3)      Select subparagraph g if the certificate holder is authorized to use global positioning system (GPS) navigation equipment for IFR Class I Navigation.

B.     Specific Authorizations. The delimiting phrases, “if issued” or “if that paragraph is issued” is used in the subparagraphs that refer to other OpSpecs that give the specific authorizations (i.e., IFR in Class G Airspace, Class I Navigation, Class II Navigation). The principal operations inspector (POI) must complete these authorizations and coordinate them with principal maintenance inspectors (PMI).

C.     Subparagraph B(3). Subparagraph b(3), “Operate IFR flights including flights to alternate or diversionary airports in Class G Airspace in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs A014, C064, C080, H113, and/or H121, as applicable, of these OpSpecs, if issued” is a provisionary statement dependent upon the issuance of the other aforementioned OpSpecs for authorization to operate in Class G Airspace.

D.    Subparagraph C. Subparagraph c reads, “Deviations from routings specified in this paragraph are authorized when necessary due to in‑flight emergencies or to avoid potentially hazardous meteorological conditions.”

E.     Subparagraphs D, E, and F. Subparagraphs d, e, and f are to be selected for issuance only if they apply to the IFR operator.

1)      Subparagraph d reads, “For operations within [U.S.] Class A Airspace, the certificate holder is authorized to conduct Class I Navigation under positive radar control with the Area Navigation (RNAV) or long‑range navigation systems (LRNS) specified in OpSpec B035 of these OpSpecs if that paragraph is issued,” according to the following guidelines:
a)      OpSpec B035 must also be issued to authorize IFR Class I Navigation in U.S. Class A Airspace using RNAV systems, including LRNS.
b)      Any one or all of the aircraft to be operated under the certificate must be capable of conducting part 121 or 135 operations in excess of flight level (FL) 180.
c)      And the airplane(s) has LRNS installed.
d)      OR the aircraft(s) has RNAV systems installed.
e)      An air carrier must have an approved method of “off airway navigation” to depart from established airways. When this capability is lost, the carrier must return to the established airway.
2)      Subparagraph e reads, “The certificate holder is authorized to conduct Class I Navigation, including en route IFR operations outside positive radar control, with the RNAV systems specified in OpSpec B034 of these OpSpecs, if that paragraph is issued,” and is authorized according to the following guidelines:
a)      OpSpec B034 must also be issued to all air carriers conducting Class I Navigation in U.S. and foreign operations who wish to proceed “direct” to a point or destination in or out of controlled airspace.
b)      Any one or all of the aircraft to be operated under the certificate must be authorized IFR Class I Navigation using RNAV systems certified in accordance with the current edition of Advisory Circular (AC) 90‑45, Approval of Area Navigation Systems for Use in the U.S. National Airspace System.
3)      Subparagraph f reads, “The certificate holder is authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in accordance with OpSpecs B032 and B036 of these OpSpecs, if those paragraphs are issued.”
a)      Any one or all of the aircraft to be operated under the certificate must be authorized IFR Class II Navigation using approved LRNS (OpSpec B036 issued), in accordance with the current edition of AC 90‑79, Recommended Practices and Procedures for the Use of Electronic Long‑Range Navigation.
b)      OpSpec B032, IFR En Route Limitations and Provisions, must be issued to all IFR operators; it does not apply if the operator is VFR only.
c)      This approval may be issued with or without a flight navigator as authorized in OpSpec B047.

F.      Subparagraph G. For en route authorization to use GPS for Class I IFR Navigation, if the existing aircraft avionics installation does include RNAV capability, subparagraph g would be selected, which reads, “The certificate holder is authorized to use approved GPS navigation equipment as a supplement to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)‑standard navigation equipment while conducting Class I Navigation.”

G.    OpSpec B050. OpSpec B050, Areas of Operations, must also be issued.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B032, EN ROUTE LIMITATIONS AND PROVISIONS. This paragraph is issued to operators who conduct any instrument flight rules (IFR) operations. The second sentence of the lead‑in paragraph prohibits IFR operations outside of controlled airspace unless the operator is authorized to conduct such operations by appropriate OpSpecs. In certain situations, OpSpec B032 permits the operator to navigate outside the operational service volume of airways navigation facilities (Class II Navigation) without long‑range navigation (LRN) equipment. Some of the criteria that must be met when conducting Class II Navigation without LRN equipment are as follows:

·        Navigation is predicated on International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standard ground‑based Navigational Aids (NAVAID) (Very high frequency Omnidirectional Range (VOR), VOR/distance measuring equipment (DME), and nondirectional radio beacon (NDB));

·        A “reliable fix” using ICAO standard NAVAIDs can be obtained at least once each hour;

·        Navigation is conducted to the degree of accuracy required for air traffic control; and

·        Route of flight is a “great circle” route between the two NAVAIDs.

OPSPEC B033 RESERVED.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B034, IFR CLASS I TERMINAL AND EN ROUTE NAVIGATION USING RNAV SYSTEMS.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B034 authorizes an operator to conduct instrument flight rules (IFR) Class I Navigation using an Area Navigation (RNAV) system, as applicable, in the areas authorized in OpSpec/MSpec B050.

1)      The RNAV system must meet the en route performance criteria prescribed by the most recent version of Advisory Circular (AC) 90‑45, Approval of Area Navigation Systems for Use in the U.S. National Airspace System. See Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 2, Air Navigation Approval Requirements.
2)      A global positioning system (GPS) navigation system approved in accordance with Technical Standard Order (TSO)‑129 or TSO‑145/146 may be authorized as a supplement to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standard navigation equipment while conducting Class I Navigation.
3)      When the capability exists to revert to conventional dual airborne Very high frequency Omnidirectional Range (VOR), VOR/distance measuring equipment (DME), and/or non‑directional radio beacon (NDB) navigation systems, only a single RNAV system needs to be specified. If this capability is not available, dual or redundant (separate and independent) RNAV systems must be specified.
4)      OpSpec B034 permits the use of a fix obtained from a redundant RNAV system (authorized by OpSpec B034) to substitute for a required ground‑based Navigational Aid (NAVAID) fix when that NAVAID is temporarily out of service.

B.     European Airspace. OpSpec B034 also authorizes an operator to conduct IFR operations in designated European Basic RNAV (B‑RNAV) and European Precision RNAV (P‑RNAV) airspace.

1)      The route design determines whether the operation is terminal or en route navigation.
2)      For B‑RNAV terminal and en route operations, the navigation performance is ±5 nautical miles (NM) for 95 percent of the flight time.
3)      For P‑RNAV terminal and en route operations, the navigation performance is ±1 NM for 95 percent of the flight time.
4)      If the R‑NAV equipment is certified for P‑RNAV, it may be authorized for both P‑RNAV and B‑RNAV terminal and en route operations.
5)      The current editions of the following documentation provides guidance material in regard to on‑board R‑NAV equipment requirements and operational approval for operators of U.S.‑registered civil aircraft:
a)      AC 90‑96, Approval of U.S. Operators and Aircraft to Operate Under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) in European Airspace Designated for Basic Area Navigation (B‑RNAV) and Precision Area Navigation (P‑RNAV).
b)      Regional Supplementary Procedures contained within ICAO Doc. 7030/4‑EUR, Part 1, Rules of the Air, Air Traffic Service and Search and Rescue, require aircraft operating under IFR in designated European P‑RNAV airspace to meet a ±1 NM 95 percent accuracy criteria. For B‑RNAV, the criteria requirement is ±5 NM 95 percent accuracy.
c)      Functional and performance requirements are contained within European Aviation Safety Administration (EASA), TGL‑2/AMJ 20X2 (B‑RNAV), EASA TGL‑10 (P‑RNAV) and Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) AC 90‑96, Appendix 1 (B‑RNAV) and Appendix 2 (P‑RNAV).
6)      Principal inspectors (PI) should evaluate the following documentation for authorizing B‑RNAV and/or P‑RNAV:
a)      Sections of the Approved Flight Manual (AFM) that document the appropriate approval in accordance with an appropriate FAA AC as detailed in AC 90‑96, Appendix 1, paragraph 1b(1) or Appendix 2, as applicable.
b)      Training and operations manuals that reflect the operating policies of AC 90‑96, Appendix 1, paragraphs 1d, 1e, 2, 3, and 4, and any other operational or airspace requirements that may be established by European authorities.

C.     Determining Eligibility. If the operator is unable to determine B‑RNAV or P‑RNAV equipment eligibility from the AFM, the operator will ask the certificate‑holding district office (CHDO) to assess the R‑NAV equipment for B‑RNAV or P‑RNAV eligibility. The operator should provide the following, as applicable:

Table 3‑8, Requirements for Basic Area Navigation or Precision Area Navigation Equipment Eligibility

B‑RNAV (±5 NM)

Navigation Performance

P‑RNAV (±1 NM)

Navigation Performance

RNAV system make, model and part number

RNAV system make, model and part number

Evidence of meeting ±5 NM accuracy, 95%

Evidence of meeting ±1 NM accuracy, 95%

Proof the system meets the required functions for B‑RNAV operations

Proof the system meets the required functions for P‑RNAV operations

Crew operating procedures, bulletins

Crew operating procedures, bulletins

Any other pertinent information

Any other pertinent information

D.    Unable to Determine Eligibility for B‑RNAV. If the CHDO is unable to determine equipment eligibility for B‑RNAV, it should forward the request and supporting data through appropriate FAA regional divisions to the Flight Technologies and Procedures Division (AFS‑400) for review.

E.     Unable to Determine Eligibility for P‑RNAV. If the CHDO is unable to determine equipment eligibility for P‑RNAV, it should forward the request and supporting data through the appropriate FAA Flight Standards Regional Division to either the appropriate Aircraft Evaluation Group (AEG).

1)      The AEG will verify that the aircraft and RNAV system meet the criteria for P‑RNAV.
2)      The AEG will provide written documentation (e.g., amended Flight Standardization Board (FSB) Report or other official documentation) to verify the eligibility of that equipment.
3)      The written documentation will identify any conditions or limitations necessary (e.g., navigation systems or procedures required, routes, areas, or procedures authorized) when conducting P‑RNAV operations.

F.      Issuing the OpSpec. The principal operations inspector (POI) will coordinate with the principal avionics inspector (PAI) to obtain the proper nomenclature of the manufacturer and mode and to ensure that the RNAV system is installed in accordance with approved data and meets the criteria of the most recent version of AC 90‑45 and/or AC 90‑96, as applicable. After the PIs determine that the operator is eligible and the navigation equipment is eligible for B‑RNAV and/or P‑RNAV operations based on the documentation provided by the operator, OpSpec/MSpec B034 may be issued indicating the appropriate authorizations.

1)      The aircraft (make/model) and the manufacturer and model of the RNAV systems authorized for this type of navigation must be listed in table 1 of OpSpec/MSpec B034.
2)      If B‑RNAV (±5 NM) and/or P‑RNAV (±1 NM) are authorized, these can be selected for insertion into column #4 of table 1. If neither is authorized, select N/A.

OPSPEC/MSPEC/LOA B035, CLASS I NAVIGATION IN THE U.S. CLASS A AIRSPACE USING AREA OR LONG‑RANGE NAVIGATION SYSTEMS.

A.     Purpose. The OpSpec/MSpec/LOA B035 template is used to authorize an operator to conduct Class I Navigation within the U.S. Class A airspace using an Area Navigation (RNAV) or long‑range navigation system (LRNS). This authorization is applicable to operators conducting operations under 14 CFR parts 91 subpart K (91K), 121, 125 (including those issued a Letter of Deviation Authority (LODA) 125M), and 135.

B.     Not Eligible or Trained. If an operator’s aircraft are not eligible (properly equipped) and/or its flightcrews are not appropriately trained to conduct RNAV Q‑routes then that authorization should not selected for inclusion in table 1 and a selection of N/A is used when OpSpec/MSpec/LOA B035 is issued. The current edition of Advisory Circular (AC) 90‑100, U.S. Terminal and En Route Area Navigation (RNAV) Operations, provides guidance for operators regarding operations on RNAV routes.

C.     Procedures. Procedures utilized under this approval should be outlined in the appropriate operations manual, (for other than part 121 certificate holders) OpSpec/MSpec/LOA A008, as applicable.

1)      RNAV routes designated as domestic Q‑routes are being developed for areas throughout the National Airspace System (NAS) in accordance with AC 90‑100.
2)      This guidance, the OpSpec/MSpec/LOA B035 authorization, and AC 90‑100 do not apply to RNAV routes in Alaska or routes designated as Q‑routes in the Gulf of Mexico.

D.    RNAV Within the Continental United States (CONUS). An RNAV route within the CONUS requiring, as a minimum, a distance measuring equipment (DME)/DME/Inertial Reference Unit (IRU)‑based RNAV system satisfying the criteria of AC 90‑100. Q‑Route procedures require the aircraft’s track‑keeping accuracy remain bounded by + 2 nautical miles (NM) for 95 percent of the total flight time.

E.     Training. An operator’s FAA‑approved training program should include subject areas and frequency in accordance with the following:

1)      Training and qualification should be conducted in the specific equipment being used and type of procedure(s) approved under the template B035 Q‑route authorization and include the following subject areas:
a)      Operating procedures in AC 90‑100;
b)      Pilot knowledge requirements and training described in AC 90‑100;
c)      Recognition that some manually selectable aircraft bank‑limiting functions might reduce the ability to satisfy air traffic control (ATC) path expectations, especially during large angle turns; and
d)      Procedures for verification that the correct routes are entered into the navigation system database.
2)      Recurrent training and continuing qualification should be based upon the following: crewmembers should be trained to proficiency on these RNAV routes during their first training sequence with the specific airplane type and equipment being used by the operator.

F.      Determining Eligibility. Operators and pilots should use the guidance in AC 90‑100 to determine their eligibility for domestic U.S. RNAV Q‑routes. For the purpose of this authorization, “compliance” means meeting operational and functional performance criteria.

Note:      Aircraft compliant with the current edition of AC 90‑45, Approval of Area Navigation Systems for Use in the U.S. National Airspace System, may not be compliant with the criteria in AC 90‑100.

1)      Domestic Q‑routes require DME/DME/IRU sensors and/or global positioning system (GPS) inputs. Due to gaps in the DME infrastructure of the NAS, Q‑routes require IRU sensor inputs to augment DME/DME, which is often referred to as DME/DME/IRU.
2)      The operator is responsible for providing equipment eligibility documented by the Approved Flight Manual (AFM). If the operator is unable to determine that the aircraft is eligible, it must provide the following information to the certificate‑holding district office (CHDO), as applicable in Table 3‑9, Required Q‑Route Documentation, below.

Table 3‑9, Required Q‑Route Documentation

Domestic Q‑Route Authorization

Requires the following documentation:

RNAV system make, model, and part number(s)

Evidence of compliance with AC 90‑100 requirements

Crew operations procedures

Crew training program

Any other pertinent information

3)      Based on the information supplied by the operator the principal operations inspector (POI) must coordinate with the principal avionics inspector (PAI) to determine equipment eligibility for RNAV Q‑routes via the Flight Operations Branch (AFS–410) Web site at: http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/avs/offices/afs/afs400/afs410/.
a)      The PAI determines the proper nomenclature of the manufacturer’s make/model/software version and that the RNAV system is installed in accordance with approved data and meets the criteria of the most recent version of AC 90‑100.
b)      If the CHDO is unable to determine equipment eligibility for RNAV Q‑routes via the AFS–410 Web site, contact AFS–410 for guidance.
4)      After the principal inspectors (PI) agree that the operator’s navigation equipment, procedures, and flightcrew training are eligible for RNAV Q‑route operations, the B035 template may be issued indicating the appropriate authorizations.

G.    Certificate Holders and Program Managers Authorized European Precision Area Navigation (P‑RNAV) Operations. The criteria in AC 90‑100 required for U.S. RNAV procedures are generally consistent (but there are exceptions) with the criteria for P‑RNAV operations in Europe.

1)      P‑RNAV terminal and en route operations require a track‑keeping accuracy of ±1 NM for 95 percent of the flight time.
2)      If an operator has met the requirements for and is authorized P‑RNAV in the B034 template, that operator may also be eligible for RNAV routes without additional verification of equipment eligibility. POIs should still evaluate their operator’s procedures and training to ensure compliance with AC 90‑100.
3)      Appropriate P‑RNAV references are:

·        AC 90‑96, Approval of U.S. Operators and Aircraft to Operate Under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) in European Airspace Designated for Basic Area Navigation (B‑RNAV) and Precision Area Navigation (P‑RNAV);

·        European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) TGL‑10; and

·        Volume 3, Chapter 18, Section 4 (see OpSpec/MSpec/LOA B034).

H.    References (current editions).

·        14 CFR part 91, §§ 91.123, 91.205; and 91.503 (data currency),

·        14 CFR part 95,

·        14 CFR part 121, § 121.349,

·        14 CFR part 125, § 125.203,

·        14 CFR part 129, § 129.17,

·        14 CFR part 135, § 135.165, and

·        FAA Order 7110.65, Air Traffic Control.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B036, CLASS II NAVIGATION USING MULTIPLE LONG‑RANGE NAVIGATION SYSTEMS. OpSpec B036 authorizes Class II Navigation when long‑range navigation systems (LRNS) are required due to the inability to obtain a reliable fix at least once each hour from International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standard Navigational Aids (NAVAID). OpSpecs paragraph B047 should be issued when an operator uses a flight navigator for any type of Class II Navigation. OpSpec B036 authorizes the operator to use LRNS and prohibits the use of a flight navigator.

A.     Required LRNS. In certain areas, LRNS may also be required even though reliable fixes may be obtained more than once each hour. In these areas, traffic density and the navigation accuracy necessary for air traffic control may require the use of LRNS.

1)      Direction and guidance for authorizing Class II Navigation is in Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 4.
2)      When an operator applies for authorization to conduct Class II Navigation using LRNS or a flight navigator, validation tests are required. See Volume 3, Chapter 29, Section 8.
3)      OpSpec B036 prohibits Class II Navigation within Central East Pacific Airspace (OpSpec B037), North Pacific Airspace (OpSpec B038), Operations Within North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications Airspace (OpSpec B039), and areas of magnetic unreliability (OpSpec B040), unless operations in those areas are authorized by issuing the appropriate referenced paragraphs.
4)      Subparagraph B036b(5) permits the use of a fix obtained from a LRNS to substitute for a required ground‑based NAVAID fix when that NAVAID (an airways navigation facility) is temporarily out of service.
5)      The aircraft (make/model) and the LRNS (manufacturer/model) authorized for Class II Navigation must be listed in OpSpec B036. Dual or redundant (separate and independent) LRNS must be indicated in the list.
6)      There are certain areas where a single long‑range navigation system (S‑LRNS) may be authorized (see OpSpec B054).

B.     Operator’s Long‑Range Navigation (LRN) Program. The principal operations inspector (POI) must ensure the operator’s LRN program incorporates the practices and procedures recommended in the most recent version of Advisory Circular (AC) 90‑79, Recommended Practices and Procedures for the Use of Electronic Long‑Range Navigation, or the operator has approved procedures equivalent to or exceeding those in AC 90‑79 or other applicable ACs. These procedures must be in the operator’s manuals and in checklists, as appropriate. Training on the use of LRN equipment and procedures must be included in the operator’s training curriculums. The operator’s minimum equipment lists (MEL) and maintenance programs must address the LRN equipment. The POI must coordinate with the principal avionics inspector (PAI) to obtain the proper nomenclature of the manufacturer and model and to ensure the LRN equipment is installed and maintained in accordance with approved data. See Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 2.

C.     RNP‑10 Documentation. The current edition of FAA Order 8400.12, Required Navigational Performance 10 (RNP‑10) Operational Approval is a guide to RNP‑10 aircraft and operator approval in any airspace where RNP‑10 navigation criteria are required.

1)      If an operator requests to deviate from the practices and procedures in Order 8400.12, the inspector should forward a request for assistance through the regional Flight Standards division (RFSD) to AFS–400.
2)      The steps in this process should be followed when an operator seeks authority to operate an airplane type/LRNS combination in Class II Navigation areas where RNP‑10 is applied and the operator has not previously received RNP‑10 approval for that specific airplane type/LRNS combination. Normally, if an operator has received initial Class II Navigation/RNP‑10 approval for a specific airplane type/LRNS combination, that operator should not be required to reapply for approval to conduct Class II Navigation/RNP‑10 operations on additional routes or areas.
a)      Required Application Items. Order 8400.12 provides guidance on the content of an operator’s RNP‑10 application. The application should contain the items listed below.

1.      Aircraft/Navigation System Group. Airworthiness documents that establish the proposed aircraft/navigation system group, its RNP‑10 approval status, and a list of airframes in that group.

2.      Sources of LRNS. Approved or requested RNP‑10 time limit for aircraft for which inertial navigation systems (INS) or Inertial Reference Units (IRU) are the only source of LRN.

3.      RNP‑10 Area of Operations. Documentation establishing the RNP‑10 area of operations or routes for which the specific aircraft/navigation system is eligible.

4.      Operating Practices and Procedures. Documentation that the operator has adopted operating practices and procedures related to RNP‑10 operations.

5.      Pilot and Aircraft Dispatcher Knowledge. Documentation showing that the pilot and, if applicable, aircraft dispatcher knowledge of RNP‑10 operating practices and procedures have been adopted.

6.      Airworthiness Practices. Documentation that appropriate maintenance practices and procedures have been adopted.

7.      MEL updates, if applicable.

8.      Operating History. Operating history that identifies past problems and incidents, if any, and actions taken to correct the situation.

9.      Removal of RNP‑10 Operating Authority. Awareness of the necessity to follow up action after navigation error reports, and the potential for removal of RNP‑10 operating authority.

b)      Aircraft Groups and Eligibility Aircraft Groups (Fleets of Aircraft), Paragraph 11 and Determining Aircraft Eligibility, Paragraph 12 of Order 8400.12.

1.      Aircraft Groups (Fleets of Aircraft). In accordance with Order 8400.12, the operator must show the aircraft/navigation system groups that will be presented for approval of RNP‑10 operations and provide a list of airframes that are determined to be in the specific aircraft/navigation system groups to be evaluated.

2.      Determining Aircraft Eligibility. For aircraft navigation systems which have been approved by an aircraft certification authority to RNP‑10 or better, the operator must provide appropriate sections of the Approved Flight Manual (AFM) that address RNP, including any associated time limits for INS and IRU navigation systems.

3.      Aircraft Equipped with Global Positioning Systems (GPS) Approved to Primary Means of Navigation Standards. For aircraft equipped with GPS, where such GPS units are the only systems for LRN, the operator must show that it is approved in accordance with Order 8400.12. An RNP‑10 time limit is not applicable.

4.      Multisensor Systems Integrating GPS (with GPS Integrity Provided by Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM)). For multisensor systems incorporating GPS, the operator must show that systems are approved and operated in accordance with Order 8400.12. An RNP‑10 time limit is not applicable.

5.      GPS Equipage with Other Approved LRNS (e.g., INS or IRU). See the current editions of AC 90‑94, Guidelines for Using GPS Equipment for IFR En Route and Terminal Operations and for Nonprecision Instrument Approaches, and AC 20‑138, Airworthiness Approval of Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Equipment. The operator must show that aircraft equipped with GPS and one or more approved LRNS are installed and operated in accordance with AC 90‑94 and AC 20‑138. An RNP‑10 time limit is not applicable.

6.      Equipage Where INS or IRU Provide the Only Means of Long‑Range Navigation. The operator must show that INS or IRU installation is approved in accordance with Order 8400.12. Unless the operator takes action to extend the approved navigation system time limit and/or plans to update the system en route, a baseline RNP‑10 time limit of 6.2 hours, starting at the time the system was placed in navigation mode, is applicable. See paragraph c)1 and d) below.

7.      Aircraft Eligibility Through Data Collection (Eligibility Group 3). For navigation systems not approved under existing criteria, the operator may demonstrate RNP‑10 eligibility through data collection in accordance with the processes detailed in appendices 1 or 6 of Order 8400.12.

c)      Route Evaluation for RNP‑10 Time Limits for Aircraft Equipped with Only INSs or IRU, Order 8400.12. If restrictions (e.g., INS RNP‑10 time limit) apply to navigation systems, the operator must show the routes or areas where it is eligible to operate. The operator can conduct a one‑time evaluation of eligibility to fly in an RNP‑10 area of operations or on specific RNP‑10 routes or may elect to evaluate on a per‑flight basis.

1.      One‑Time Evaluation. For one‑time evaluation of a specific RNP‑10 area or track system, aviation safety inspectors (ASI) should expect the operator to accomplish the following:

·        Calculate the longest distance from either departure airports or en route update points (if applicable) to the point at which the aircraft will begin to navigate by reference to very high frequency Omnidirectional Range State (VOR), distance measuring equipment (DME), non‑directional radio beacon (NDB), or comes under air traffic control (ATC) radar surveillance;

·        As detailed in Order 8400.12, using 75 percent probability wind component, convert this distance to en route time;

·        As detailed in Order 8400.12, if navigation systems are to be updated en route, adjust the base line RNP‑10 time limit approved for the specific operator navigation system to account for update accuracy;

·        Subtract 0.3 hours from the baseline for DME/DME;

·        Subtract 0.5 hours from the baseline for VOR/DME;

·        Subtract 1 hour from the baseline for manual update;

·        Compare calculated en route time to the navigation system RNP‑10 time limit (adjusted for en route update, if applicable) to determine if the airplane is eligible for the operation; and

·        If the aircraft navigation system is found eligible for operation on the specific routes evaluated, then the RNP‑10 area of operations or routes on which RNP‑10 operations can be conducted are established. If the aircraft navigation system is not found eligible for operation on all routes evaluated, then the operator will need to designate routes for which it is eligible or take action to gain approval for an extended RNP‑10 time limit. See subparagraph d) below.

2.      Calculation of Time Limit for Each Specific Flight, Order 8400.12. For a per‑flight evaluation of eligibility to fly a specific RNP‑10 route, follow the steps shown in paragraph c)1 above, using flight plan winds to determine en route time. If the RNP‑10 time limit is exceeded, the flight must be re‑routed or delayed.

d)      Time Limit Extension. Obtaining an RNP‑10 Time Limit Extension for INS‑ or IRU‑equipped aircraft, Order 8400.12. An operator can show eligibility for an extended time limit by:

1.      Obtaining approval from an appropriate Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), or

2.      Conducting operational data collection using the processes established in appendices 1 or 6 of Order 8400.12.

e)      Maintenance Requirements. The certificate holder must provide documentation that appropriate maintenance practices and procedures have been adopted.
f)        MEL Requirements. In accordance with Order 8400.12, if applicable, the operator must revise the MEL to address any new operating requirements.
g)      Operations Program. Operations manuals and checklists in accordance with FAA Order 8400.12

1.      Title 14 CFR part 121, 125, and 135 certificate holders must provide revisions to manuals and checklists to show the adoption of the RNP‑10 operating practices and procedures contained in the reference paragraphs and sections listed in this paragraph.

2.      Operations training programs and operating practices and procedures are addressed in Order 8400.12.

h)      Deviation to RNP‑10 Requirements. The administrator may authorize a certificate holder to deviate from the RNP‑10 requirements of OpSpec B036 for a specific flight in designated RNP‑10 airspace if the Air Traffic Service (AAT) provider determines that the airplane may be provided appropriate separation and the flight will not interfere with, or impose a burden on other operators. For operations under such authority, the certificate holder will not take off for flight in designated RNP‑10 airspace, unless the following requirements of subparagraphs b and d of OpSpec B036 are met:

1.      If fuel planning is predicated on en route climb to flight levels where RNP‑10 is normally required, an appropriate request must be coordinated with the AAT provider in advance of the flight.

2.      The appropriate information blocks on the ICAO flight plan filed with the AAT provider show that the airplane and/or certificate holder is not approved for RNP‑10 as specified in the certificate holder’s OpSpec B036.

3.      For these flights, at least one of the navigation system configurations listed below must be installed and operational:

·        At least two independent INS;

·        At least two flight management system (FMS)/navigation sensor combinations (or equivalent);

·        At least two independent approved GPS navigation systems acceptable for primary means of Class II Navigation in oceanic and remote areas; and

·        At least two approved independent LRNS from the list below:

·        Inertial navigation system;

·        FMS/navigation sensor combination (or equivalent); and

·        GPS navigation system approved for Class II Navigation in oceanic and remote areas.

4.      Anchorage and Tokyo Oceanic Notices to Airmen (NOTAM), U.S. Government Flight Information Publication (FLIP) supplement for Alaska. AAT providers have established procedures to accommodate in RNP‑10 airspace a limited number of flights by airplanes and/or operators not approved for RNP‑10. The operator should show that it has adopted appropriate policies and practices to enable it to operate unapproved airplanes in RNP‑10 airspace in situations such as:

·        Ferry flights;

·        Flights that do not meet RNP‑10 MEL requirements; and

·        Non‑scheduled charter flights using unapproved airplanes.

5.      Contacts at Tokyo and Anchorage Oceanic Centers and air traffic policy and procedures for such flights are listed in NOTAMs and/or the Alaska FLIP Supplement and on the FAA RNP Web site. Part 121, 125, and 135 certificate holders will be expected to comply with the provisions of OpSpec B038 for deviation from RNP‑10 requirements.

i)        Application Evaluation. The operator should indicate awareness of the provisions of Order 8400.12, for operator follow‑up action on reported navigation errors and of the potential to remove RNP‑10 operating authority.
j)        Validation. For guidance on validation tests and validation flights for part 121 and 135 operators, reference Volume 3, Chapter 29. Validation testing requires an evaluation of the operator’s programs and documents in accordance with the guidance for RNP‑10 approval.

1.      General. The following is intended to provide broad guidance for establishing requirements for validation tests and/or validation flights. The POI should consider each application on its own merit and in accordance Volume 3, Chapter 29. Consult with the RFSD, as necessary.

2.      Establishing the Necessity for Validation Flights. The following is provided as guidance for ASIs to consider in determining whether or not validation flights are required.

·        Operators with previous Class II Navigation experiences with the same navigation equipment as that being proposed for RNP‑10 approval. Evaluation of the applicant’s programs and documents should normally suffice. A validation flight should not normally be required.

·        Operators with previous Class II Navigation experience navigating with an LRNS other than that being proposed for RNP‑10 approval. Evaluation of the applicant’s programs and documents is required. A validation flight should normally be required. If conducted in Class I airspace, the validation flight may be conducted in revenue service. If conducted in Class II airspace, it must be non‑revenue with the exception that cargo may be carried.

·        Operators with no previous Class II Navigation experience proposing to operate where RNP‑10 is required. Evaluation of the operator’s programs and documents is required. A validation flight should be required and should be conducted in Class II airspace. It should be a non‑revenue flight with the exception that cargo may be carried.

3.      Conditions for Validation Flights.

·        At least one flight should be observed by an FAA ASI.

·        A demonstration of any required dispatch procedures must be conducted for routes or areas where RNP‑10 is required.

·        The flight(s) should be of adequate duration for the pilots to demonstrate knowledge of dispatch requirements, capability to navigate with the system, and to perform the normal and non‑normal procedures.

k)      OpSpec/MSpec Entries.

1.      Required Navigation Performance Type Block. This is the RNP type for which the specific navigation system has been approved. Entry options for this block are:

·        RNP‑X. Example: RNP‑4, RNP‑10, etc.

·        Per AFM. Example: For B747‑400 equipped with FANS‑1 package, AFM establishes RNP Type availability based on GPS satellite availability at dispatch.

·        NA (not applicable). Example: aircraft not used for RNP operations.

2.      RNP Time Limit Block. This is the RNP‑10 or RNP‑4 time, if applicable, for which the navigation system has been approved. Entry options are:

·        X Hours. Example: 6.3 hours, 10.0 hours.

·        UNL (Unlimited). Example: Primary means GPS, approved multi‑sensor system that incorporates GPS.

·        NA (not applicable). Example: aircraft/navigation system no used in RNP operations.

3.      OpSpec B038, Operations in the North Pacific (NOPAC) Airspace and OpSpec B037, Operations in Central East Pacific (CEPAC) Airspace, must also be issued.

4.      For RNP 4 operations, an aircraft must meet a cross‑track keeping accuracy and along‑track positioning accuracy of no greater than +7.4 km (4 nautical miles (NM)) for 95 percent of the flight time. Different routes that require RNP‑4 may have different separation, equipment, and communications requirements. It is possible in the future that a route or airspace could be established that would require RNP‑4 navigation capability with very high frequency (VHF) communication and radar. Some examples of routes that require RNP‑4 are:

·        Australian Tasman Sea (detailed guidance is contained in Australian Government, Civil Aviation Authority, AC 91U‑3(0), Required Navigation Performance 4 (RNP‑4) Operational Certificate);

·        Eastern Russia, the Magadan region (requires FANS 1/A‑equipped aircraft); and

·        Western region of China and north of the Himalayas, Route 888 (because of the remoteness of the area, RNP‑4, Controller‑Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC), and Automatic Dependent Surveillance (ADS) are required).

5.      Eligibility of aircraft and certification of its navigation equipment for RNP‑4 must be determined:

·        For RNP‑4 operations in oceanic or remote airspace, at least two fully serviceable independent LRNS, with integrity such that the navigation system does not provide misleading information, must be fitted to the aircraft. These will form part of the basis upon which RNP‑4 operational approval is granted.

·        For aircraft incorporating GPS, AC 20‑138 or equivalent documents provide an acceptable means of complying with installation requirements for aircraft that use but do not integrate the GNSS output with that of other sensors. The current edition of AC 20‑130, Airworthiness Approval of Navigation or Flight Management Systems Integrating Multiple Navigation Sensors, describes an acceptable means of compliance for multi‑sensor navigation systems that incorporate GPS.

·        Flightcrew training and operating procedures for the navigation systems to be used must be identified by the operator.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B037, OPERATIONS IN CENTRAL EAST PACIFIC (CEPAC) AIRSPACE. OpSpec B037 authorizes Class II Navigation in the airspace designated as CEPAC airspace. The operator must be authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in accordance with OpSpec B036a before B037 can be issued. If the operator is authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in compliance with OpSpec B036a, no additional validation tests need to be accomplished. However, before issuance, the principal operations inspector (POI) must ensure the operator has a program that includes training or briefing of flightcrews on requirements and standards for conduct of flight in CEPAC airspace.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B038, NORTH PACIFIC (NOPAC) OPERATIONS. OpSpec B038 authorizes Class II Navigation conducted in airspace designated as NOPAC operations airspace. The operator must be authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in compliance with OpSpec B036 before B037 can be issued. Validation tests of the operator’s ability to operate in NOPAC airspace are required. If the operator is authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in compliance with OpSpec B036, a temporary authorization in the form of a letter may be issued so that the operator may conduct validation tests with revenue passengers. One of the purposes of validation tests for NOPAC operations is to verify the operator’s ability to properly use airborne weather radar for monitoring navigational system accuracy to assure avoidance of Soviet airspace. The operator must have manual procedures on the use of airborne weather radar for this purpose. Additionally, if flights are to be conducted at or above flight level (FL) 280, the operator must have a program which trains or briefs flightcrews on requirements and standards for flight in NOPAC airspace. Use of flight navigators in NOPAC airspace (at or above FL 280) is not authorized. When validation tests are completed, OpSpec B038 may be issued.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B039, OPERATIONS WITHIN NORTH ATLANTIC (NAT) MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS (MNPS) AIRSPACE.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B039 authorizes Class II Navigation in the airspace designated as NAT/MNPS airspace. The operator must be authorized to conduct Class II Navigation in compliance with OpSpec B036 before B039 can be issued. Validation tests of the operator’s ability to operate in NAT/MNPS airspace are required. If an operator has not been previously issued OpSpec B036, or when a new airplane and/or navigation system is being added to OpSpec B036, validation tests must be conducted to verify the operator’s ability to conduct operations in compliance with both OpSpecs B036 and B039. When validation tests are successfully completed, including passing specified NAT/MNPS pass or fail criteria, OpSpec B039 may be issued.

B.     Airplane and Long‑Range Navigation System (LRNS) Models. The airplane (make/model) and the LRNS (manufacturer/model) authorized for operations in NAT/MNPS airspace must be listed in subparagraph B039c. Dual or redundant (separate and independent) LRNS must be indicated in this list.

C.     Singe Long‑Range Navigation System (S‑LRNS). OpSpec B039 provides for flight operations in NAT/MNPS airspace over special contingency routings with an S‑LRNS. Usually, all airplanes and navigational system combinations listed in OpSpec B039 should also be listed in B039, but in a manner that indicates an S‑LRNS authorization. This authorization permits revenue operations while positioning the airplane for repair of a malfunctioning navigational system. Additionally, other aircraft and navigational equipment combinations which may need to be ferried over these routes in non‑revenue operations should be listed. This is necessary because NAT/MNPS authorization is required regardless of revenue considerations. The following are examples of how airplanes and navigational systems authorized for flight over special contingency routings should be listed.

D.    Canadian MNPS. Title 14 CFR part 135 certificate holders and 14 CFR part 91K program managers that do not have or need Class II (OpSpec B036) authorization but do need authorization to conduct flights in Canadian MNPS, may be issued OpSpec/MSpec B059 in lieu of OpSpec/MSpec B039. See Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 5, for more information.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B040, OPERATIONS IN AREAS OF MAGNETIC UNRELIABILITY.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B040 authorizes either Class I or Class II Navigation in areas of magnetic unreliability (AMU). If flight operations in these areas involve Class II Navigation requiring long‑range navigation systems (LRNS), OpSpec B036 must also be issued. Validation tests of the operator’s ability to conduct flights in AMUs are required. Except for inertial navigation systems (INS), validation tests of any type of navigational equipment (or a flight navigator) must be non‑revenue. When validation tests are successfully completed, OpSpec B040 may be issued. When an operator requests authorization to conduct operations in AMUs, the principal operations inspector (POI) will advise AFS–400 (202‑385‑4586). AFS–400 will arrange for one of the FAA’s navigation specialists to work with the POI to ensure that operations in AMUs meet appropriate requirements. For more information on flight operations in AMUs, see Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 5.

B.     Airplane and Navigational Models. The airplane (make/model), the manufacturer and model of the navigational equipment, and the type of navigation (heading reference) to be used must be listed in subparagraph B040a. When pilot‑operated electronic LRNS are authorized, they must be dual or redundant systems. When heading information is obtained from sources which are not inertially referenced, the manufacturer and model of the heading reference system (compasses) must also be specified. The following are examples of how this information should be listed.

Table 3‑10, Examples of Airplane and Navigational Equipment Information for OpSpec B040a

AIRCRAFT TYPE

(MAKE/MODEL)

NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT

(MANUFACTURER/MODEL)

TYPE NAVIGATION

 

 

EN ROUTE

APPROACH

Doug DC10

Dual Delco

Carousel IV INSS

 

True

True/Mag

Doug DC8

Single Litton LTN‑3100 ONS, Dual Bendix PB20 Polar Path Compasses and a flight navigator

 

Grid

Grid/True

Lkheed 382

Dual Collins ADF 462 and dual King//Bendix KNR‑634 VORs and Dual Bendix PB60 Polar Path Compasses

True/Grid Station Referenced & Pilotage

True/Grid Station Referenced & Pilotage

OPSPEC B041, NORTH ATLANTIC OPERATION (NAT/OPS) WITH TWO ENGINE AIRPLANES UNDER PART 121.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B041 is issued to those 14 CFR part 121 operators who demonstrate the capability and competency to safely conduct operations over the North Atlantic with two‑engine airplanes within the 60‑minute constraint of part 121, § 121.161. This paragraph restricts the authorized area of operation to those portions of the North Atlantic which have a maximum diversion time, from any point along the route of flight, to a diversionary airport of 60 minutes or less at the approved one‑engine inoperative cruise speed (under standard conditions in still air). Due to the unique nature of these operations, OpSpec B041 will not be issued until review and concurrence is obtained from regional Flight Standards division (RFSD) and AFS–400. It is FAA policy and direction that these operations be evaluated and approved on a case‑by‑case basis. This evaluation must include consideration of the character of the terrain within the proposed area of operation, kind of operation, performance of the airplane to be used, capabilities of the alternate airports en route, and the provisions of OpSpec B041. This evaluation must also include consideration of the routes of flight, and airports and instrument approaches likely to be used during an en route diversion resulting from an in‑flight contingency.

B.     Other OpSpecs. Since these operations involve Class II Navigation, OpSpec B036 must also be issued. OpSpec B039 must be issued if an operation involves flight in North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications (NAT/MNPS) airspace. OpSpec B043 (special fuel reserves) and/or OpSpec B044 must also be issued if an operator is authorized to use the provisions of these paragraphs while conducting operations authorized by OpSpec B041. OpSpec B050 must authorize operation in the North Atlantic and must specify appropriate reference paragraphs including any restrictions/limitations necessary to accommodate operations of two‑engine airplanes in the North Atlantic. Since the operations authorized by OpSpec B041 are restricted by the 60‑minute rule, these operations comply with the basic provisions of § 121.161. Therefore, a request for deviation from the basic provisions of this rule is not required for this type of operation.

C.     Airplane Model. Each airplane (make/model) authorized for these operations must be listed in OpSpec B041. Any special equipment or limitations applicable to operations in the NAT/OPS area, including any prohibition of the operation of certain series of aircraft, must also be listed in OpSpec B041 for each make and model listed. The following is an example of how each authorized airplane should be listed.

Table 3‑11, Example Listing of Additional Special Equipment/Limitations by Authorized Airplane

AIRPLANE TYPE

MAKE/MODEL

ADDITIONAL SPECIAL

EQUIPMENT/LIMITATIONS

Boeing 767

DUAL NDB REQUIRED

Airbus 310

A‑310‑200 ONLY

OPSPEC/LOA B043, SPECIAL FUEL RESERVES IN INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B043 provides the method for approving operators that conduct operations under 14 CFR part 121 or 125 to use fuel supplies specified in OpSpec B043 in place of fuel supplies required by part 121, § 121.645 or part 125, § 125.377, as applicable. This authorization, OpSpec B043, is applicable to 14 CFR part 119 certificate holders conducting operations under part 121 or 125. As LOA B043, it is also applicable to those operators that have been issued a deviation from the certificate and OpSpec requirements of part 125 but are still required to conduct operations in accordance with part 125.

1)      This authorization grants the operator a deviation from certain requirements of § 121.645(b) or § 125.377(b), as applicable. Therefore, § 121.645(b) or § 125.377(b), as applicable, and OpSpec B043 must be listed in the operator’s OpSpec A005.
2)      Fuel supplies required by OpSpec B043 are a hybrid between domestic fuel reserves and international fuel reserves.
a)      When a portion of the route is conducted in an area(s) where the aircraft’s position can not be reliably fixed at least once each hour in accordance with paragraph B032 of these OpSpecs additional international reserve fuel supplies must be loaded in accordance with subparagraph b) below.
b)      The additional reserve fuel must be equal to the amount of fuel required to fly for a period of 10 percent of the time it takes to fly that portion of the route in Class II Navigation, unless utilizing this deviation in conjunction with OpSpec B343, Fuel Reserve for Nonstandard Flag and Supplemental Operations.

B.     Rationale. The rationale for the provisions of OpSpec B043 includes the following:

1)      The additional international fuel supply is required only for that portion of a flight in areas where there is a lack of International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standard Navigational Aids (NAVAID), reliable very‑high frequency (VHF) communications, reliability of winds aloft flight planning forecast, and diversionary airports. Examples of areas lacking these facilities and services include transoceanic areas, Northern Canada, the Polar Regions, and certain areas in South America, Africa, the Middle East, and Asia.
2)      The additional international reserve fuel supply is not required for flights in areas where there are ICAO standard NAVAIDs (Class I Navigation), reliable VHF communications, reliable upper air wind pattern information and availability of adequate diversionary airports.
3)      For example, the additional international reserve fuel supply is not required between inter‑European cities or for certain routes between U.S. cities and Central and South American cities. In another example, the additional international reserve fuel supply is not required for certain airways between the U.S. and Canada, or Alaska exclusive of the Northern Control Area (NCA) tracks which require long‑range navigation systems (LRNS) to adequately navigate to the degree of accuracy required by air traffic control (ATC) Class II Navigation.

C.     Reviewing the Proposed Operations. When an operator requests authorization to conduct operations using the special fuel reserves described in OpSpec B043, the principal operations inspector (POI) will advise AFS–400 or AFS–220/820 (202‑267‑7493) and the San Francisco International Field Office (SFO‑IFO) (650‑876‑2756) navigation specialists as appropriate. AFS–400 will arrange for one of the FAA’s navigation and aircraft dispatch aviation safety inspector (ASI) specialists to work with the POI to ensure the operator’s proposed operations with special fuel reserves will meet appropriate requirements. AFS–220/820 will review the operator’s request and supporting documentation and advise the POI of concurrence and or comments.

D.    Operator Procedures. Before issuing OpSpec B043, the operator must develop procedures, which ensure that flightcrews and aircraft dispatchers (or flight followers) are made specifically aware of fuel supplies to be used for a particular flight.

1)      The procedures must provide for strict in‑flight monitoring of fuel consumption and calculation of fuel remaining at the end of flight.
2)      These procedures must specifically prohibit use of the provisions of OpSpec B044 (re‑dispatch or re‑release) when a flight is conducted in accordance with OpSpec B043.
3)      These procedures must require flightcrews report immediately to the aircraft dispatcher or flight follower anytime the estimated time of arrival at the destination exceeds 15 minutes beyond the flight plan estimated time of arrival (ETA), the cruise altitude varies by 4,000 feet or more from the flight plan, or the airplane deviates more than 100 nautical miles (NM) from the flight‑planned route.
4)      Procedures must be established for flightcrews, aircraft dispatchers, or flight followers, as applicable, for the reporting of a fuel emergency or any fuel states that result in coordination with ATC or dispatch that then result in ATC providing priority handling of that aircraft.
5)      These procedures must be included in the operator’s manual.
6)      Flight crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers or flight followers, as applicable, must be trained to use these procedures.

E.     Reviewing the Proposed Procedures. The POI must ensure the operator’s procedures are adequate and that crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers (or flight followers), as applicable, who will be using the procedures are properly trained. The POI should request the assistance of the AFS–400 navigation specialists and AFS–220/820 specialists to review the procedures. OpSpec B043 authorization may be issued when the response from AFS–400 and AFS–220/820 has concurred that the procedures are adequate. The POI will review the response and comments and resolve any issues and issue OpSpec B043.

Note:      OpSpec/LOA A005 must also be amended to list the deviation from § 121.645 or § 125.377, as applicable.

OPSPEC B045, EXTENDED OVERWATER OPERATIONS USING A SINGLE LONG‑RANGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM.

A.     Requirements. All 14 CFR part 121 operations must be conducted in accordance with part 121, §§ 121.711 and 121.359. All 14 CFR part 125 operations must be conducted in accordance with part 125, § 125.203(e). All 14 CFR part 135 operations must be conducted in accordance with part 135, § 135.151. Each airplane equipped with only one operating high frequency (HF) or satellite link communication system must be capable of monitoring and communicating with air traffic control (ATC) during the flight segment when the airplane is operated beyond the range of ground‑based very‑high frequency (VHF) radio communications equipment.

B.     Letters of Agreement. Prior to commencing operations in the extended overwater area approved in OpSpec B045, the carrier will enter into and obtain letters of agreement from the appropriate oceanic control areas. Copies of these letters should be maintained by FAA in the OpSpecs correspondence file.

C.     VHF Communications Gap. All flights in oceanic airspace conducted with a functional Single Long‑Range Communication System (SLRCS), over any airway or other approved route should not normally exceed a two‑way VHF communications gap of 30 minutes when operating at the aircraft’s normal en route altitude.

D.    Exceeding the VHF Communications Gap. A request for authorization to operate over a portion of a route that exceeds a 30‑minute VHF communications gap may be submitted to the Administrator if the oceanic control center agrees by letter. The certificate holder may request approval for a nonstandard OpSpec B045 that meets the requirements of §§ 121.351(c), 125.203(e), or 135.165(d), as applicable. The nonstandard OpSpec B045 must be requested from the Administrator through AFS–200 or the General Aviation and Commercial Division (AFS‑800) as appropriate.

E.     Part 135. If operations are conducted under part 135 using this OpSpec paragraph, each certificate holder’s manual will contain procedures that ensure that the additional requirements of OpSpec B045 subparagraph f are met.

F.      Part 125. If the operations are conducted under part 125 using this OpSpec B045, each certificate holder’s manual will contain procedures that ensure that the additional requirements of OpSpec B045 subparagraph e are met.

G.    Functional Check Procedures. The certificate holder’s manual will contain procedures to ensure that the pilot in command (PIC) satisfactorily completes a functional check of the SLRCS prior to entering oceanic airspace.

H.    Principal Operations Inspector (POI) Dispatch Manual Review. The POI will review the dispatch manual, if appropriate, to ensure the proper procedures have been included.

I.       POI Training Program Review. The POI will review and approve any changes to the training program to ensure that all flightcrews are familiar with the use of this authorization. The POI should ensure that overwater SLRCS has been incorporated and appropriately addressed in the certificate holder’s approved training curricula. Part 125 initial and recurrent pilot testing programs should be updated with applicable information from these paragraphs.

J.      Coordination Requirements. Coordination with avionics and airworthiness inspectors is required to ensure proper installation of the SLRCS.

K.    Minimum Equipment List (MEL) Review. The MEL should be reviewed to ensure that the deferral of communications equipment does not conflict with this authorization. See Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 2, Paragraph 4‑27.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B046, OPERATIONS IN REDUCED VERTICAL SEPARATION MINIMUM (RVSM) AIRSPACE.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B046 provides general authority for RVSM airspace operations RVSM airspace authorization is applicable to all 14 CFR part 91 operators and 14 CFR part 121, 125, and 135 certificate holders that have been or wish to be authorized to operate on RVSM route systems. RVSM is in effect in the North Atlantic, the Pacific Oceanic Flight Information Regions (FIR) including the North Pacific (NOPAC) and Central East Pacific (CEPAC) Route Systems. RVSM programs enable 1,000‑foot vertical separation to be applied between aircraft above flight level (FL) 290. Part 91, § 91.706, Operations Within Airspace Designed as Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum Airspace, and part 91 appendix G, Operations in Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) Airspace, provide regulatory policy for RVSM programs.

B.     RVSM FIRs and FLs. The FIRs where RVSM may be implemented are listed in part 91 appendix G. The specific FLs where RVSM is implemented within each FIR are published in the Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) and Notices to Airmen (NOTAM) published by the responsible Air Traffic Service (AAT) provider. Each operator that is authorized RVSM operations is responsible for verifying those FLs before conducting RVSM operations.

C.     Relationship Between Minimum Navigation Performance Specification (MNPS) and RVSM Approvals. If the operator intends to operate in MNPS airspace at FLs where RVSM is applied, then approval of both lateral and vertical navigation performance is required. For part 121, 125, and 135 operators, paragraphs B039 (MNPS), B046, and D092 must be issued. If these operators choose to operate in MNPS at FLs where RVSM is not applied, then only approval of lateral navigation through issuing paragraph B039 is required.

D.    Specific Emphasis. Two items have shown to need specific emphasis in RVSM authorizations:

1)      Training on the Effect of RVSM on Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) Operations. Operators whose aircraft are equipped with TCAS must ensure that pilots are knowledgeable on the effect of RVSM on TCAS operation.
2)      Wake Turbulence Procedures. Operators must ensure that pilots are knowledgeable on lateral offset procedures to mitigate the effect of wake turbulence. AAT providers have published procedures to enable pilots to mitigate the effect of wake turbulence in oceanic airspace where RVSM is applied.

E.     Verification of Aircraft RVSM Eligibility. Aviation safety inspectors (ASI) need to confirm an aircraft’s eligibility to conduct RVSM operations. The aircraft engineering and maintenance that are required for an in‑service aircraft to be approved for RVSM operations have normally been documented in Service Bulletins (SB) and Aircraft Service Changes. These documents have been developed by aircraft manufacturers and reviewed by the appropriate Aircraft Certification Office (ACO) prior to distribution. Since the initial implementation of RVSM in March 1997, a number of aircraft manufacturers have incorporated RVSM aircraft equipage and altitude‑keeping performance requirements into the certification process for production aircraft. In such cases, SBs or Aircraft Service Changes should not be required. If questions arise on the RVSM eligibility, ASIs can contact the Aircraft Engineering Division (AIR‑100) at (202) 267‑9580, or AFS–400 at (202) 385‑4586. For RVSM eligibility of in‑production or new‑production aircraft, Flight Standards inspectors should request that the operator provide them with a copy of one of the following documents:

1)      The Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) should contain a statement that the aircraft is eligible for operation in RVSM airspace, or
2)      The type certificate data sheet (TCDS) can specifically describe the avionics configurations and continued airworthiness criteria, or provide reference to FAA‑approved documentation in the form of a written report.

F.      Evaluating the Operator’s Programs. The operator should submit the maintenance program and the operations program for approval simultaneously. Evaluation of operations programs should be completed in conjunction with the evaluation of Continuous Airworthiness Maintenance Programs (CAMP). OpSpec D092, Maintenance Program Authorization for Airplanes Used for Operations in Designated Reduced Vertical Separation must also be issued for RVSM authorization. OpSpec D092 lists the aircraft that are authorized and maintained in accordance with an approved maintenance program.

G.    OpSpec B050. OpSpec paragraph B046 should be listed in the specific areas of operation listed in OpSpec paragraph B050 when the operator is granted authorization to conduct RVSM operations in those areas. If an operator has RVSM authorization, the principal operations inspector (POI) must ensure that the differences in procedures for a new area of operation are addressed before adding OpSpec B046 to the new area in B050.

H.    Further Guidance. For extensive and inclusive guidance and documentation for RVSM authorization, go to the RVSM homepage at: http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/ato/service_units/enroute/rvsm/. For other questions, contact the navigation specialists in AFS–400 at (202) 385‑4586.

OPSPEC B047, CLASS II NAVIGATION USING A FLIGHT NAVIGATOR. OpSpec B047 authorizes the use of a flight navigator in Class II Navigation. Operator requests for an option that authorizes the use of flight navigators as the primary means of Class II Navigation occur infrequently. When an operator requests authorization to use a flight navigator in any of the areas listed in OpSpec B050, the principal operations inspector (POI) will advise AFS–400 (202‑385‑4586). AFS–400 will arrange for one of the FAA’s navigation specialists to work with the POI to ensure the operator’s long‑range navigation (LRN) program (including the use of a flight navigator) meets appropriate requirements.

OPSPEC B048, OPERATIONS IN THE VICINITY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. OpSpec B048 contains specific operational limitations and provisions for granting an operator deviation authority to conduct sightseeing and air tour operations in the state of Hawaii below 1,500 feet above the surface. Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) 71, Special Operating Rules for Air Tour Operators in the State of Hawaii, prescribes the operating rules for airplane and helicopter operators to conduct visual flight rules (VFR) sightseeing and air tour operations in Hawaii. This authorization cannot be issued to fractional ownership program managers (14 CFR part 91K).

A.     SFAR 71 Procedures Document. Each operator must have a FAA‑approved SFAR 71 Procedures Document that contains a minimum of the following:

1)      A description of specific sites, transition segments, and overwater segments.
2)      The restrictions that apply for operations below 1,000 feet above the surface at specific sites, including height‑velocity restrictions and raw terrain descriptions.
3)      An identification of designated areas at specific sites or transition segments suitable for an emergency landing in the event of an engine failure.
4)      A description of the planned entry to and egress from the approved specific sites.
5)      The operator’s plan for ensuring that its pilots conducting flights under this authorization will conduct or participate in at least one formal air tour safety meeting each 12 calendar‑months, beginning from the commencement of air tour operations, to discuss safety issues and procedures that pilots will follow while conducting operations under SFAR 71. This plan should include:
a)      Provisions for the documentation of each pilot’s attendance at the air tour safety meetings that must be retained for a minimum of one year or until the training is repeated, whichever is later.
b)      The operator’s plan for notifying the Honolulu Flight Standards District Office (FSDO) at least 10 days prior to these meetings to give the FAA an opportunity to participate.

B.     SFAR 71 Training Program. Each operator must have an FAA‑approved SFAR 71 training program that covers at least the following:

1)      The provisions and limitations of SFAR 71 and the operator’s FAA‑approved SFAR 71 Procedures Document.
2)      Initial training for each pilot, which includes flight instruction by an authorized company instructor over all site‑specific locations for operations being conducted under SFAR 71.
3)      Each pilot in command (PIC) will have passed a 14 CFR part 135, § 135.299 line check, which includes a representative SFAR 71 transition segment and site‑specific area conducted by the Administrator or company check airman.
4)      All other applicable limitations and provisions contained in OpSpec B048.

C.     Initial Evaluation. The Administrator will conduct an initial evaluation of each company flight instructor over all site‑specific locations before authorizing the instructor to conduct flight instruction for operations being conducted under SFAR 71.

D.    Pilot Requirements. Each pilot using the provisions of this authorization who is conducting sightseeing operations under § 135.1(c) will be knowledgeable of SFAR 71 and operate in accordance with the provisions and limitations of OpSpec B048. Initially, and thereafter annually, each pilot must satisfactorily complete both knowledge and flight tests administered by an FAA aviation safety inspector (ASI) qualified to perform this function.

E.     Additional Limitations and Provisions. The principal operations inspector (POI) has the option of adding additional limitations and provisions for specific Hawaiian Islands in subparagraph e of OpSpec B048 without going through the nonstandard paragraph processing. If this feature is not required, the POI must not leave the selection blank but enter N/A in place of any additional limitations and provisions.

F.      OpSpec B050. OpSpec B050 must refer to OpSpec B048, as applicable.

G.    OpSpec A005. Because this OpSpec B048 authorizes a deviation to SFAR 71, it must be listed in OpSpec A005. It should be recorded as “SFAR 71 section 6” with the statement in the remarks column: “Ops below 1,500 feet AGL.”

OPSPEC B049, OPERATIONS IN THE GRAND CANYON NATIONAL PARK SPECIAL FLIGHT RULES AREA.

A.     Purpose. OpSpec B049 contains specific operational limitations and provisions for granting an air carrier the authority for air tour operations in the Grand Canyon National Park‑Special Flight Rules Area (GCNP‑SFRA). The current edition of FAA Order 1380.2, Las Vegas FSDO Grand Canyon National Park Special Flight Rules Area Procedures Manual, outlines the procedures for this authorization. This manual may be obtained from the Las Vegas Flight Standards District Office (FSDO), Grand Canyon Unit. The Las Vegas FSDO will also provide the principal operations inspector (POI) with a memorandum outlining the process for authorizing air tour operations in the GCNP‑SFRA. This authorization cannot be issued to fractional ownership program managers (14 CFR part 91K).

B.     Tours Per Year. In accordance with 14 CFR part 93, § 93.319(a), no operator may conduct a greater number of commercial air tours per calendar year than the number of allocations appearing on the operator’s OpSpec B049, unless excepted by regulation. Each commercial air tour operator operating in the GCNP‑SFRA is permitted to operate a certain fixed number of air tours per calendar year.

1)      No operator will receive a greater number of allocations than the number of commercial air tours conducted by the operator in the GCNP‑SFRA and reported to the FAA during the period beginning May 1, 1997 and ending April 30, 1998.
2)      Each operator who reported air tours in the GCNP‑SFRA receives allocations designated for that operator only.
3)      Operators who reported commercial air tours in the Dragon and/or Zuni Point Corridors receive specific allocations for these corridors. These Dragon and/or Zuni Point Corridor allocations are included as a part of the total allocations designated for each operator, if appropriate.
4)      An operator must use one allocation for each flight that is a commercial air tour, unless excepted by regulation.
5)      An operator may use allocations designated for the Dragon or Zuni Point Corridors outside of those areas, but may not use allocations not specifically designated for the Dragon or Zuni Point Corridors within the Dragon and Zuni Point Corridors.
6)      An operator who meets the requirements for commercial SFRA operations and operates in conformance with its GCNP‑SFRA OpSpecs is not required to use a commercial air tour allocation for each commercial air tour flight in the GCNP‑SFRA if the following conditions are met:
a)      The operator must have executed a written contract with the Hualapai Indian Nation granting the operator a trespass permit and specifying the maximum number of flights to be permitted to land at Grand Canyon West Airport and at other sites located in the vicinity of that airport.
b)      The operator must operate in compliance with that contract.
c)      The operator must have a valid OpSpec B049 that authorizes the operator to conduct the operations specified in the contract with the Hualapai Indian Nation and specifically approves the number of operations that may transit the GCNP‑SFRA under this exception.
7)      Operators who have previously conducted commercial air tours in the GCNP‑SFRA may continue to do so without an initial allocation if they did not receive an initial allocation in 1999 or 2000 for one of the following reasons:
a)      The operator conducted commercial air tours at or above 14,500 feet mean sea level (MSL) but below 18,000 feet MSL and was not required to report during the base year. The operator does not require an allocation to continue to conduct air tours at those altitudes.
b)      The operator conducted commercial air tours in the area affected by the eastward shift of the SFRA boundaries and was not required to report during the base year. The operator does not require an allocation to continue operating on its specified routes in the area bounded by longitude line 111º42” west and longitude line 111º36” west.

C.     Commercial Sightseeing Flight Reporting Requirements. In accordance with § 93.325, each operator conducting commercial sightseeing flights within the GCNP‑SFRA will submit in writing, within 30 days of the close of each calendar quarter, the total number of commercial air tours conducted within the GCNP‑SFRA during that quarter. The quarterly reports must be filed with the Las Vegas FSDO and must contain the following information:

·        Make and model of aircraft;

·        Identification number (registration number) for each aircraft;

·        Departure airport for each segment flown;

·        Departure date and actual Universal Coordinated Time, as applicable for each segment flown;

·        Type of operation; and

·        Route(s) flown.

D.    Maximum Number of Allocations. The maximum number of allocations for the Dragon and/or Zuni Point Corridors and the maximum number of total allocations for the GCNP‑SFRA must be listed in OpSpec B049 subparagraph a(2). See the OpSpecs job aid in the automated Operations Safety Subsystem (OPSS) Guidance Subsystem in association with OpSpec B049 for examples.

1)      The operator may not be authorized to conduct more commercial air tours in the GCNP‑SFRA per year than the number of initial allocations authorized in OpSpec B049, unless permitted by exemption. If an exemption is granted, this number should be altered accordingly in OpSpec B049 and the exemption listed in OpSpec A005.
2)      The Grand Canyon Unit of the Las Vegas FSDO, (702) 269‑1445, is the source for this number of authorized commercial air tours for each operator.

E.     Curfew Limitations. As appropriate, the operator must comply with the curfew limitations of § 93.317. It reads, “Unless otherwise authorized by the Flight Standards District Office, no person may conduct a commercial Special Flight Rules Area operation in the Dragon and Zuni Point corridors during the following flight‑free periods:

1)      “Summer season (May 1 ‑ September 30) ‑ 6 p.m. to 8 a.m. daily; and
2)      “Winter season (October 1 ‑ April 30) ‑ 5 p.m. to 9 a.m. daily.”

F.      OpSpec B050. OpSpec B049 must be referenced in OpSpec B050, as applicable.

OPSPEC/MSPEC B050, AUTHORIZED AREAS OF EN ROUTE OPERATION, LIMITATIONS, AND PROCEDURES. This section provides operators and principal operations inspectors (POI) with detailed information on the OPSS functionality with regard to the issuance of B050:

·        Paragraph A—Provides general overview.

·        Paragraph B—Describes process steps for the development of B050.

·        Paragraph C—Includes a list and definitions of the standard authorized areas as displayed in OPSS.

·        Paragraph D—ETOPS Areas of Operation/B050 interface.

·        Paragraph E—Guidance for adding areas with limited FAA oversight.

G.    Purpose. B050 must specify only the areas of en route operation (or individual routes that have specific limitations or procedures associated with the route) for which the operator is authorized to conduct under 14 CFR parts 91 subpart K (91K), 121, 121/135, 125 (including the Letter of Deviation Authority (LODA) 125 operators), and 135 operations. B050 must include all areas of en route operation where the operator conducts scheduled and nonscheduled operations. B050 prohibits operations in areas not listed. It is important to consider those areas where the operator may conduct nonscheduled operations. When amending B050, the POI should review the guidance for OpSpec/MSpec/LOA B450, Sensitive International Areas, to determine if B450 needs to be updated as well.

H.    B050 Process Steps. To prepare B050 for issuance, the POI or operator must accomplish the following:

1)      Coordinate with the operator to prepare the “list of the areas of en route operation.” The POI should work directly with the operator when preparing the list. This is particularly important when extensive international operations are involved. Operators requesting approval for special areas of operation (e.g., North Atlantic Tracks (NAT)/minimum navigation performance specification (MNPS), area of magnetic unreliability (AMU), or initial Class II Navigation authorization) must consult a navigation specialist, as required by policy in Order 8900.1.
2)      Obtain the “list of areas of en route operation.” The OPSS guidance contains detailed information on geographical areas.
3)      Select the individual areas of en route operation for authorization. Paragraph C contains the areas listing. All selected areas must be contiguous. For example, if “the 48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia” and “the State of Hawaii” are selected and operations will be authorized between those areas, make an appropriate selection for the Pacific Ocean. The WebOPSS application approves all of the selected countries and/or territories within the authorized area by default. WebOPSS allows countries within the selected authorized area to be included, excluded, or overfly. Explanations of these selections are below:
a)      None (Default) is the preferred method of selection. This selection allows selection of the entire prescribed authorized area of en route operations. In some cases FAA Headquarters unilaterally restricts some countries for the None (Default) selection. An example is Asia—Excluding North Korea, Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) 79. In this example North Korea is restricted from the selections of Include, Exclude, or Overflight. In the case where an SFAR is applicable, the POI must inform the carrier. Headquarters will remove the SFAR country from its current authorized area and develop a new selectable authorized area of en route operation that addresses the SFAR. Headquarters will issue a notice announcing the change.
b)      Include is used in the rare case when the operator selects an authorized geographic area, but only one or two countries are approved for flight operations over or within those countries in the authorized area. For part 121 scheduled operators, OpSpec C070 must list the authorized airports. Use Include to authorize a geographic area where the operator has completed validation tests for the specific country, but not the entire authorized area of en route operations. This allows the operator who has limited exposure to a complicated navigation area to operate into a specific country that it has demonstrated competency by validation testing. For example, an operator is authorized operations into Hong Kong, Macao, or Taiwan, but not mainland China. Both altitude measurement standards and Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) procedures are different in these locations from the rest of China.
c)      Exclude is used when an authorized geographic area includes a country or territory where restrictions (e.g., economic sanctions) or Notices to Airmen (NOTAM) regarding potentially hazardous conditions exist. Reasons for exclusion can be, but not limited to, NOTAM, politically sensitive areas, operator preference, or operational capabilities. An example of exclusion would be Yemen. Yemen would be selected as Exclude from the area of the Middle East—Excluding Iraq. Note that Iraq is already excluded from the Middle East due to SFAR 77.
d)      Overflight is used when a geographic area is authorized, but selected countries are only authorized for overflight operations. Similar to Exclude, use Overflight when an operator has authorization to overfly a geographic area where restrictions such as economic sanctions or NOTAMs regarding potentially hazardous conditions exist. Reasons for overflight can be, but not limited to, NOTAMs, politically sensitive areas, operator preference, or operational capabilities. For example, to authorize overflight of Cuba, an operator would be authorized Caribbean Sea—Including the islands/nations and the Havana flight information region (FIR), with Cuba selected for overflight.
4)      The operator or POI should use B050 subparagraph b Table 2, Limitations, Provisions, and Special Requirements, for any special operational considerations (refer to Table 3‑15). Each limitation, provision, or special requirement number must be associated with the applicable authorized area of B050 in the Notes Reference # column of Table 1. The following are examples of Limitations, Provisions, and Special Requirements:
a)      Limitation—Specific route approval required to maintain compliance with OpSpec A013 (Part 121, 125, and 135 Operations without Certain Emergency Equipment). Specific route approval would avoid operations beyond 162 nautical miles from shoreline in the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean.
b)      Provision—Authorization to land at Guantanamo Bay NAS.
c)      Special Requirement—If an operator has multiple engine/airframe combinations approved for ETOPS, and not all engine/airframe combinations are authorized in all areas listed in B050, the operator should list the specific engine/airframe combination as a note reference.
5)      OPSS will auto‑fill required paragraphs in B050 Table 1, Reference Paragraphs, column for each area of en route operation by CFR part. For example, for parts 121 and 135, OPSS will auto‑fill B031 and B032. In part 135, B032 does not apply to visual flight rules (VFR)‑only operations; therefore, it must be manually deleted for those types of operations.
6)      In certain areas of en route operation, reference paragraphs are mandatory (Central East Pacific (CEPAC), B037; North Pacific (NOPAC), B038; NAT/MNPS, B039; and areas of magnetic unreliability (AMU), B040). These required paragraphs have been preloaded as reference paragraphs in B050. The POI must not manually delete these mandatory reference paragraphs when the operator is authorized to operate in these areas. The certificate holder must meet the requirements of those authorizations, and B050 must include references to those authorizations.
7)      The operator or POI will select the mandatory paragraphs referenced in each area that is applicable to the CFR part. The guidance for these paragraphs is below. Evaluate and select optional paragraphs that apply to the operation in that area of operation. It is important to note that initial authorization for optional paragraphs must be coordinated with a specialist, as indicated. Upon receiving initial approval, the POI, in coordination with a navigation specialist and/or ETOPS specialist, is responsible to determine whether further validation is necessary when authorizing additional areas.
a)      For example; an operator obtains ETOPS authority for a B‑767 operation in Canada and the North Atlantic. The operator will add B342 in the reference paragraph in Canada and the North Atlantic MNPS airspace. The operator then requests to fly the same aircraft, B‑767, from the West Coast to Hawaii. This requires the operator to validate this operation before placing B342 in the Central and South Pacific airspace in the reference paragraphs. The POI should consult the AFS‑200 ETOPS specialist when determining whether to include these reference paragraphs.
b)      Manually add other applicable optional reference paragraphs to a specific area of en route operation. These other reference paragraphs either specify a requirement such as long‑range navigation equipment, or grant a specific authorization such as, use of Area Navigation (RNAV) equipment for Class I navigation. The POI must determine which reference paragraphs are pertinent to each area of en route operation. These other reference paragraphs may include, but are not limited to the following:

·        B034—IFR Class I Terminal and En Route Navigation Using Area Navigation Systems.

·        B035—Class I Navigation in the U.S. Class A Airspace using Area Navigation or Long‑Range Navigation Systems.

·        B036—Class II Navigation Using Multiple Long-Range Navigation Systems (LRNS).

·        B037—Operations in Central East Pacific (CEPAC) Airspace.

·        B038—North Pacific (NOPAC) Operations.

·        B039—Operations in North Atlantic (NAT) Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications (MNPS) Airspace.

·        B040—Operations in Areas of Magnetic Unreliability.

·        B041—North Atlantic Operations with Two-Engine Airplanes Under Part 121.

·        B043—Special Fuel Reserves in International Operations.

·        B044—Planned Redispatch or Rerelease En route.

·        B045—Extended Overwater Operations Using a Single Long‑Range Communications System.

·        B046—Operations in Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) Airspace.

·        B054—Class II Navigation Using Single Long-Range Navigation System (S-LRNS).

·        B055—North Polar Operations.

·        B059—Canadian MNPS Airspace. (B059 is only issued to part 135 operators.)

·        B342—Extended Operations (ETOPS) with Two-Engine Airplanes Under Part 121.

·        B343—Fuel Reserves for Flag and Supplemental Operations.

·        B344—Extended Operations (ETOPS) in Passenger-Carrying Airplanes with More Than Two Engines Under Part 121.

8)      After the reference paragraphs are either deleted or added, any special requirement pertinent to an area of en route operation or to a particular aircraft operating within the area must be prepared and added to B050. The recommended method for accomplishing this is the use of the B050 Table 2, Limitations, Provisions, and Special Requirements. In the Notes Reference # column, notes should be consecutively and uniquely numbered. After each unique number in the Note Reference # column the applicable limitation, provision, or special requirements must be described in the Limitations, Provisions, and Special Requirements column. The note reference number must also be entered in the Note Reference # column in Table 1 adjacent to each area of en route operation to which the note applies. The following illustration is an example of how special requirements can be annotated. For the purpose of illustration, the example presumes an operator authorized to conduct operations under part 121.

Table 3‑15, Example of Special Requirements Annotations for a Part 121 Operator

Authorized Areas of En Route Operation

Reference Paragraphs

Note Reference #

Atlantic Ocean—West Atlantic Route System (WATRS)—The North Atlantic Ocean west of the western boundary of NAT/MNPS airspace to include the San Juan control area (CTA)/FIR and the Atlantic portion of the Miami Oceanic CTA

A056, B031, B032, B034, B036, B045, B046, B054, B342

3, 7

 

Note Reference #

Limitations, Provisions, and Special Requirements

3

B‑777—CPDLC Operations for New York Oceanic, Gander and Shanwick FIRs only

7

ETOPS—B-757‑212 P/W 2037 engines only

I.       Listing and Explanation of Authorized Areas of En Route Operation. The authorized areas of en route operations below are the standard selections from OPSS. The composition of each authorized area of operations is contained in the Authorized Areas Country Listing document located in the OPSS guidance area associated with B050. The optional paragraphs below may not include all paragraphs. The POI must consult with FAA headquarters for applicability of nonstandard paragraphs in B050. The list below does not include certain Part A OpSpecs. The POI is responsible to ensure that any Part A paragraphs that reference B050 are listed in the Reference Paragraph column of the applicable area of operation. Certain optional paragraphs will require consultation with one or more of the following: navigation specialist, Dispatch inspector, ETOPS specialist. The optional reference paragraphs that require consultation with a specialist will be identified by an asterisk (*). Examples include B044 (Re‑dispatch), B043 (Special Fuel Reserves), initial Class II navigation (B036 or B054), B055 (Polar Operations), and B342 (ETOPS). Each area listed below contains a short explanation of the geographic area followed by a standard list of considerations for each area selected. The inspector should ensure that the required paragraphs are issued to the operator. The operator may require optional paragraphs depending on its complexity and type of operation.

1)      Africa—Ethiopia, SFAR 87. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of Ethiopia. The operator must comply with SFAR 87.
a)      Headquarters Approval. Yes, contact AFS‑200.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B036 not required for operations within Ethiopia. B343 requires Headquarters approval.

2)      Africa—Excluding Ethiopia and Somalia. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Africa, except Ethiopia and Somalia.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B036 not required for operations within Africa. B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

3)      Africa—Somalia, SFAR 107. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of Somalia. The operator must comply with SFAR 107.
a)      Headquarters Approval. Yes, contact AFS‑200.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B036 is not required for operations within Somalia. B343 requires Headquarters approval.

4)      Asia—Excluding North Korea. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Asia, except North Korea.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       RVSM in China (Metric) differs from International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standards. B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

5)      Asia—North Korea SFAR 79 (Portions of Pyongyang FIR). Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of North Korea. The operator must comply with SFAR 79.
a)      Headquarters Approval. Yes, contact AFS‑200.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B343 requires Headquarters approval.

6)      Atlantic Ocean—The Atlantic Ocean Islands/Nations. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the islands and nations in the Atlantic Ocean bound in the north by 78° N. latitude and to the sound by 67° S. latitude.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (Refer to the special notes below.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B039*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       Selection of this area will require authorization of at least an additional Atlantic Ocean navigational area. The additional navigational area may require coordination with a navigation specialist. OpSpec B343 requires Headquarters approval.

7)      Atlantic Ocean—The North Atlantic Ocean Specified as “Special Contingency Routings” in the Current Edition of the U.S. International Flight Information Manual (IFIM). Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace of the Special Contingency Routings defined in the current edition of the U.S. IFIM.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B039*, B041*, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B039 is required unless the operator intends to operate at altitudes above or below NAT/MNPS airspace. B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

8)      Atlantic Ocean—Atlantic Ocean at Flight Levels Above and Below NAT/MNPS Airspace Boundaries. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace of the Atlantic Ocean when the operator is not approved to operate in the exclusionary NAT/MNPS airspace.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B041*, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

9)      Atlantic Ocean—Atlantic Ocean NAT/MNPS Airspace. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the exclusionary NAT/MNPS airspace.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, B039*, and B046.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B034, B041, B043*, B044*, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

10)  Atlantic Ocean—Atlantic Ocean South of New York and Santa Maria Oceanic FIRs. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace South of NAT/MNPS airspace to the South Polar region (67º S.).
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B034, B041, B043*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

11)  Atlantic Ocean—WATRS: the North Atlantic Ocean West of the Western Boundary of NAT/MNPS Airspace to Include the San Juan CTA/FIR and the Atlantic Portion of the Miami Oceanic CTA. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace as defined.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036, B043*, B044*, B045*, B046, B054*, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

12)  Australia and New Zealand. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Australia and New Zealand.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       For operations between Australia and New Zealand, the operator must select Pacific Ocean—The Central and South Pacific Ocean. The possibility of remote or oceanic operations in this area may require B036; therefore, navigation specialist coordination is required. B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

13)  Canada—Canadian MNPS Airspace. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the Canadian MNPS airspace as defined in the Canadian Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP).
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, and B059* (required for part 135).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. A353, B032, B034, B040*, B043*, B044*, B046, B055*, B342*, B343*, B344*.

Note:       Operations north of 78º N. Latitude require selection of the “Polar Areas—North Polar Area—North of 78 degrees North Latitude to the North Pole” area. Operations north of 68º N. latitude may require AMU authorization. A353, B342, B343, and B344 require Headquarters approval.

14)  Canada—Excluding Canadian MNPS Airspace. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area defined in the Canadian AIP as the Southern Domestic Airspace.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031 and B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. A353, B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       A353, B342, and B343 require Headquarters approval.

15)  Caribbean Sea—Including the Islands/Nations and the Havana FIR. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the islands and nations in the Caribbean Sea and the Havana FIR.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No. (See special notes.)
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031 and B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B054*.

Note:       AFS‑200 coordination is required for operations within the Havana FIR and/or Cuba. Initial Class II navigation (B036 or B054) requests require coordination with a navigation specialist.

16)  Caribbean Sea—Including the Islands/Nations, Excluding the Havana FIR. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the islands and nations in the Caribbean Sea, excluding approval for operations within the territory or airspace Cuba and the Havana FIR.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031 and B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B054*.

Note:       Initial Class II navigation (B036 or B054) requests require coordination with a navigation specialist.

17)  Central America. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Central America.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B343 requires Headquarters approval.

18)  China. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       RVSM (B046) for the People’s Republic of China authorization requires coordination with a navigation specialist. B343 requires Headquarters approval.

19)  Europe—and the Mediterranean. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Europe and the Mediterranean Sea.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B343 requires Headquarters approval.

20)  Gulf of Mexico. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace of the Gulf of Mexico.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031 and B032 (required for parts 121 and 125).
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, B054*, and B343*.

Note:       B036 or B054 may be required based on operator’s complexity. Consult a navigation specialist for initial Class II navigation authorization. B343 requires Headquarters approval.

21)  Indian Ocean—Including the Islands/Nations. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the islands and nations in the Indian Ocean to 67° S. latitude including the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       B342 and B343 require Headquarters approval.

22)  Mexico. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of Mexico.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B343 requires Headquarters approval.

23)  Middle East—Excluding Iraq. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the geographic area of the Middle East, except for Iraq.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.

Note:       B036 is required for operations over Afghanistan. B343 requires Headquarters approval.

24)  Middle East—Iraq SFAR 77. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of Iraq. The operator must comply with SFAR 77.
a)      Headquarters Approval. Yes, contact AFS‑200.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. A530, B032, B034, B036*, B043*, B044*, B046, and B343*.
f)        Special Notes: A530 (SFAR 77, paragraph 3) and B343 require Headquarters approval.

Note:       A530 is not required when flight operations over or within the territory of Iraq is authorized in accordance with SFAR 77 paragraph 2 and 4.

25)  Pacific Ocean—The North Pacific Ocean. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace north of 40° N. latitude, bound in the west by Japan’s Fukuoka FIR (inclusive), bound in the east by the North American coast line to include the Anchorage Artic CTA/FIR, and the NOPAC Air Traffic Services (ATS) routes and the Pacific Organized Track System (PACOTS).
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, B038*, and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, B343*, and B344*.

Note:       Initial Class II approval requires consultation with a navigation specialist. B342, B343, and B344 require Headquarters approval.

26)  Pacific Ocean—The Central and South Pacific Ocean. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace of the Central and South Pacific Ocean South of 40° N. latitude to 67° S. latitude, excluding the Fukuoka FIR (Japan’s FIR).
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, and B037*.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, B343*, and B344*.

Note:       Initial Class II approval requires consultation with a navigation specialist. B342, B343, and B344 require Headquarters approval.

27)  Pacific Ocean—The Pacific Ocean Islands/Nations. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the territory or airspace of the islands and nations in the Pacific Ocean.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. No. (See special notes.)
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B032, B034, B043*, B044*, B046, B342*, and B343*.

Note:       Selection of this area will require either the “Pacific Ocean—The North Pacific Ocean” or the “Pacific Ocean—The Central and South Pacific Ocean” navigational area authorization. The additional navigational area may require coordination with a navigation specialist. State of Hawaii operations are a separate area of authorization. B343 require Headquarters approval.

28)  Polar Areas—South Polar Area 67º South Latitude to the South Pole Inclusive. Select this area of operation when an operator plans operations within the airspace of the South Polar area 67º S. latitude to the South Pole.
a)      Headquarters Approval. Yes.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, B040*, and B450.
e)      Optional Paragraphs. B034, B044*, B342*, and B344*.

Note:       Operators requesting South Polar area approval must give 90‑day advanced notification to AFS‑200 and the Flight Technologies and Procedures Division, AFS‑400. B342 and B344 require Headquarters approval.

29)  Polar Areas—North Polar Area North of 78º North Latitude to the North Pole. Select this area of operation when an operator is planning operations within the airspace above 78º N. Latitude to the North Pole.
a)      Headquarters Approval. No.
b)      Navigation Specialist Coordination Required. Yes.
c)      Applicable 14 CFR Parts. 91K, 121, 121/135, 125, 125M, and 135.
d)      Required Paragraphs. B031, B032 (required for parts 121 and 125), B036*, B040*, B055*, and B450.
e)